DUN & BRADSTREET CORP
10-K, 1994-03-25
ENGINEERING, ACCOUNTING, RESEARCH, MANAGEMENT
Previous: DIXIE YARNS INC, 10-K, 1994-03-25
Next: DUPONT E I DE NEMOURS & CO, 424B3, 1994-03-25



 
 
  
  
  
               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
                     Washington, D.C. 20549  
  
                            FORM 10-K  
  
(Mark one)
  
(X)     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
  
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993  

                                  OR

()      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from____________ to ____________

  
               Commission file Number     1-7155  
                                          ------
  
                THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION                  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  
  
         Delaware                          13-2740040  
- ----------------------------   -----------------------------------
 (State of Incorporation)      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
  
200 Nyala Farms, Westport, Connecticut                06880       
- -----------------------------------------   ----------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)  
  
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (203) 222-4200
                                                   --------------

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class                          Name of each exchange
- -------------------                           on which registered
                                             ---------------------
Common Stock, par value $1 per share       New York Stock Exchange

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                           None
  
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all 
reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  X  No  
                                              ----   ----

    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant 
to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. _____

    As of January 31, 1994, 170,931,741 shares of Common Stock of The 
Dun & Bradstreet Corporation were outstanding and the aggregate market 
value of such Common Stock held by nonaffiliates (based upon its closing 
transaction price on the Composite Tape on such date) was approximately 
$10,747 million.

                                                             (Continued)

========================================================================


<PAGE>  
                         Documents Incorporated by Reference

PART I
- -----------
ITEM 1     -Business            Performance & Outlook, 1993, Pages 31 
                                and 32, Note 14 Operations by Business
                                Segments and Page 32, Note 15 Operations
                                by Geographic Area, of the 1993 Annual 
                                Report.

ITEM 3    -Legal Proceedings    Page 29, Note 12 Litigation, of the 
                                1993 Annual Report.


PART II
- ------------
ITEM 5     -Market for the      Page 16, Financial Review, of the 1993
             Registrant's       Annual Report.
             Common Equity 
             and Related
             Stockholder Matters     

ITEM 6     -Selected Financial  Pages 34 and 35, Ten-Year Selected  
             Data               Financial Data, of the 1993 Annual
                                Report.

ITEM 7     -Management's        Pages 13 to 16, Financial Review,
             Discussion and     of the 1993 Annual Report.
             Analysis of
             Financial Condition
             and Results of 
             Operations

ITEM 8     -Financial           Pages 18 to 33 of the 1993 Annual
             Statements         Report.
             and Supplementary 
             Data

PART III
- -------------
ITEM 10     -Directors and      Pages 2 to 4 and 21 of the Company's
              Executive         Proxy Statement dated March 11, 1994.
              Officers of
              the Registrant

ITEM 11     -Executive          Pages 8 to 19 of the Company's Proxy 
              Compensation      Statement dated March 11, 1994.

ITEM 12     -Security           Pages 19 to 21 of the Company's Proxy
              Ownership of      Statement dated March 11, 1994.
              Certain Beneficial
              Owners and Management

ITEM 13     -Certain            Page 19 to 21 of the Company's Proxy
              Relationships     Statement dated March 11, 1994.
              and Related
              Transactions



         -----------------------------------------------
       The Index to Exhibits is located on Pages 26 to 28.

 <PAGE>
                                   PART I

As used in this report, except where the context indicates otherwise, 
the term "Company" means The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and all 
subsidiaries consolidated in the financial statements contained herein

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

(a)(1) The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation was incorporated under the laws 
of the State of Delaware on February 6, 1973 and became the parent 
holding company of Dun & Bradstreet, Inc. and its subsidiaries on June 
1, 1973.  Dun & Bradstreet, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the 
State of Delaware in 1930 and is the successor to a business commenced 
in 1841.

       (2) Not applicable.

(b)(1) The response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to 
Note 14 Operations by Business Segments on Pages 31 to 32 of the 1993 
Annual Report.

       (2) Not applicable.

    (c)(1) The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation is a non-operating holding 
company whose revenue is derived primarily from dividends received from 
its subsidiaries and interest income on its investments.  Reference 
should be made to EXHIBIT B, List of Active Subsidiaries as of January 
31, 1994, which describes the Company's subsidiaries.  A descriptive 
narrative of the Company's business segments follows item (d).

The number of employees at December 31, 1993 was approximately 50,400.

    (d) The response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to
Note 15 Operations by Geographic Area on Page 32 of the 1993 Annual
Report.

    The Company is the world's leading marketer of information, software 
and services for business decision making.  Its operations can be 
divided into five business segments:  Marketing Information Services, 
Risk Management and Business Marketing Information Services, Software 
Services, Directory Information Services, and Other Business Services.  
A narrative description of the Company's operations by business segment 
follows.


                     MARKETING INFORMATION SERVICES

IMS International, Inc.

    IMS International, Inc. (IMS) provides information and decision-
support services to the pharmaceutical and health-care industries.  IMS' 
principal services are sales-territory reports, national pharmaceutical-
sales audits and national medical audits, as well as a multinational 
data analysis system.  Within each of these product classes, individual 
country-level reports may differ in one or more important 
characteristics depending on the circumstances of local pharmaceutical 
sales and distribution.  IMS' reports are provided in printed format, as 
on-line inquiry-batch processing services and as part of electronic 
customer-site workstations.  IMS provides information services covering 
over 70 countries and maintains offices in 48 countries on six 
continents, with 65% of total revenues generated outside the U.S.

    Sales-territory reports measure the effectiveness of pharmaceutical 
companies' and their competitors' sales forces, by product and product 
group within a geographic configuration tailored to each client's needs.  
IMS sales-territory reports are available in 26 countries and account 
for approximately 41% of IMS' worldwide revenues.

    Pharmaceutical audits are syndicated reports which measure sales of 
pharmaceutical products for an entire national market and are primarily 
used by pharmaceutical companies to understand market dynamics and plan 
effective business strategies.  Pharmaceutical audits are available in 
over 65 countries.


                                -1-


 <PAGE>
    National medical audits are syndicated reports utilizing data from 
physician practices to provide information on how pharmaceutical 
products are used, including patient and doctor details, diagnosis and 
drug therapy.  Medical audits are available in 40 countries.

    The raw data from which IMS' services are generated is derived 
either from statistically selected panels of drugstores, hospitals, 
physicians, etc., or from activities such as warehouse shipments or 
wholesaler sales data.  To protect privacy, no individual patient is 
identified in any IMS medical database.  IMS has generally well-
established relationships with the sources required to create its 
databases and in many cases has historical connections with the trade 
associations and professional societies involved.

    All major pharmaceutical companies are customers of IMS and many of 
the customers subscribe to reports and services in several countries.  
The scope of IMS' customer base enables it to avoid dependence on any 
single customer.

    While the services offered by IMS are in many respects unique in 
their scope and completeness, there is competition in many countries in 
which it operates from other market research firms, direct mail and 
information service firms, as well as from the in-house capabilities of 
its customers.  Competition has traditionally arisen on a country-by-
country basis but one company now provides information services to the 
pharmaceutical industry in a number of countries.  However, no 
competitor has the global presence nor offers the range of services that 
IMS does.

Nielsen 

    Nielsen participates in the global consumer marketing information 
services market.  Nielsen is the world's largest marketing information 
and services supplier.  Nielsen supplies a wide range of services that 
help consumer-goods manufacturers screen, plan, test and evaluate their 
individual brands and marketing programs.  Comprehensive information is 
supplied on sales volume, shares, trends, pricing, promotion, 
distribution and inventory levels.  Nielsen is a leader in providing 
these services to numerous industries including the grocery, beverage 
and health and beauty care industries.  An extensive range of test-
marketing services, innovative applications, analytical services and 
software tools is also provided.  Nielsen offers its services to 
consumer-goods marketers in 34 countries worldwide, with approximately 
70% of revenues generated outside the U.S.

    Nielsen provides a measurement of the consumer response at the 
actual point of sale -- the final result of the manufacturer's 
production and marketing efforts.  From a national sample of retail 
stores, Nielsen collects point-of-sale information via electronic means 
such as scanning of universal product codes (UPC) and store visits by 
professional auditors.  In the U.S. and other countries where electronic 
point-of-sale data are available, weekly reporting of product sales and 
related marketing information is the primary product offering along with 
value-added analysis, such as market-response modeling and promotion 
effectiveness studies.  In the audit environment, store purchases are 
combined with change-of-stock-on-hand data to produce data on sales to 
consumers, retail inventories, brand distribution, out-of-stock items,
prices and displays.  Nielsen has established a unit devoted to 
Efficient Consumer Response (ECR), an emerging trend in the consumer 
packaged goods industry to streamline distribution and sales processes, 
eliminate waste and deliver products to consumers faster and at a lower 
cost.  Nielsen has formed several strategic alliances to enhance its 
capabilities in ECR and to begin instituting best practices in the 
industry.

    Through the addition of Nielsen's household-panel data, information 
is not only provided on what stores are selling, but also on what 
cooperating households are buying.  Nielsen Household Services provide 
manufacturers and retailers with detailed consumer-behavior analyses 
that help identify target audiences and assess advertising and marketing 
effectiveness.  These data, coupled with advertising and promotion 
stimuli by household, provide a powerful addition to Nielsen's retail-
store databases.  Household data are available in most countries 
including the U.S.


                                -2- 



<PAGE>
    Through Nielsen's decision-support and software services, customers 
can retrieve data and analyze information via personal computers and 
terminals installed in their offices.  Customers can access information 
in a number of ways, including on-line connection to mainframes or 
downloading data into the customer's personal computer or internal 
management information systems.  Nielsen provides a number of analytic 
applications that assist customers in a more productive and efficient 
use of their own and Nielsen's information.   The Nielsen Workstation, 
an innovative Windows-based software system, allows marketing and sales 
managers to integrate and evaluate information from a wide array of 
sources.  Nielsen Spotlight is an expert system that enables users to 
access a database to find the most important facts related to volume and 
share changes for a brand and searches for the key factors that 
influence these share changes.  Opportunity Explorer helps 
manufacturers' marketing and sales force personnel understand category 
dynamics and pinpoint opportunities for increasing sales.  Promotion 
Simulator takes the analysis to the next stage by helping the sales 
force evaluate and plan promotion strategies with the retailers.  The 
SPACEMAN space management family of products offers a hierarchy of 
integrated solutions for analyzing merchandising variables and producing 
automated planograms.

    Nielsen's products and services are subject to direct and indirect 
competition from rival marketing research and information services 
companies, marketing research departments of advertisers, advertising 
agencies and consulting firms, as well as the in-house operations of a 
number of large manufacturers and publishers.  There are six major 
competitors worldwide, located in the U.S., Europe, Latin America and 
the Far East, but none has the global depth and breadth of coverage that 
Nielsen provides.  

Nielsen Media

    Nielsen Media measures television audiences and reports these and 
related data to advertisers, advertising agencies, syndicators, 
broadcast networks, cable networks, cable operators, television stations 
and station representatives in order to increase the effectiveness of 
television advertising and programming.  This syndicated-statistical 
information is offered on a subscription basis.  Custom or ad-hoc 
analyses of the data are also offered.  The data are then used by 
subscribers to buy, sell, plan and price television time and to make 
programming and scheduling decisions.

    In 1993, advertisers spent approximately $30 billion on television 
advertising, including $2 billion on cable television advertising, 
according to the Television Bureau of Advertising, to bring a variety of 
programs and advertising messages to approximately 94.2 million U.S. 
television households.  These data underscore the need for television 
stations, networks, advertisers, advertising agencies and others to 
obtain reports on how many households and types of people are reached by 
such programming.

    Nielsen Media measures television audiences and reports data through 
six services:  Nielsen Television Index, Nielsen Syndication Services, 
Nielsen Homevideo Index, Nielsen Station Index, Nielsen Hispanic 
Television Index and Nielsen Hispanic Station Index.  Nielsen Television 
Index provides daily audience measurement and demographic estimates for 
all national broadcast network-television programs through the use of 
the Nielsen People Meter.  Nielsen Syndication Services provides reports 
and services on both the local and national level to the program 
syndication segment of the television industry.  Nielsen Homevideo Index 
provides viewing measurement of cable, pay cable and other newer 
television technologies.  Nielsen Station Index provides television 
audience measurement information in over 200 local markets and daily 
information in 30 markets through set meters in the U.S.  Nielsen 
Hispanic Television Index provides viewing measurement of national 
Hispanic audiences, while Nielsen Hispanic Station Index provides 
viewing measurement of local Hispanic audiences.  Television audience 
research services based on techniques similar to those described above 
are also provided in Canada, Japan, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Australia, 
Columbia, Singapore and Turkey.

    Nielsen Media has maintained a strong leadership position, facing 
direct competition during 1993 from Arbitron in the local television 
measurement arena.  Arbitron announced in October of 1993 that it would 
discontinue its syndicated broadcast and cable television ratings 
service as of December 31, 1993.  Indirectly, on both a national and 
local basis, competition stems from other marketing research services 
offering product movement and television audience data and services.  
During 1993, Nielsen Media Research again expanded its local-market 
television services and continued to invest to enhance product value, 
technical competencies and data quality.


                                    -3-   



<PAGE>

    Nielsen, IMS and Nielsen Media are subject to the usual risks 
inherent in carrying on business in certain countries outside the U.S., 
including currency fluctuations, possible nationalization,expropriation, 
price controls or other restrictive government actions.  Management 
believes that the risk of nationalization or expropriation is reduced 
because its basic service is the delivery of information, rather than 
the production of products which require manufacturing or the use of 
natural resources.

                           RISK MANAGEMENT AND
                   BUSINESS MARKETING INFORMATION SERVICES

Dun & Bradstreet Information Services

    Dun & Bradstreet Information Services (DBIS) is the world's leading 
supplier of business-to-business risk management, credit and marketing 
information and decision-support services that build customers' 
profitability and sales.  The division maintains operations in 34 
countries, a data-collection network spanning nearly 200 nations and a 
database covering more than 32 million businesses worldwide.  Its 1,200 
business analysts and 2,000 support people gather information through 
face-to-face and telephone interviews.  More than 200 million trade 
experiences are added to the Company's file annually.  Suits, liens and 
judgments are also collected from more than 2,500 filing locations.  And 
DBIS updates its information base continually--more than 620,000 times 
each business day.  Its nine-digit D-U-N-S Number, endorsed by the 
United Nations as a standard business identifier for cross-border 
electronic data interchange, is a unique tool for establishing corporate 
family relationships worldwide.  DBIS also provides receivables 
management services worldwide and credit insurance in the U.S.  The 
business generates about 35 percent of its revenue outside the U.S., and 
is organized into three regions:  North America, Europe/Middle
East/Africa and Asia/Pacific/Latin America.


            Dun & Bradstreet Information Services North America

    Dun & Bradstreet Information Services North America provides 
business information, marketing information, receivable management and 
credit insurance services in the U.S. and Canada through U.S. Credit 
Information Services, Receivable Management Services, Business Marketing 
Services, American Credit Indemnity Company and Dun & Bradstreet Canada, 
which are described below.

U. S. Credit Information Services

    U. S. Credit Information Services (Credit Services) provides its 
customers with access to a database containing information on more than 
10 million U.S. businesses.  Its core product services include the 
Business Information Report, the Payment Analysis Report, reference 
books and customized computer-to-computer risk scoring systems.  Value-
added solutions are provided through Specialized Industry Services 
(Credit Advisory System, Dun's Underwriting Guide, Bankers Advisory 
Service), Business Development Services, Analytical Services and 
Monitoring Services.  Customers can receive information in printed 
formats, by fax, by telephone via DunsDial access and delivery system, 
through DunsPrint's on-line service, by touch-tone telephone from 
DunsVoice (a computer-generated voice system developed by DunsGate), or 
by being directly linked by computer via the DunsLink access and 
delivery system.  Subscribers to Credit Services (approximately 70,000 
customers with more than 82,000 contracts in force throughout the U.S.) 
use this information in making decisions to extend credit, underwrite 
insurance, evaluate purchases, and make other financial and risk 
assessment decisions.  Credit Services' largest customers are major 
manufacturers and wholesalers, insurance companies, banks and other 
credit and financial institutions.

    The Business Information Report  contains commercial credit 
information on a specific business.  This report includes the D&B Rating 
and the Paydex score, a numerical score of the company's past payment 
performance based on information in the Dun & Bradstreet database. This 
report also includes summary information and payment data, as well as 
financial, banking, historical and operational data.  The Dun & 
Bradstreet Reference Book of American business published six times a 
year, contains listings on approximately 3 million businesses in the 
United States and Puerto Rico.  The Dun & Bradstreet Rating, which 
reflects the credit and financial strength of a business, is included in 
the Business Information Report and the Dun & Bradstreet Reference Book 
of American Businesses.  The Payment Analysis Report provides 
information on a company's payment record and includes the Paydex score, 
historical trends and industry comparisons.   The Credit Advisory System 
consolidates the most important information found in several reports in 
addition to providing the guidelines to specifically measure risk 
quality.  D&B Express Service, accessible via an 800


                                    -4-  



<PAGE>
number, provides companies that have an occasional need for business
information with Business Information Reports and other products on 
specific companies.  Credit Services also markets other specialized 
reports and business information.

    Credit Services is believed to be the largest commercial credit 
reporting agency in the world, but faces competition from in-house 
operations of businesses and other general and specialized credit 
reporting services.


Receivable Management Services

    Receivable Management Services (RMS) provides customers with a full 
range of accounts receivable management services, including third-party 
collection of accounts, letter demand services and receivable-
outstanding programs.  These services substitute and enhance the 
customer's own internal management of accounts receivable.

    RMS collects delinquent receivables primarily from commercial
establishments on behalf of more than 50,000 customers, including 
commercial and insurance enterprises and government agencies.  
Collection services are provided throughout the U.S. with charges 
generally contingent upon collection.  RMS also provides receivable 
control programs, letter demand services and customer training programs 
on a fixed-fee or contract basis.

    Certain states require that RMS, or in some instances an individual 
associate of RMS who is responsible for the conduct of the relevant 
operations in the respective state's area, be licensed in connection 
with collection operations.  The laws under which such licenses are 
granted generally provide for annual license renewals, as well as 
denials, suspensions or revocations for improper actions or other 
disabilities.

    RMS is considered to be the leader in the commercial collection 
industry.  RMS faces competition from numerous other commercial 
collection agencies, attorneys who receive claims directly from clients 
and companies that conduct commercial collections in-house.  In 
addition, RMS faces potential competition from the expansion of large 
consumer agencies into the commercial marketplace.

Business Marketing Services

    DBIS provides marketing information services for business-to-
business and educational marketers.  Services include comprehensive 
information and related services used to plan, execute and evaluate the 
results of marketing programs; model, target and reach prospects; and 
track sales activities.  This information is derived from a proprietary 
database covering more than 10 million businesses in the United States 
and millions more in over 200 countries.  Information is delivered to 
businesses in print and on diskette, magnetic tape, CD-ROM and on-line 
formats.

    DBIS also publishes various business marketing reference directories 
including The Million Dollar Directory Series, Dun's Million Dollar Disc 
(on CD-ROM),  America's Corporate Families and International Affiliates, 
Dun's Industrial Guide and the recently expanded Dun's Regional Business 
Directories, providing information about local businesses in 41 urban 
areas.

    Market Data Retrieval offers services that help businesses sell to 
the education market.  The information provided includes course 
offerings, facilities, teachers and administrators in primary and 
secondary schools, school districts, preschools, libraries, colleges and 
universities.

    DBIS, while a market leader in the marketing information industry, 
faces competition from other data providers through competitive 
distribution channels, delivery formats and data quality enhancements. 

                                    -5-  

<PAGE>

American Credit Indemnity Company

    American Credit Indemnity Company (ACI) insures manufacturers, 
wholesalers and other businesses against excessive credit losses from 
commercial accounts.  ACI also provides credit-risk management services 
for business credit-insurance policyholders.  ACI's services are 
distributed through its own dedicated agency force with offices 
throughout the U.S. and Canada.

    ACI's policy terms are generally for twelve months.  Coverage with 
respect to a particular credit risk being insured can be canceled at any 
time by ACI as to future shipments, upon notice to the policyholder.  
Any debtor loss in excess of $500,000 up to $50,000,000 per debtor, and 
any policy loss in excess of $1,000,000 up to $6,000,000 per policy, are 
reinsured.

     A business credit insurance specialist since 1893, ACI enjoys a 
substantial market position with regard to credit insurance policies 
which are issued in the U.S. and Canada.  Competition arises from other 
providers of business-credit insurance and from providers of other 
financial services such as factoring.  At the same time, however, the 
potential market for credit insurance is not deeply penetrated by ACI or 
other credit insurers.

Dun & Bradstreet Canada

    Dun & Bradstreet Canada (D&B Canada) provides business information, 
marketing information and receivable-management services in Canada.  In 
addition to credit reports on local and international businesses, D&B 
Canada publishes credit reference books.


    Dun & Bradstreet Information Services Europe/Middle East/Africa and
       Dun & Bradstreet Information Services Asia/Pacific/Latin America

    Dun & Bradstreet Information Services Europe/Middle East/Africa and 
Asia/Pacific/Latin America (DBIS Europe and Asia/Pacific/Latin America, 
respectively) opened their first overseas office in 1857 and today 
conduct operations in offices and branches located throughout Europe, 
Latin America, Africa, the Middle East, Asia, Japan and the Pacific Rim.

    DBIS Europe and Asia/Pacific/Latin America provide substantially the 
same business information, marketing information and receivable 
management services globally outside the United States and Canada as 
those provided by Dun & Bradstreet Information Services North America.  
The Business Information Report contains background and financial 
information on businesses located throughout the world obtained from D&B 
offices in the 34 countries where there are full operations and from D&B 
correspondents in 219 other countries.  DBIS US and Asia/Pacific/Latin 
America's other major products or services include analytical tools to 
help improve business decisions, local and international credit-
reference publications, marketing publications, marketing information 
systems, consumer-credit information, as well as receivable-management 
services.  Customers can receive information through a direct link to 
the computer, in printed forms, by fax, on CD-ROM or through third 
parties.

    DBIS Europe and Asia/Pacific/Latin America's operations are subject 
to the usual risks inherent in carrying on business in certain countries 
outside of the U.S., including currency fluctuations, possible 
nationalization, expropriation, price controls, changes in the 
availability of data from public sector sources, or other restrictive 
government action.  Management believes that the risk of nationalization 
or expropriation is reduced because its basic service is the delivery of 
information, rather than the production of products which require 
manufacturing facilities or the use of natural resources.

    DBIS Europe and Asia/Pacific/Latin America face competition from 
banks, credit insurance companies, application software developers and 
in-house operations of businesses as well as direct competition from 
businesses providing similar services.  DBIS Europe is the largest 
single supplier of credit information services in Europe.  The 
competition is primarily local and there are no competitors offering a 
comparable range of global services or capabilities as DBIS.

                                    -6-  

<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

    Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (Moody's) assigns ratings to fixed 
income securities and publishes a wide variety of business and financial 
information.  Moody's business extends to over 60 countries and its 
customers include corporations, stockbrokers, governments,
municipalities, banks, libraries, institutions and individuals.

    Moody's assigns ratings to various corporate and governmental 
obligations, Eurosecurities, structured finance transactions and 
commercial paper issuers, for which it charges most issuers a fee.  At 
the end of 1993, Moody's had outstanding ratings on approximately 41,000 
corporate and 46,000 municipal obligations.  Corporate, municipal and 
government ratings are disseminated to the public through a variety of 
electronic and print media.  A detailed description of both the issue 
which is rated and of the issuer, along with a summary of the rating 
rationale for the assignment of the specific rating, also appears in 
various Moody's publications.

    In addition to revenues derived from ratings, Moody's provides 
comprehensive historical and current business, financial, investment and 
marketing information on over 30,000 major U.S. and non-U.S. entities 
and on over 20,000 municipalities and governments and their securities.  
This information is available in eight Manuals and on CD-ROM, tapes and 
other electronic formats.  The manuals are published annually and are 
supplemented by news reports issued on a weekly or twice-weekly basis.  
Moody's also publishes a variety of investment guides.


    Moody's international operations have continued to grow due to the 
expansion of international debt markets in recent years.  Moody's 
maintains offices in eight countries outside of the U.S.  Moody's non-
U.S. operations are subject to the usual risks inherent in carrying on 
business in countries outside the U.S., including currency fluctuations, 
possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls and/or other 
restrictive government actions.  Management believes that the risks of 
nationalization or expropriation are negligible.  Moody's business is 
not solely dependent on non-U.S. office operations as these offices are 
supported by the intensive travel schedule of an internationally focused 
staff.

    As one of the two largest ratings agencies in the U.S., Moody's 
provides opinions on debt instruments and other obligations of both U.S. 
and non-U.S. issuers.  Internationally, a large number of national and 
international ratings agencies have been created over the last several 
years as the value of the ratings process has become better understood 
and utilized abroad.  However, Moody's believes that its long-standing 
reputation for high quality and its pre-eminent position in the 
marketplace leaves it well positioned to take advantage of the growth in 
ratable debt.  Moody's publishing business is a viable competitor in the 
large and highly segmented print market for financial information.  
Moody's intends to maintain this well-established franchise in the print 
market through enhancements of its databases and by further expansion 
into the electronic market for financial information as a data provider.
Moody's is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment 
Advisers Act of 1940 and the laws of a number of states.

Interactive Data Corporation

    Interactive Data Corporation's (Interactive) principal business is 
to provide securities information, including latest pricing and 
descriptive data, corporate actions and announcements for all types of 
securities, domestic and international.  This information is delivered 
soon after close-of-market for securities accounting applications, 
including mutual fund and unit investment trust pricing.  Interactive 
also provides investment analysis software and related computer services 
to financial organizations.

    Databases offered by Interactive include price, volume and other 
data on corporate equities and options, corporate bonds, U.S. Government 
and agency securities, municipal bonds and other securities, as well as 
company financial information such as revenues, earnings and assets.  
Financial data are available on more than 16,000 U.S. and non-U.S. 
companies, while securities data are available on more than 65,000 North 
American equity securities, as well as numerous North American 
government and municipal securities, and over 90,000 securities traded 
outside North America.  Data are updated daily, monthly, quarterly or 
annually as new information becomes available.  A wide range of database 
management and applications software is also offered to retrieve, 
manipulate, screen, download and analyze Interactive's and the 
customer's data.

                                    -7-  

<PAGE>


    Delivery mechanisms available to suit individual customer's needs 
include direct mainframe-to-mainframe transmission, on-line 
telecommunication to a microcomputer or terminal and computer tape 
delivered to the customer by courier or mail.  Services are distributed 
directly to end-user customers and by direct sales distributors of 
value-added applications and other data delivery companies.


    Interactive's services mainly target the banking, brokerage, 
insurance, mutual fund and money manager customer segments.  End users 
include operations managers, money managers, portfolio managers, 
research analysts and pension fund sponsors.

    Interactive receives the data from public sources, under license 
agreements from other organizations which collect data and creates its 
own evaluations for delivery to customers.  Although certain licenses 
are important to the business, Interactive believes that it could 
continue to conduct the business without these licenses, although at a 
greater expense.

    Interactive has three or four major competitors in each of its 
business lines.  The principal areas of competition are in quality of 
service, primarily accuracy, quality of data, coverage, and price, and 
in the case of software, functionality.


                              SOFTWARE SERVICES

Dun & Bradstreet Software Services, Inc.

    Dun & Bradstreet Software Services, Inc. (D&B Software) is a 
worldwide leader in the marketplace for client/server and mainframe 
software for financial, human-resource, distribution and manufacturing 
applications and decision support.

    D&B Software products are installed throughout the world on a wide 
range of computer hardware platforms, including Data General, Digital 
Equipment Corporation, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, ICL and SUN.  The 
software is used to manage financial, human-resource, manufacturing, 
materials management activities and decision support capabilities.  D&B 
Software's products consist of an extensive line of applications 
software packages for general businesses as well as related 
implementation and education services.  In addition, D&B Software 
provides application tools which enable users to develop their own 
applications, link mainframe and microcomputers and perform 
sophisticated report writing.

    Revenues are derived primarily from sales of perpetual non-exclusive 
licenses to use D&B Software's products, annual maintenance fees for 
such products, and consulting services related to implementation of 
license products.  Most of the license and services revenue is generated 
by a direct sales force.  Maintenance fees and professional services 
currently comprise approximately 56% and 25% of D&B Software's revenues, 
respectively.  Approximately 27% of total revenue is generated from 
operations outside of the U.S.  In general,  customers continue to 
demonstrate commitment to D&B Software's products by maintaining high 
levels of maintenance renewals.

    During 1993, D&B Software continued to enhance its three new product 
lines.  First, Decision Support System (DSS) tools operating within D&B 
Software's SmartStream client/server environment were upgraded to 
deliver financial reporting capability and to support additional system 
environments.  These enhanced products are designed to leverage 
investments in existing information systems by applying emerging 
technologies to gain better and faster access to information.  Second, 
client/server financial applications -- Financial Stream -- were made 
available in the fourth quarter.  The financial applications combine 
client/server computing and activity management capabilities to enable 
customers to improve productivity by re-engineering how they conduct 
business.  Finally, in the fourth quarter of 1993, D&B Software 
announced enhancements of its UNIX financial applications, which were 
derived from existing products.

    D&B Software initiated a number of actions during 1993 in order to 
focus its capabilities on better serving its customers.  Among these 
actions was the establishment of a worldwide customer support operation 
to significantly increase service levels.  This, along with other 
actions, will yield productivity improvements resulting from the 
consolidation and transfer of certain activities from Europe and Asia 
Pacific to the U.S.

                                    -8-  

<PAGE>

    D&B Software has strategic alliances with MicroSoft, Powersoft, 
Sybase and Cognos and incorporates software developed by alliance 
partners in its client/server DSS and application offerings.  D&B 
Software also has strategic alliances with hardware vendors such as Data 
General, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, ICL, SUN and Digital Equipment 
Corporation.  D&B Software incurs significant costs in enhancing its 
existing product line as well as developing new client/server 
applications.  As the company continues to invest in and build 
technologically emerging client/server solutions, D&B Software will face 
new risks including the ability to build new client/server products and 
related after-market products, migrate customers to new applications and 
manage changes in capabilities required to install and support new 
products and manage strategic alliance relationships.  Many customers 
are indicating that they intend to migrate from their existing mainframe 
applications to client/server solutions.  However, the timing of this 
transition and the related impact on revenue is somewhat uncertain, 
influenced, in part, by the economy.

    D&B Software's non-U.S. operations are subject to the usual risks 
inherent in carrying on business in certain countries outside of the 
U.S., including currency fluctuations, possible nationalization, 
expropriation, price controls or other restrictive government actions.  
Management believes that the risk of nationalization or expropriation is 
reduced because its products are software and services, rather than the 
production of products which require manufacturing facilities or the use 
of natural resources.

    D&B Software faces numerous existing as well as potential 
competitors.  Most competitors operate as niche players in particular 
segments of the marketplace.  As in the past, D&B Software anticipates 
that the field of competitors will change dramatically, resulting from 
technological changes and shifts in customer needs.  The management of 
D&B Software believes the quality of software and related customer 
support are the determining competitive factors in this industry.

Sales Technologies, Inc.

    Sales Technologies, Inc. (ST), a leader in the field of sales 
automation solutions, develops, installs and supports networked systems 
that enable organizations to improve sales-force effectiveness, 
productivity, communication and customer satisfaction.  

    ST's products focus on managing sales-force opportunities.  Designed 
to improve communication between corporate and field offices, ST 
products allow multiple personnel access to customer and prospect 
information--fully supporting the team-selling environment.  Through a 
key feature called 'transactions,' synchronized net changes are 
communicated between corporate and field databases to ensure each 
individual is working with up-to-date information.  As a market leader, 
ST provides customers with a unique combination of expertise in vertical 
industries, training, consulting, selling methodologies, implementation 
and roll-out.  ST's services staff can also integrate many customers' 
existing applications.

    ST offers its customers competitive advantage in many areas, due to 
ST's organizational size, strength, alliances with key data providers 
and number of years in the sales automation business.  In particular, 
the linkages with other Dun & Bradstreet databases are of increasing 
value to customers.  ST also provides superior implementation, system 
integration, management consulting, user training, help desk, hardware 
repair and replacement, database design and facilities management 
services, resulting in turnkey solutions.

    Although there are hundreds of other sales automation niche vendors, 
ST believes its strength lies in working  with its customers to provide 
a total, integrated solution to actual business problems in the 
pharmaceutical, consumer packaged foods, high-technology manufacturing 
and financial services industries, as well as other business-to-business 
markets.

                                    -9-  

<PAGE>

Erisco, Inc.

    Erisco, Inc. (Erisco) develops and markets proprietary software 
applications and services used primarily in the administration of health 
care benefits.  Its primary markets include managed-care organizations, 
insurance carriers, third party administrators and self-administered 
corporations.  Erisco has successfully completed the first phase of its 
new Facets product, which has a targeted market of advanced managed-care 
organizations requiring client/server technology.  Erisco faces 
competition from a variety of software vendors in both traditional 
indemnity, as well as the new managed-care markets.  The current climate 
of health-care reform represents both an opportunity and some 
uncertainty, as the new complexion of health-care reform unfolds.


                         DIRECTORY INFORMATION SERVICES

The Reuben H. Donnelley Corporation

    The Reuben H. Donnelley Corporation (RHD) compiles, publishes or 
serves as sales and marketing representative of Yellow Pages and other 
directories for 18 telephone company clients throughout the U.S.  RHD 
provides these services for more than 400 directories in 17 states and 
the District of Columbia, and is one of the largest marketers of yellow 
pages in the U.S.  RHD serves the Yellow Pages marketing needs of 
600,000 business and service organizations who purchase Yellow Pages 
advertising space in the U.S.

    Products include consumer and business-to-business Yellow Pages, 
neighborhood directories and street address directories.  RHD Yellow 
Pages product and marketing enhancements include Talking Yellow Pages, 
Touch Four audiotex,  expanded Community Action Pages, and Restaurant 
Menu Advertising Units.

    RHD acts in different capacities, depending upon specific contracts 
and markets.  These capacities include sales agent, partner, proprietary 
publisher and publisher and/or compiler.

    Proprietary Operations publishes proprietary Yellow Pages 
directories in Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Virginia, 
the District of Columbia and California.  The unit also participates in 
the management of directory activity of RHD's C-Don partnership with 
Commonwealth Cellular Telephone Services, Inc. to serve customers in 
northeastern Pennsylvania, and the directory activity of three joint 
venture agreements between RHD and North Pittsburgh Telephone Company, 
Conestoga Telephone and Telegraph, and Denver and Ephrata Telephone and 
Telegraph Company in Pennsylvania.

    NYNEX Operations manages the Directory Services Agreement with NYNEX 
Information Resources Company for customers in New York.

    Cincinnati Operations manages the Directory Services Agreement with 
Cincinnati Bell for customers in Ohio and northern Kentucky.

    Sprint Operations manages the CenDon partnership agreement and 
contracts with several of Sprint's operating subsidiaries to publish, 
manufacture and distribute classified telephone directories in Florida, 
Illinois, Nevada, North Carolina and Virginia.  In addition, Sprint 
Operations manages the UniDon partnership agreement to serve customers 
and advertisers in central Florida markets.

    DonTech, a partnership between RHD and Ameritech is responsible for 
publishing directories throughout Illinois and northwestern Indiana.  
DonTech also sells and distributes "Money Savers" direct mail 
advertising coupons, publishes Street Address Directories in Illinois, 
Michigan and Indiana, and publishes and markets map books in Illinois.  
DonTech operates a fulfillment center which markets directories 
primarily throughout Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio.

                                    -10-  

<PAGE>

    Thomson Directories, a partnership between Donnelley Directory, Ltd. 
and T.I.S. (Directories) Limited (The Thomson Corporation), is the 
largest independent publisher of Yellow Pages directories in the United 
Kingdom.  In 1993, the unit published 141 directories.

    The units of RHD face increasing competition from other Yellow Pages 
publishers and other media, including newspapers, radio, direct mail and 
broadcast and cable television.


OTHER BUSINESS SERVICES

Dun & Bradstreet Plan Services, Inc.

    Dun & Bradstreet Plan Services, Inc., through its Plan Services, 
Inc. (PSI) unit, markets and administers health, dental, life, and 
disability insurance for individuals and small to medium-sized 
businesses throughout the U.S.  PSI promotes the sale of various 
insurance plans through seminars, telemarketing, direct mail and 
personal contact with insurance agents around the country.  As a third 
party administrator, PSI performs a variety of functions on behalf of 
insurance carriers that bear the insurance risk for the individual and 
small group products, and for companies that choose to self-insure their 
insurance programs.  PSI's sales and marketing activities include 
assisting in product design, suggesting pricing strategies, identifying 
market opportunities, promoting the product, and providing sales 
assistance to agents that distribute the products.  The administrative 
functions performed by PSI include underwriting and enrolling new cases, 
paying claims, billing and collecting premiums, and providing customer 
service.  In addition, PSI helps manage claims costs through cost 
containment activities, including utilization review and medical case 
management.

    The market for PSI's products and services is employees of small to 
medium-sized businesses and individuals that do not receive health 
insurance benefits through their employers.  The market is fragmented 
among many competitors, none of which has a significant share of the 
market.  Competition in the health insurance market is based largely on 
price, but also depends on the level of product benefits, financial 
strength of the carrier and the quality and timeliness of service 
provided.  In addition, the introduction of a government-mandated health 
care program could have a favorable or unfavorable impact, depending 
upon the terms of the program.

    Dun & Bradstreet Plan Services, Inc. also includes Dun & Bradstreet 
Pension Services, Inc., which provides pension administration and 
benefit consulting for small to medium-sized businesses, and Erisco, 
Inc., which is described in the Software Services section.

Gartner Group, Inc.

    Gartner Group, Inc. (Gartner Group) is the leading independent 
provider of subscription-based research and analysis of the computer 
hardware and software, communications and related technology industries 
(IT industry).  Gartner Group's target customers are corporate and other 
large users of information technologies.  These client organizations 
utilize Gartner Group's research and analysis for strategic planning of 
long-term information technology needs and as a basis for systems 
purchasing decisions.  Gartner Group believes that its products can 
provide significant benefits to clients through more effective long-term 
planning, improved productivity, reduced costs and better terms from 
vendors.  These services are also used by vendors of IT systems and 
products as a source of information on new markets, competitive 
products, buying trends and evolving market needs.

    Gartner Group's principal products are annually renewable 
subscription services, called Continuous Services, which, on an ongoing 
basis, highlight industry developments, review new products and 
technologies and analyze industry trends within a particular technology 
or market sector.  There are currently 34 principal Continuous Services 
products, each of which addresses a specific technology or market 
sector.  Each service is supported by a team of research staff members 
with substantial experience in the covered segment or topic of the IT 
industry.  Revenues from Continuous Service products account for 
approximately 86% of annual revenue.


                                    -11-  


<PAGE>
    Gartner Group's other revenues are derived from consulting, 
conferences, speaker engagement fees, publications and revenue pursuant 
to a research sharing agreement.  Consulting clients typically consist 
of Continuous Services clients seeking focused advice on their 
individual strategic needs with regards to information technology.

    As of September 30, 1993, Gartner Group had over 11,000 client 
interfaces, defined as an individual IT professional at a client who 
receives directly from Gartner Group all printed materials relating to a 
particular Continuous Service.  At such date, Gartner Group had an 
aggregate of approximately 3,700 client organizations, including 47 of 
the top 50 1992 Fortune 500 industrial companies.  No single client 
organization accounted for more than 2% of revenues in fiscal 1993.

    In the United States, Gartner Group's distribution network has added 
to its direct sales force a network of independent sales 
representatives. In 25 countries outside of the United States, the 
market is addressed through a direct sales force, distributors and a 
joint venture.  Sales to customers outside the United States constituted 
36% of revenues in 1993.  Gartner Group's non-U.S. operations are 
subject to the risks inherent in carrying on business in certain 
countries outside the U.S., including currency fluctuations, possible 
nationalization, expropriation, price controls or other restrictive 
government actions.  Management believes that the risk of 
nationalization or expropriation is reduced because its products are 
services, rather than production of products which require manufacturing 
facilities or the use of natural resources.

    Gartner Group's products and services are subject to direct and 
indirect competition from other independent providers of similar 
services, as well as, internal marketing and planning organizations of 
its customers and other information providers, including electronic and 
print media companies and consulting firms, many of whom have 
substantially greater financial, information gathering and marketing 
resources than Gartner Group.  In addition, although Gartner Group 
believes that it has established a significant market presence, there 
are few barriers to entry into the market and new competitors could 
readily seek to compete against Gartner Group in one or more market 
segments addressed by its Continuous Service products.  Increased 
competition, direct and indirect, could adversely affect Gartner 
Group's operating results through pricing pressure and loss of market 
share.


NCH Promotional Services

    NCH Promotional Services (NCH) is a worldwide supplier of coupon 
processing and promotional-information management.  NCH provides a range
of promotional services including processing of coupons and coupon-
related administration, research and analytical services for 
manufacturers and retailers both domestically and internationally.  
Internationally, NCH also provides a promotion service for 
manufacturer's coupon-and-cash-refund programs.  NCH derives 
approximately 60% of its revenues from U.S. operations.

    Coupons are distributed throughout the U.S. in various forms of 
print media, in and on packages and through direct mail.  Retailers of 
varying sizes are offered coupon processing services using laser 
scanning technology, Smartscan, to consolidate and ship all of their 
coupons, regardless of type or issuing manufacturer, to NCH where their 
coupons will be validated, scanned, counted, sorted and reimbursed to 
them in a single check.  Various coupon activity reports are also 
supplied.  Convenience and economy are furnished to the retailer.  In 
turn, NCH consolidates shipments received from many retailers and bills 
the manufacturers, which reduces the manufacturers' coupon redemption 
cost and simplifies their coupon handling.

    Validation of coupon claims, timely payment and redemption activity 
report services are provided for manufacturers through NCH's Process 
2000 System.  A wide range of customized marketing reports are available 
in various data formats, which allows for manufacturers to receive 
financial and promotional information related to coupons processed in a 
format suited to their individual requirements.


                                -12- 

<PAGE>

    NCH's foreign operations are subject to the usual risks inherent in 
carrying on business in certain countries outside of the U.S., including 
currency fluctuations, possible nationalization, expropriation, price 
controls or other restrictive government actions.  Management believes 
that the risk of nationalization or expropriation is reduced by the fact 
that its basic products are services and the delivery of information, 
rather than the production of products which require manufacturing 
facilities or the use of natural resources.

    NCH is believed to be the world's largest coupon processor and 
promotion-information supplier.  Numerous rival coupon clearing houses, 
billing services, manufacturer redemption agents and manufacturers who 
handle their own redemption services provide competition.  Competition 
in the retailer service business largely focuses on price.  The 
manufacturer business competes on a combination of price and service, 
namely timeliness, misredemption control and redemption analysis.  NCH 
provides the widest array of value added products in the industry for 
the analysis of redemption information.

Dataquest Incorporated

    Dataquest Incorporated (Dataquest) is a global market research and 
consulting company serving the high-technology and heavy-machinery 
sectors.  The company is regionally organized into three business units:  
North America, Europe and Asia.  Its product lines fall into three 
primary categories:  technology information, machinery information and 
conferences.

    Dataquest's Technology Information Group provides worldwide market 
coverage on the computer systems and peripherals, document management, 
semiconductors, services, software and telecommunications sectors of the 
information technology industry.  Each of these six groups offers a wide 
range of products and services, including annual-subscription services, 
consulting and primary research, conferences, reports and newsletters.

    Dataquest's Machinery Information Group is one of the most complete 
information resources for a customer's management to gather working data 
on construction, mining, logging and the material-handling equipment 
industries.

    Dataquest's Invitational Computer Conferences Group (ICC) produces 
regional trade shows covering the areas of computer peripherals and 
computer connectivity.

    As a leader in high-technology market research, Dataquest faces 
direct competition from a few large competitors as well as a number of 
very small competitors and consultants.  In addition, Dataquest faces 
indirect competition from companies that perform their own in-house 
market research.

D&B HealthCare Information

    D&B HealthCare Information was formed in 1993 to address new market 
opportunities in health-care information and decision-support services.  
In July, D&B HealthCare Information acquired Health Research Network, a 
provider of clinical information on the incidence and treatment of 
HIV/AIDS.

    D&B HealthCare was selected by the U.S. Centers  for Disease Control 
(CDC) to create HIV/AIDS research studies.  The studies will create a 
national database on AIDS-related conditions and trends in prevention 
and treatment.  In January 1994 D&B HealthCare acquired Lexecon Health 
Service, Inc., the largest non-government supplier of patient outcome 
studies to U.S. health-care providers.

D&B Enterprises, Inc.

    D&B Enterprises, Inc. invests in emerging and established businesses 
in the information industry as a limited partner in Information Partners 
Capital Fund, a venture capital limited partnership. 

                                -13- 

<PAGE>

                              RESOURCE GROUP

DunsNet

    DunsNet, the Company's private telecommunications network, delivers 
approximately 90% of the on-line services provided by the Company's 
divisions, among them DBIS North America, IMS International, Nielsen 
Media Research, Nielsen Marketing Research, Moody's Investors Service, 
D&B Software and DBIS Europe and Asia/Pacific/Latin America, to 
customers worldwide.  Network service is established in four geographic 
areas:  North America, South America, Europe and the Asia/Pacific 
encompassing 27 countries and over 300 cities, providing the Company's 
divisions with a shared, economical resource that facilitates expansion 
of international on-line services.

    DunsNet gives the Company direct control over the quality of the 
transmission of data and reduces associated costs.  DunsNet also 
supports the Company's data-collection activities.  Its DunsMail service 
provides global delivery of business correspondence via electronic mail.  
(Costs are included in all five business segments.)

DunsGate

    DunsGate is the corporate resource organization that helps the 
Company's divisions develop and maintain advanced electronic 
distribution systems that give customers easier, faster and more 
effective access to the Company's products.  In 1993, DunsGate-operated 
gateways, in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, supported 
customer access to risk-management and marketing information products 
through systems that utilize electronic voice response, facsimile and 
personal computers.  (Costs are included in Risk Management and Business 
Marketing Information Services and Other Business Services.)

DunsCenter

    DunsCenter is a corporate resource unit that provides MVS-based data 
processing services, particularly for accounting, finance and human 
resource applications, solely to internal divisions nationwide.  
DunsCenter provides MVS-based Millennium financial software for General 
Ledger, Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, Fixed Assets, Payroll and 
Human Resources applications. DunsCenters' information systems staff 
support all of the Millennium financial products applications currently 
running on DunsCenter's Amdahl mainframe platform.

    The names of the Company's products are trademarks or registered 
trademarks of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation or one of its 
subsidiaries.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES[DJV1]

    The principal properties of the Company, by business segment, are 
set forth below.

    The executive offices of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation are 
located at 200 Nyala Farms, Westport, Connecticut, and 299 Park Avenue, 
New York, New York,  in leased facilities.

    Property of the Company is geographically distributed to meet sales 
and operating requirements worldwide.  The properties of the Company are 
generally considered to be both suitable and adequate to meet current 
operating requirements and virtually all space is being utilized.

Marketing Information Services

    Owned properties located within the U.S. include nine facilities.  
Three properties are located in Omaha, Nebraska and one property each in 
Dunedin, Florida; Fond du Lac, Wisconsin; Northbrook, Illinois; Totowa, 
New Jersey; Plymouth Meeting and West Norriton, Pennsylvania.

    Owned properties located outside the U.S. include twelve facilities: 
two properties in Lisbon, Portugal; and one property each in Toronto, 
Canada; Oxford, England; Lucerne, Switzerland; Espoo, Finland; Mexico 
City, Mexico; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Crows Nest and Artarmon, 
Australia; Innsbruck, Austria; and Pinner, England.

                                -14- 

<PAGE>

    The operations of this segment are also conducted from forty-eight 
leased offices located throughout the U.S. and ninety-four non-U.S. 
locations.

Risk Management and Business Marketing Information Services

    Owned properties located within the U.S. include two office 
buildings in Berkeley Heights, New Jersey and one each in Murray Hill 
and Parsippany, New Jersey and New York, New York.

    Owned properties located outside the U.S. are located in Curitiba, 
Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, Brazil; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Mexico 
City, Mexico; Caracas and Maracaibo, Venezuela; High Wycombe, England; 
and ten properties throughout Italy.  The operations of this segment are 
also conducted from 142 leased offices located throughout the U.S. and 
110 non-U.S. office locations.

Software Services

    Operations are conducted from thirty-eight leased offices located 
throughout the U.S. and twenty-seven non-U.S. office locations.

Directory Information Services

    Owned property located within the U.S. consists of an office 
building in Terre Haute, Indiana.  Operations are also conducted from 
forty-five leased offices located throughout the U.S.

Other Business Services

    Owned properties located within the U.S. include three facilities: 
one each in San Jose, California; Clinton, Iowa; and El Paso, Texas.

    Owned properties located outside the U.S. include six properties in 
Mexico and one facility each in Saint John, N.B. , Canada and Corby, 
England.

    The operations of this segment are also conducted from thirty-one 
leased offices located throughout the U.S. and thirty non-U.S. office 
locations.

Resource Group

    Owned property within the U.S. include one building in Wilton, 
Connecticut.  Operations are also conducted from fourteen leased office 
locations throughout the U.S. and two non-U.S. office locations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    Reference is made to Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements on Page 29 of the 1993 Annual Report, which is incorporated 
herein by reference.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

    Not applicable.

                                -15- 

<PAGE>

 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT*

    Officers are elected by the Board of Directors to hold office until 
their respective successors are chosen and qualified.

    Listed below are the executive officers of the registrant at March 
1, 1994 and brief summaries of their business experience during the past 
five years.

Name                            Title                               Age
- ----                            -----                               ---
Charles W. Moritz          Chairman**                               57
Robert E. Weissman         President and Chief Executive Officer**  53
Edwin A. Bescherer, Jr.    Executive Vice President-Finance         60
                             and Chief Financial Officer
Serge Okun                 Executive Vice President                 47
Volney Taylor              Executive Vice President**               54
Michael F. Brewer          Senior Vice President-                   50
                             Communications & Government Affairs
David Fehr                 Senior Vice President                    58
John J. Fitzpatrick        Senior Vice President-Human Resources    54
William G. Jacobi          Senior Vice President                    50
Robert J Lievense          Senior Vice President                    48
Charles F. G. Raikes       Senior Vice President                    63
                             and General Counsel
Dennis G. Sisco            Senior Vice President                    47
Richard B. Williams        Senior Vice President-                   48
                             Corporate Strategy
Thomas W. Young            Senior Vice President and Controller     55


 * Set forth as a separate item pursuant to Items 401(b) and (e) of 
Regulation S-K.

** Member of the Board of Directors.

    Mr. Moritz was elected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of 
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (Dun & Bradstreet), effective January 
1, 1985; he relinquished the title of Chief Executive Officer, 
effective January 1, 1994.

    Mr. Weissman was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of 
Dun & Bradstreet, effective January 1, 1994; he had been elected 
President and Chief Operating Officer, effective January 1, 1985.

    Mr. Bescherer was elected Executive Vice President-Finance of Dun & 
Bradstreet, effective June 17, 1987 and, in addition, Chief Financial 
Officer, effective April 18, 1984.

    Mr. Okun was elected Executive Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet, 
effective July 21, 1993; he had been elected Corporate Senior Vice 
President, effective July 17, 1991.  He also serves as President and 
Chief Executive Officer of A. C. Nielsen Company, to which offices he 
was elected, effective July 26, 1993, and as President and Chief 
Executive Officer of I.M.S. International, Inc., to which offices he 
was elected, effective May 26, 1988.

    Mr. Taylor was elected Executive Vice President of Dun & 
Bradstreet, effective February 1, 1982.  He also serves as Chairman of 
Dun & Bradstreet Information Services, to which position he was 
appointed, effective January 1, 1991, and as President of Dun & 
Bradstreet, Inc. and President of Dun & Bradstreet International, Ltd., 
to which offices he was elected, effective January 1, 1991.  He had 
also served through February 4, 1990 as President of The Reuben H. 
Donnelley Corporation, to which office he was elected, effective 
January 1, 1988.

    Mr. Brewer was elected Senior Vice President-Communications & 
Government Affairs of Dun & Bradstreet, effective March 15, 1993; he 
had been elected Vice President-Government Affairs, effective January 
1, 1987.

                                -16- 


<PAGE>


    Mr. Fehr was elected Senior Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet, 
effective January 1, 1985.

    Mr. Fitzpatrick was elected Senior Vice President-Human Resources 
of Dun & Bradstreet, effective July 21, 1993; he had been elected 
Senior Vice President-Human Resources Administration, effective 
September 1, 1987.

    Mr. Jacobi was elected Senior Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet, 
effective July 21, 1993.  Prior thereto, he had served as President & 
Chief Operating Officer of Nielsen Media Research (January 1, 1991) and 
as Executive Vice President of Nielsen Media Research (March 1, 1989).  
He had also served through February 28, 1989 as Senior Vice President-
Planning & Acquisitions of Dun & Bradstreet, to which office he was 
elected, effective June 17, 1987.

    Mr. Lievense was elected Senior Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet, 
effective July 21, 1993.  He also serves as Chairman of The Reuben H. 
Donnelley Corporation, to which office he was elected, effective July 
26, 1993.  Previously he had served through July 20, 1993 as Chairman 
of Dataquest Incorporated (September 1, 1991) and as President of NCH 
Promotional Services, Inc. (July 27, 1990).  He had also served through 
December 31, 1990 as President of Nielsen Clearing House Division of 
A. C. Nielsen Company (June 25, 1989).  Prior thereto, he had served as 
Senior Vice President-Manufacturing & Engineering of the Mrs. Smith's 
Frozen Foods Division of the Kellogg Company (August, 1987).

    Mr. Raikes was elected Senior Vice President and General Counsel of 
Dun & Bradstreet, effective January 21, 1976.

    Mr. Sisco was elected Senior Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet, 
effective July 21, 1993.  He also serves as President of D&B 
Enterprises, Inc., to which office he was elected, effective December 
18, 1988, and as Chairman of Dataquest Incorporated, to which office he 
was elected, effective July 26, 1993.

    Mr. Williams was elected Senior Vice President-Corporate Strategy 
of Dun & Bradstreet, effective October 1, 1990.  Prior thereto, he had 
served with Unisys Corporation as Vice President-Marketing, U.S. 
(September 6, 1989) and as Vice President-Corporate Strategy (December 
19, 1988).

    Mr. Young was elected Senior Vice President and Controller of Dun & 
Bradstreet, effective April 15, 1992; he had been elected Vice 
President and Controller, effective November 20, 1985.

                                -17- 


<PAGE>
                                 PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED 
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

    Information in response to this Item is set forth under Common Stock 
Information in the "Financial Review" on Page 16 of the 1993 Annual 
Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    Selected financial data required by this Item is incorporated herein 
by reference to the information relating to the years 1989 through 1993 
set forth in the "Ten-Year Selected Financial Data" on Pages 34 and 35 
of the 1993 Annual Report.

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
       RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Information in response to this Item is set forth in the "Financial 
Review" on Pages 13 to 16 of the 1993 Annual Report, which information 
is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

    See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules under Item 14 on 
Page 19.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
       FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

    Not applicable.


                               PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the section entitled "Election of Directors" in the 
Company's proxy statement dated March 11, 1994 filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, except that "Executive Officers of the 
Registrant" on Pages 16 and 17 of this report responds to Item 401(b) 
and (e) of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the section entitled "Compensation of Executive Officers 
and Directors" in the Company's proxy statement dated March 11, 1994 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
            MANAGEMENT

    Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the section entitled "Security Ownership of Management and 
Others" in the Company's proxy statement dated March 11, 1994 filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the section entitled "Security Ownership of Management and 
Others" in the Company's proxy statement dated March 11, 1994 filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                -18- 

<PAGE>

                                   PART IV

ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
            8-K

(a) List of documents filed as part of this report.
   (1)    Financial Statements 
          See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules on Page 21.
   (2)    Financial Statement Schedules.
          See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules on Page 21.
   (3)    Other Financial Information.
          Performance and Outlook, 1993.
          Ten Year Selected Financial Data.
   (4)    Exhibits.
          See Index to Exhibits on Pages 26 to 28, which indicates which
          Exhibits are management contracts or compensatory plans 
          required to be filed as Exhibits.  Only responsive information 
          appearing on Pages 6 to 12 and 24 to 45 to Exhibit D is 
          incorporated herein by reference, and no other information 
          appearing in Exhibit D is or shall be deemed to be filed as 
          part of this Form 10-K.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
      None.

                                -19- 




<PAGE>

                              SIGNATURES  
                              ----------


    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized.


                                   THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION  
                                          (Registrant)

                                    By:  CHARLES W. MORITZ
                                    ___________________________
                                         (Charles W. Moritz,
                                      Chairman of the Board)

                                    By:  ROBERT E. WEISSMAN      
                                    ___________________________
                                          (Robert E. Weissman,  
                                        President and Chief 
                                         Executive Officer)


                                    By:  EDWIN A. BESCHERER, JR.
                                    ___________________________
                                          (Edwin A. Bescherer,Jr.
                                    Executive Vice President-Finance
                                      and Chief Financial Officer)

                                    By:  THOMAS W. YOUNG
                                    ___________________________
                                         (Thomas W. Young,
                                      Senior Vice President
                                       and Controller)


Date: March 25, 1994


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 
the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

     HALL ADAMS, JR.                     JOHN R. MEYER
______________________________  ______________________________
 (Hall Adams, Jr., Director)        (John R. Meyer, Director)


 CLIFFORD L. ALEXANDER, JR.           CHARLES W. MORITZ
______________________________  ______________________________
 (Clifford L. Alexander, Jr.,    (Charles W. Moritz, Director)
   Director)                   


   KINGMAN DOUGLASS                   JAMES R. PETERSON
______________________________  ______________________________
 (Kingman Douglass, Director)    (James R. Peterson, Director)


    MARY JOHNSTON EVANS               MICHAEL R. QUINLAN
______________________________  ______________________________
(Mary Johnston Evans, Director)  (Michael R. Quinlan, Director)


      ROBERT A. HANSON                  VOLNEY TAYLOR
______________________________  ______________________________
 (Robert A. Hanson, Director)      (Volney Taylor, Director)


      ROBERT J. LANIGAN               ROBERT E.WEISSMAN
______________________________  ______________________________
 (Robert J. Lanigan, Director)   (Robert E. Weissman, Director)


    VERNON R. LOUCKS, JR. 
______________________________
(Vernon R. Loucks, Jr., Director) 


Dated: March 25, 1994


                                -20- 

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

The Company's consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and 
the related report thereon of Coopers & Lybrand, independent public 
accountants, for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, 
appearing on Pages 17 to 35 of the accompanying 1993 Annual Report, are 
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K (see 
below).  The additional financial data indicated below should be read in 
conjunction with such consolidated financial statements.
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Page
                                                      __________________________  
                                                         10-K       1993 Annual
                                                                       Report
                                                      _____________ _____________  
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>  
Report of Independent Public Accountants                      F-19          17
Statement of Management Responsibility for Financial          F-20          18
  Statements
As of December 31, 1993 and 1992:
  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position            F-22 to F-23      19
For the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991:
  Consolidated Statement of Income                            F-21          18
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                        F-24          20
  Consolidated Statement of Shareowners' Equity               F-25          21
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements              F-26 to F-44   22-33
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) for the years ended
  December 31, 1993 and 1992                                  F-44          33
Management's Discussion and Analysis               
  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations        F-12 to F-18   13-16
Other financial information:
  Performance and Outlook, 1993                           F-1 to F-11     5-12
  Ten year selected financial data                            F-45       34-35


SCHEDULES:
  Report of Independent Public Accountants                     22          17

  The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries:

 VIII  - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended
          December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.................... 23           -
 IX    - Short-term Borrowings for the years ended
          December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.................... 24           -
 X     - Supplementary Income Statement Information for
          years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and............. 25           -

<FN>

    Schedules other than those listed above are omitted as not required 
or inapplicable or because the required information is given in the 
financial statements, including the notes thereto.


                                -21- 
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of 
   The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation:

Our report on the consolidated financial statements of The Dun & 
Bradstreet Corporation as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and for the 
years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, has been incorporated by 
reference in this Form 10-K from page 17 of the 1993 Annual Report of 
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.  In connection with our audits of such 
financial statements, we have also audited the related financial 
statement schedules listed in the index on page 21 of this Form 10-K.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedules referred to above, 
when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information 
required to be included therein.




                                             COOPERS & LYBRAND


Stamford, Connecticut

January 27, 1994



                                -22- 



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                                          SCHEDULE VIII



                         THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                          for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992, 1991
                                              (In millions)
<CAPTION>  

___________________________________________________________________________________________
         COL. A                              COL. B      COL.C       COL. D        COL. E
___________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C> 
                                                       Additions
                                            Balance    Charged to                  Balance
                                            Beginning  Costs and                    at End
       Description                          of Period  Expenses    Deductions(a)  of Period
       ___________                          _________  ___________ _____________  _________
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:
    For the Year Ended December 31, 1993...  $  82.4    $  42.2      $  45.4       $  79.2
                                             =======    =======      =======       =======
    For the Year Ended December 31, 1992...  $  69.8    $  64.5      $  51.9       $  82.4
                                             =======    =======      =======       =======
    For the Year Ended December 31, 1991...  $  68.8    $  48.2      $  47.2       $  69.8
                                             =======    =======      =======       =======

<FN>

NOTE:
     (a) Represents primarily the charge-off of uncollectible accounts
         for which a reserve was provided.



                                -23- 




 </TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                                          SCHEDULE IX



                         THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                 SCHEDULE IX - SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
                          for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992, 1991
                                      (Dollar amounts in millions)
<CAPTION>  

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
         COL. A                                COL.B      COL.C         COL.D        COL.E          COL.F
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                                     Maximum       Average       Weighted
                                                       Weighted      Amount        Amount        Average
                                             Balance    Balance    Outstanding   Outstanding      Interest
    Category of Aggregate                    at End      at End     During the   During the   Rate During
    Short-term Borrowings                   of Period  of Period     Period        Period      the Period
    _____________________                   _________  ___________ _____________  _________   ____________

Year Ended December 31, 1993:
     Banks(C)                                $   6.2       14.75%    $  27.1       $   9.9           9.82%
     Commercial Paper(D)                     $  82.9        3.22%    $ 123.3       $  61.7           3.37%
Year Ended December 31, 1992:
     Banks(C)                                $  10.5        8.86%    $  42.7       $  17.8           8.15%
     Commercial Paper(D)                     $ 117.8        3.33%    $ 241.5       $ 112.0           4.81%
Year Ended December 31, 1991:
     Banks(C)                                $  13.4        8.14%    $ 113.4       $  52.9           9.41%
     Commercial Paper(D)                     $ 172.3        4.79%    $ 229.0       $ 120.5           6.06%
__________________
<FN>

(A)  The average amounts outstanding were calculated using daily 
     balances for commercial paper and monthly balances for notes 
     payable to banks.

(B)  The weighted average interest rates were calculated by dividing the 
     interest expense for the year for such borrowings by the average 
     amounts outstanding during the period.

(C)  Bank obligations consist principally of notes payable to banks in 
     Latin America and Europe.

(D)  Represents commercial paper supported by short-term borrowing 
     agreements with several U.S. banks.



                                -24- 




 </TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                                          SCHEDULE X



               THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

             SCHEDULE X - SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
                for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992, 1991
                                  (In millions)

______________________________________________________________________
        COL. A                                    COL.B 
______________________________________________________________________
                                           Charged to Costs and
                                         Expenses for the years ended
       Item                                       December 31,
    _________                         ________________________________
                                           1993        1992       1991
                                          _____       _____      _____

Maintenance & Repairs.................    $69.7       $76.5      $77.1
                                          =====       =====      =====




All other items are omitted as such amounts are each less than one 
percent of consolidated operating revenue or have been disclosed in the 
consolidated financial statements.

                                -25- 


                                      STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES

The section symbol shall be expressed as SS.





<PAGE>

<TABLE>

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<CAPTION>  


Regulation S-K                                                         Exhibit to
Exhibit Number                                                         this Report
______________                                                         ____________ 
<S>                                                                     <C>
(3)  Articles of Incorporation and By-laws.
    (a) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Dun & 
        Bradstreet Corporation dated June 15, 1988 (incorporated
        herein by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant's 
        Registration No. 33-25774 on Form S-8 filed November 25, 1988).
(b)By-laws of Registrant dated December 15, 1993......................   Exhibit E**   
(4)  Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including 
     Indentures.
        Not Applicable.
(9)  Voting Trust Agreement.
        Not Applicable.
(10) Material Contracts. (All of the following documents,
     except for items (v) and (w), are management
     contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be 
     filed pursuant to Item 14(c).)
    (a) Retirement Plan for Directors of Registrant, as amended 
        December 19, 1990 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit E
        to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
        December 31, 1990, file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1991).
    (b) Nonfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
        of Registrant, as amended April 21, 1993.......................   Exhibit F**  
    (c) Pension Benefit Equalization Plan adopted October 17, 1990 
       (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit G to Registrant's
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990,
        file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1991).
    (d) Profit Participation Benefit Equalization Plan adopted October
        17, 1990 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit H to 
        Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
        December 31, 1990, file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1991).
    (e) 1982 Key Employees Stock Option Plan for Registrant and 
        Subsidiaries, as amended July 17, 1991 (incorporated herein
        by reference to Exhibit E to Registrant's Annual Report on 
        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, file number 
        1-7155, filed March 26, 1992)
    (f) 1991 Key Employees Stock Option Plan for Registrant and 
        Subsidiaries, adopted April 16, 1991 (incorporated herein 
        by reference to Exhibit 28(a) to Registrant's Registration
        No. 33-44551 on Form S-8, filed December 18, 1991).
    (g) Ten-Year Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein
        by reference to Exhibit 28(b) to Registrant's Registration No.
        33-44551 on Form S-8, filed December 18, 1991).
    (h) Ten-Year Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated
        herein by reference to Exhibit 28(c) to Registrant's 
        Registration No. 33-44551 on Form S-8, filed December 18, 1991).
    (i) Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement relating to Incentive
        Stock Options (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
        28(d) to Registrant's Registration No. 33-44551 on Form S-8,
        filed December 18, 1991).
    (j) Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement relating to Non-Qualified
        Stock Options (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
        28(e) to Registrant's Registration No. 33-44551 on Form S-8,
        filed December 18, 1991).


                                -26- 

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

Regulation S-K                                                         Exhibit to
Exhibit Number                                                         this Report
______________                                                         ____________ 
<S>                                                                     <C>
     (k)Limited Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement relating to 
        Incentive Stock Options (incorporated herein by reference 
        to Exhibit 28(f) to Registrant's Registration No. 33-44551
        on Form S-8, filed December 18, 1991).
     (l)Limited Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement relating to 
        Non-Qualified Stock Options (incorporated herein by reference
        to Exhibit 28(g) to Registrant's Registration No. 33-44551 on
        Form S-8, filed December 18, 1991).
     (m)1982 Key Employees Performance Unit Plan for Registrant and 
        Subsidiaries, as amended December 18, 1991 (incorporated 
        herein by reference to Exhibit F to Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, file number
        1-7155, filed March 26, 1992).
     (n)Corporate Management Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 1990 
       (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit J to Registrant's 
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989,
        file number 1-7155, filed March 26, 1990).
     (o)1989 Key Employees Restricted Stock Plan for Registrant and 
        Subsidiaries, as amended July 19, 1989 (incorporated herein by 
        reference to Exhibit K to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 
        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989, file number 1-7155,
        filed March 26, 1990).
     (p)Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to
        Exhibit L to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
        year ended December 31, 1989, file number 1-7155, filed March 
        26, 1990).
     (q)Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement...................   Exhibit G**   
     (r)Form of Change-in-Control Severance Agreement, approved July
        19, 1989 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit M to
        Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
        December 31, 1989, file number 1-7155, filed March 26, 1990)
     (s)Supplemental Executive Benefit Plan, as amended October 
        17, 1990 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit J 
        to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
        ended December 31, 1990, file number 1-7155, filed 
        March 27, 1991)
     (t)IMS International, Inc. Executive Pension Plan, dated 
        November 5, 1987 (incorporated herein by reference to 
        Exhibit E to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
        the year ended December 31, 1992, file number 1-7155, filed 
        March 25, 1993)
     (u)IMS International, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Compensation 
        Plan, as amended April 19, 1991 (incorporated herein by 
        reference to Exhibit F to Registrant's Annual Report on Form
        10-K   for the year ended December 31, 1992, file number 
        1-7155, filed March 25, 1993).
     (v)Agreement of Limited Partnership of D&B Investors L.P.,
        dated as of October 14, 1993...................................   Exhibit H**
     (w)Purchase Agreement and Purchase Agreement Amendment dated
        October 14, 1993.among D&B Investors L.P., and other parties...   Exhibit I**
(11) Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings.
        Computation of Earnings Per Share of Common Stock on a Fully
        Diluted Basis..................................................   Exhibit A**
(12) Statement Re Computation of Ratios.
        Not applicable.
(13) Annual Report to Security Holders.
        1993 Annual Report.............................................   Exhibit D**
(18) Letter Re Change in Accounting Principles.
        Not applicable.
(19) Previously Unfiled Documents.
        Not applicable
(21) Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        List of Active Subsidiaries as of January 31, 1994.............   Exhibit B**
(22) Published Report Regarding Matters Submitted to a Vote 
     of Security Holders.
        Not applicable
(23) Consents of Experts and Counsel.
        Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants............   Exhibit C**




                                -27- 




</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>


Regulation S-K                                                         Exhibit to
Exhibit Number                                                         this Report
______________                                                         ____________ 
<S>                                                                     <C>
(24) Power of Attorney.
        Not applicable.
(28) Information from Reports Furnished to State Insurance Regulatory 
     Authorities.
        Not applicable.
(99) Additional Exhibits.
        Not applicable.



*Not included in this document
**Filed electronically







                                -28- 


</TABLE>




{PAGE \# "'Page: '#'
'"|Page: 41
}[DJV1] ALL ENTRIES WHICH HAVE BEEN UPDATED ARE IN BOLD PRINT.




<TABLE>

                                                             EXHIBIT A


                  THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
                        ON A PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED BASIS

Dollar Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data 1993	         1992       1991
                                              __________________________________
                                              (Average share data in thousands) 
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                <C>           <C>      <C>
Weighted average number of shares                 177,181     178,346   178,556
Dilutive effect of shares issuable as of year-end
  under stock option plans, stock appreciation
  rights and restricted stock plan                  1,789       1,563     1,669
Adjustment of shares applicable to stock options
  and stock appreciation rights exercised
  during the year                                      88          50        30
                                                   _____________________________
Weighted average number of shares on a
  primary and fully diluted basis                 179,058     179,959   180,255
                                                  ______________________________
Income Before Cumulative Effect of Changes
  in Accounting Principles                        $  428.7   $  553.5  $  506.5
Cumulative Effect to January 1, 1993, of
  Changes in Accounting Principles:
   -SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
     Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,
   " Net of Income Tax Benefits of $93.7            (140.6)       -          -
   -SFAS No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for
      Postemployment Benefits,Net of
      Income Tax Benefits of $150.0                 (250.0)       -          -
                                                   _____________________________
Net Income                                        $    38.1  $  553.5  $  506.5
                                                    _____________________________
Earnings per share of common stock on
 a primary and fully diluted basis:
Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in 
  Accounting Principles                             $    2.39  $   3.08  $  2.81
Cumulative Effect to January 1, 1993,
 of Changes in Accounting Principles:
  -SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
    Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions"         (.78)       -         -
  -SFAS No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for
    Postemployment Benefits"                            (1.39)       -         -
                                                    _____________________________
Net Income                                          $     .22  $   3.08  $  2.81
                                                    _____________________________
</TABLE>



                                       A-1








<TABLE>
                                                            EXHIBIT B
                 THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION
        LIST OF ACTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AS OF JANUARY 31, 1994
<CAPTION>

                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY                             Delaware
   Addex, Inc.                                    Delaware
         Nieuw Willemstad Holdings, Inc.          Delaware
   Nielsen Holding Ges.mbH                        Austria
         A. C. Nielsen Company Ges.mbH            Austria
                CMIS Coordinierte Management
                 InformationsSysteme, Ges.mbh     Austria
         Nielsen Marketing Research Kft.          Hungary
   A. C. Nielsen Company (Belgium) S.A.           Belgium
         The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
           & Co. SNC                              Belgium
   Palmetto Assurance Ltd.                        Bermuda
   A. C. Nielsen Chile Limitada                   Chile
         A. C. Nielsen Chile S.A.                 Chile            51.0
   A. C. Nielsen de Colombia S.A.                 Colombia         87.2
   A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.                 Delaware
   Teollisuuden Tielopalvelu Industrial
    Intelligence Ltd. Oy                          Finland
         A.C. Nielsen Finland Oy                  Finland
              Finnpanel Oy                        Finland          50.0
              Kulutustutkimus Oy: 
                 Marketing Radar Ltd.             Finland          50.0
              Soliditet OY                        Finland
   Dun & Bradstreet Canada Holding, Ltd.          Ontario, Canada
         The D&B Companies of Canada Ltd.         Ontario, Canada
              Dun & Bradstreet Finance Inc.       Ontario, Canada
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                 Services Canada L.P.              Delaware
              Nielsen Korea Limited                Korea
         Interactive Data Canada Inc.             Ontario, Canada
   NCH Promotional Services, Inc.                 Delaware
   Nielsen Holdings, Inc.                         Delaware
   Nielsen Leasing Corporation                    Delaware
   A. C. Nielsen S.A.                             France
         Dun & Bradstreet-France S.A.             France
         Dun & Bradstreet Software 
           Services (France) S.A.                 France
         Moody's France S.A.                      France
         Nielsen A.E.M. Snc                       France
         Panel de Gestion SARL                    France           61.0
   A. C. Nielsen Hellas Ltd.                      Greece
   A. C. Nielsen of Ireland Limited               Ireland
   D & B Group Limited                            Ireland
   D&B Marketing Information Services
     Italia S.p.A                                 Italy
         C.R.A. S.r.l.                            Italy            60.0
              C.R.A. Sistemi S.r.l.               Italy
         SITA, Societa per gli Indici
           Tessile e Abbigliamento-S.r.l.         Italy            60.0
</TABLE>

                                B-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                 EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>   


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
______________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY (Continued)
   Nielsen Japan K.K.                              Japan
   A. C. Nielsen Company de
     Mexico, S.A. de C.V.                         Mexico
         Inmobiliaria Zeta, S.A. de C.V.          Mexico
   A. C. Nielsen (N.Z.) Limited                   New Zealand
   Nielsen Norge A/S                              Norway           65.0
         Soliditet AS                             Norway
   Dun & Bradstreet Holdings Spain B.V.           The Netherlands
         Dun & Bradstreet S.A                     Spain
              A. C. Nielsen Company S.A.          Spain
   Nedro-Nielsen/ESEO-Estudios  
     de Mercado Lda.                              Portugal         81.0
   A. C. Nielsen P.R. Inc.                        Puerto Rico
   A. C. Nielsen Singapore Pte. Ltd.              Singapore
   A. C. Nielsen Management Services S.A.         Switzerland
   A. C. Nielsen S.A.                             Switzerland
         SEN Superstudies AG                      Switzerland      50.0
   Nielsen Medya Arastirma 
     Hizmetleri Limited Sirketi                   Turkey
   Dataquest Incorporated                         California
         Dataquest Europe S.A.                    France
         DATAQUEST Japan Limited                  Japan

AMERICAN CREDIT INDEMNITY COMPANY                 New York         95.0

CORINTHIAN HOLDINGS, INC.                         Delaware

D&B CORPORATION JAPAN K.K.                        Japan

D & B ENTERPRISES, INC.                           Delaware

D&B (R.I.C.) LTD.                                 Delaware
   Dun & Bradstreet East-Vent Ltd.                Delaware
         Dun & Bradstreet C.I.S.                  Russia
   Dun & Bradstreet India Private Limited         India
   Dun & Bradstreet Satyam Software Limited       India

D&B TRANSPORTATION SERVICES COMPANY, INC.         Delaware

DNB-PA HOLDINGS CORPORATION                       Nevada

DUN & BRADSTREET COMPUTER LEASING, INC.           Delaware
   Fillupar Leasing Partnership                   Delaware         98.0

DUN & BRADSTREET DIVESTITURE, INC.                Delaware

</TABLE>
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
DUN & BRADSTREET HEALTHCARE INFORMATION, INC.     Delaware
   Lexecon Health Service Inc.                    Illinois

DUN & BRADSTREET, INC.                            Delaware
   Dun & Bradstreet Life Insurance Company        Arizona
   Duns Holding, Inc.                             Delaware
         D&B Acquisition Corp.                    Delaware
         Duns Licensing Associates, L.P.          Delaware         82.5
              Corinthian Leasing Corporation      Delaware
   Mergex, Inc.                                   Delaware

DUN & BRADSTREET INTERNATIONAL, LTD.              Delaware
   Arrebnac Pty. Ltd.                             Australia
         Dun & Bradstreet Pension
           Plan Pty. Ltd.                         Australia
              A. C. Nielsen (Holdings) 
                Pty. Limited                      Australia
                   A. C. Nielsen (Trading) Pty.
                     Limited                      Australia
                   A. C. Nielsen (Operations) 
                     Pty. Limited                 Australia
                        A. C. Nielsen Australia 
                          Pty. Limited            Australia
              College Mercantile Pty. Ltd.        Australia
                   Dun & Bradstreet (Australia)
                     Pty. Limited                 Australia
              Dun & Bradstreet (Nominees)
                Pty. Ltd.                         Australia
              Dun & Bradstreet Unit Trust         Australia
                   Dun & Bradstreet Software
                     Services Australia
                       Pty. Limited               Australia
              Moody's Investors Service 
                Pty. Limited                      Australia
              Nandette Pty. Limited               Australia
                   Australian Independent
                     Media Data Pty. Ltd.         Australia        50.0
   Dun & Bradstreet S.A.                          Argentina
   Dun & Bradstreet Holding (Belgium) S.A.        Belgium
   N.V. Dun & Bradstreet-Eurinform S.A.           Belgium
   Dun & Bradstreet do Brasil Ltda.               Brazil
   Dun & Bradstreet Ltda.                         Chile
   Dun & Bradstreet Holdings-France, Inc.         Delaware
         Kosmos Business Information Limited      England
   D & B Group, Ltd.                              Delaware
         A. C. Nielsen (Holdings) Limited         England
              A. C. Nielsen Company Limited       England
                   Dun & Bradstreet Software
                     Services Limited             England
              Dun & Bradstreet Software Services
                Medium Systems Limited            England
         Advance-Peterholm Group Ltd.             England
              D & B Telephone Company Ltd.        England
</TABLE>

                                   B-3

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
DUN & BRADSTREET INTERNATIONAL, LTD. (Continued)
   D&B Group, Ltd. (Continued)
         D & B Europe Limited                     England
              Dun & Bradstreet Limited            England
                   Dataquest Europe Limited       England
                        Dun & Bradstreet
                          Finance Ltd.            England
                   Dun & Bradstreet Limited       Ireland
                   Dun & Bradstreet Pension
                     Trustees Limited             England
         Donnelley Directory, Ltd.                Delaware
              Thomson Directories [Partnership]   England          50.0
         Dun & Bradstreet (U.K.) Ltd.             England
         DunsGate Limited                         England
         Interactive Data Ltd.                    England
         IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited              England
              Intercontinental Medical 
                Statistics Ltd.                   England
                   Imsworld Publications Ltd.     England
              PMS International Limited           England
              The Medical Direct Mail
                Organisation Ltd.                 England
              Medical Market Studies Limited      England
         Moody's Investors Service Limited        England
         ST Europe plc                            England
              DunsNet Limited                     England
              S.T. S.A.R.L.                       France
   Dun & Bradstreet Credit Control, Ltd.          Delaware
         Dun & Bradstreet (HK) Limited            Hong Kong
   Dun & Bradstreet (Israel) Ltd.                 Israel
   Dunbrad, Inc.                                  Delaware
         Dun & Bradstreet Credit 
           Reporting (Israel)                     Israel
   Wiri Beleggingen B.V.                          The Netherlands
         Dun & Bradstreet Kosmos S.p.A.           Italy
              Argus Situazioni Aziendali S.r.l.   Italy
   Dun & Bradstreet Business Information
     Services (Japan) K.K.                        Japan
   D&B Information Services (M) Sdn. Bhd.         Malaysia
   Dun & Bradstreet S.A. de C.V.                  Mexico
   Dun & Bradstreet Nederland Holding B.V.        The Netherlands
         A. C. Nielsen (Nederland) B.V.           The Netherlands
              Nederlands Centrum voor Marketing
                Analyses B.V.                     The Netherlands  70.0
         Nielsen Marketing Research, spol s r.o.  Czech Republic
         Dun & Bradstreet Danmark Holding A/S     Denmark
              AIM Research A/S                    Denmark
                   AIM Farmstat ApS               Denmark          66.67
              D & B International A/S             Denmark
              A/S H. Hyldahl                      Denmark
              Dahl Jensen Kuvertering ApS         Denmark
</TABLE>

                                    B-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
DUN & BRADSTREET INTERNATIONAL, LTD. (Continued)
   Dun & Bradstreet Nederland Holding B.V. (Continued)
         Dun & Bradstreet (C & EE) Holding B.V.   The Netherlands
              Dun & Bradstreet Hungaria 
                Informacio Szolgaltato Korlatolt  Hungary          51.0
                  Felelosegu Tarsasag [d/b/a
                   Dun & Bradstreet Hungaria Kft.]
              Dun & Bradstreet spol s r.o.        Czech Republic
         Dun & Bradstreet Software Services
          (Nederland) B.V.                        The Netherlands
              Dun & Bradstreet B.V.               The Netherlands
         IMS Services Nederland B.V.              The Netherlands
         Nielsen Marketing Research SP.z.o.o.     Poland
         Soliditet Norden AB                      Sweden
              A. C. Nielsen Company A.B.          Sweden
              Soliditet AB                        Sweden
   Dun & Bradstreet (New Zealand) Limited         New Zealand
   Dun & Bradstreet S.A.                          Peru
   Dun & Bradstreet Poland sp. z o.o.             Poland
   Dun & Bradstreet Portugal, Lda.                Portugal
   Dun & Bradstreet (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.         Singapore
   Dun & Bradstreet A.G.                          Switzerland
         Bichet Auskunfte A.G.                    Switzerland
   Ifico-Burgel A.G.                              Switzerland
         Novinform AG                             Switzerland
              Renseignements Fell SA              Switzerland      70.0
   Dun & Bradstreet C.A.                          Venezuela
   Dun & Bradstreet Zimbabwe (Private) Limited    Zimbabwe

DUN & BRADSTREET INVESTMENTS CANADA INC.          Ontario, Canada

DUN & BRADSTREET LEASING INC.                     Canada

DUN & BRADSTREET PLAN SERVICES, INC.              Delaware
   Dun & Bradstreet Pension Services, Inc.        Delaware
   Erisco, Inc.                                   New York
   Plan Services, Inc.                            Florida
         Guy, Murray & Smith, Inc.                Delaware

DUN & BRADSTREET SOFTWARE HOLDINGS, INC.          Delaware
   DBC Holding Corp.                              Delaware
         Dun & Bradstreet Software Services, Inc. Georgia
              DBS-Dun & Bradstreet Software 
                Services do Brasil Ltda.          Brazil
              D&BS Services (M) Sdn. Bhd.         Malaysia
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                Services Hong Kong Limited        Hong Kong
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                Services New Zealand Limited      New Zealand
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                Services (S) PTE Ltd.             Singapore
</TABLE>

                                     B-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
DUN & BRADSTREET SOFTWARE HOLDINGS, INC. (Continued)
   DBC Holding Corp. (Continued)
         Dun & Bradstreet Software Services Inc. (Continued)
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                Services International, Inc.      Georgia
                   Dun & Bradstreet Software
                     Services Deutschland         Germany
                           Beteiligungs GmbH & Co.
                        Dun & Bradstreet 
                          Software Services       Germany
                                 Deutschland OHG
              Dun & Bradstreet Software 
                Services (Canada) No. 2 Limited   Ontario,Canada
              Dun & Bradstreet Software 
                Services Holdings S.A.            France
              Dun & Bradstreet Software
                Services Australia                Australia
                              Holdings Pty. Ltd.
              K.K. Dun & Bradstreet Software      Japan

DUN-DONNELLEY PUBLISHING CORPORATION              Delaware

DUNSNET S.A.R.L.                                  France

550 COCHITUATE ROAD INVESTMENT CORPORATION        Delaware

GARTNER GROUP, INC.                               Delaware         52.0
   Gartner Group Asia, Inc.                       Delaware
   Gartner Group Europe, Inc.                     Delaware
   Gartner Group Sales, Inc.                      Delaware
   GG Hong Kong, Inc.                             Delaware
   New Science Associates Inc.                    Delaware
   Real Decisions, Inc.                           Connecticut
   Gartner Group FSC, Inc.                        Virgin Islands
   Gartner Group Scandinavia, A/S                 Denmark
   Gartner Group UK Ltd.                          England
   GG France S.A.R.L.                             France
   Gartner Group, GMBH                            Germany
   Gartner Group Italia S.R.L.                    Italy
   Gartner Group Benelux                          The Netherlands
   Gartner Group Norge, A/S                       Norway
   Gartner Group Sverige, AB                      Sweden

I.M.S. INTERNATIONAL, INC.                        Delaware
   I.M.S. Financial, Inc.                         Delaware
         IMS Pharminform Holding AG               Switzerland
              Informations Medicales Et
                Statistiques S.A.                 Belgium
              Informations Medicales & 
                Statistiques S.A.R.L.             Morocco
              Information Medical
                Statistics Norge A/S              Norway
              IMS AG                              Switzerland
              IMS Medinform A.S.                  Czech Republic
</TABLE>

                                    B-6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>

                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
I.M.S. INTERNATIONAL, INC. (Continued)
   I.M.S. Financial, Inc. (Continued)
         IMS Pharminform Holding A.G. (Continued)
              IMS Information Medical
                Statistics AG                     Switzerland
                   IMS Poland Limited             Poland
                   IMS Medinform Hungaria Ltd.    Hungary
              IMSMARQ AG                          Switzerland
              IMS Servicos Ltda.                  Brazil
              IMS Tunisia                         Tunisia
              Interdata S.A. de C.V.              Mexico
              RCI Research Consultants AG         Switzerland
                   Marketing Y Datos Limitada 
                     [k/a Markdata Ltda.]         Chile
              Interstatistik AG                   Switzerland
                   I M S Ges.m.b.H.               Austria
                   Datec Industria e Comercio,
                     Distribuidora Grafica        Brazil
                       e Mala Direta Ltda.  
              Interdata Dominicana, S.A.          Dominican Republic
              Intercomunicaciones Y Servicio
                de Datos S.A.                     Colombia
                   [k/a Interdata S.A.]
              Pharma Data Paraguaya S.R.L.        Paraguay
              Pharma Data Uruguaya S.A.           Uruguay
              Data Coordination AG                Switzerland
                   PMA Sociedad Anonima           Argentina
              Datandina S.A. Peru                 Peru
              Institute for Medical Statistics Oy Finland
              I.M.S. (Nederland) B.V.             The Netherlands
              Datandina Ecuador S.A.              Ecuador
              Asserta Centroamerica Medicion
               de Mercados, S.A.                  Guatemala
              PMV De Venezuela, C.A.              Venezuela
              Pharmadat Marktforschungs-
                Gesellschaft m.b.H.               Austria
                   Pharmacall Statistik Ges.
                     m.b.H.                       Austria
                   Medidat Marktforschungs-
                     Gesellschaft m.b.H.          Austria          50.0
              Intercontinental Marketing 
                Services Iberica, S.A.            Spain
                   Pharmatest Medical Market 
                     Studies, S.A.                Spain
              Mercados Y Analisis, S.A. 
                [k/a M.A.S.A.]                    Spain
         IMS Turkiye Ltd.                         Turkey
         IMS Software Services, Ltd.              Delaware
         Dun & Bradstreet Germany Holding, Ltd.   Delaware
              ACN Marketing Research Holding GmbH Germany
                   A. C. Nielsen GmbH             Germany
                        A. C. Nielsen 
                          Werbeforschung S&P GmbH Germany
                   Dataquest GmbH                 Germany
              DunsNet Datenkommunikation GmbH     Germany
              ST Europe GmbH                      Germany
</TABLE>

                                    B-7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>

I.M.S. INTERNATIONAL, INC.  (Continued)
      I.M.S. Financial, Inc. (Continued)
          Dun & Bradstreet Germany Holding, Ltd. (Continued)
                 D & B Schimmelpfeng GmbH         Germany
                    D&B Unterstutzungskasse GmbH  Germany
                    IMS Holding Deutschland GmbH  Germany
                        IFNS Marktforschung GmbH  Germany
                        IMS GmbH Institut fur 
                          medizinische Statistik  Germany
                            I.M.S. Hellas Ltd.    Greece
                            IMS Data GmbH         Germany
                         INFO-MED Gesellschaft 
                           fur Regional-          Germany
                                    marketing MBH
                     Midoc Medizinische Informations-
                       und Dokumentations-        Germany
                             Gesellschaft m.b.H.
                     Schimmelpfeng Ges.mbH        Austria
                          D&B-Schimmelpfeng 
                               Ges.mbH            Austria
           IMS Japan Ltd. (KK)                    Japan
           Pharmamedia AG                         Switzerland      51.0
      I.M.S. Portugal-Consultores Internacionais 
       de Marketung Farmaceutico, Lda.            Portugal
      IMS (NZ) Limited                            New Zealand
           IMS Investments (NZ) Limited           New Zealand
      Riddell Information Services Pty. Ltd.      N.S.W., Australia
      IMS Australia Pty. Ltd.                     N.S.W., Australia
           Permail Pty. Limited                   N.S.W., Australia
      IMS Pacific Limited                         Hong Kong
           IMS HK Investments Ltd.                Hong Kong
      IMS of Canada, Ltd.                         Canada
      Informations Medicales Et Statistiques SarL France
      Intercontinental Medical Statistics 
        International, Ltd.                       New York
      Market Research International, Ltd.         Delaware
           Nippon Computer Services, Inc.         Japan
           IMS Asia (1989) Pte. Ltd.              Singapore
      Clark-O'Neill, Inc.                         New Jersey
      IMS America, Ltd.                           New Jersey
           Coordinated Management Systems, Inc.   Delaware

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION                      Delaware

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.                   Delaware
      Moody's Canada Inc.                         Canada
      Moody's Deutschland GmbH                    Germany
      Moody's Hong Kong Limited                   Hong Kong
      Moody's Japan Kabushiki Kaisha              Japan
      Moody's Investors Service Espana, S.A.      Spain

</TABLE>

                                    B-8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                EXHIBIT B - (Continued)
<CAPTION>


                                                State or Other    % Ownership
                                               Jurisdiction of    100% except
Name                                            Incorporation       as noted
___________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                              <C>              <C>

OAK INVESTMENTS LTD.                              Bermuda

SALES TECHNOLOGIES, INC.                          Georgia

THE REUBEN H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION               Delaware
      D&B Investors L.P.                          Delaware         99.0
      Am-Don Partnership [d/b/a DonTech]          Illinois         50.0
      CenDon Partnership                          Illinois         50.0
      Uni-Don Partnership                         Florida          50.0



                                                        January 31, 1994

</TABLE>

                                        B-9








                                                             EXHIBIT C


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration
statements of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation on Form S-3 (File No.
33-10462) and on Forms S-8 (File Nos. 2-53006, 33-21719, 33-25774,
33-27144, 33-44551, 33-49060 and 33-51005) of our reports dated
January 27, 1994, on our audits of the consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedules of The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 and for
the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, which reports
are incorporated by reference or included in this Form 10-K.




                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND


Stamford, Connecticut

March   25, 1994






                                  C-1







                                                              EXHIBIT D

PERFORMANCE & OUTLOOK

Marketing Information Services

IMS International

IMS International is the world's leading provider of marketing, sales-
management and medical information and decision-support services for the 
pharmaceutical industry. Customers use IMS' services to monitor and 
evaluate performance, forecast industry developments, reduce operating 
costs, make strategic business decisions and respond to demand for 
health-care cost management. IMS provides services in more than 70 
countries and generates about 65 percent of its revenue outside the U.S.

______________________________________________________________________
On the strength of Xponent, IMS America gained new business and won the 
vast majority of competitive reviews for prescriber information 
services.
_______________________________________________________________________

1993 Performance Revenue was $613.9 million, up 4.7 percent on a 
reported basis, and up about 10 percent excluding the stronger dollar.
Operating income* growth was substantial, reflecting solid revenue 
growth and productivity improvements.

Operating Highlights IMS America has enjoyed substantial success in 
adding new subscribers since it introduced Xponent, a unique prescriber-
level information service, more than a year ahead of schedule. One of 
the most powerful sources of pharmaceutical sales and marketing 
information ever produced in the U.S., the Xponent service permits 
customers to measure sales performance more accurately, evaluate 
promotions and create customized micro-marketing programs. On the 
strength of the new service, IMS won the vast majority of supplier 
reviews by pharmaceutical manufacturers for sales-management and 
targeting information services in 1993, including a significant number 
of clients who had been using competitive services.

IMS also introduced PlanTrak, a managed-care information service, and 
began the phased launch of Xponent PlanTrak, a combined sales-
management and micro-marketing service focused on information related to 
health-care reform.

IMS International introduced IDRAC, a CD-ROM system that delivers 
information and administrative services designed to help customers 
increase efficiency during the European Community regulatory approval 
process. IDRAC will be expanded in 1994 with national modules and 
multimedia capabilities.

IMS released MediPlus in Germany, the U.K. and France, an enhanced 
service that draws prescription and treatment data from physicians' 
personal computers and includes a graphical user interface, multiple 
language capabilities and faster response times. IMS' medical databases 
do not identify individual patients to protect privacy.

IMS America's health-care division agreed with the Health Industry 
Business Communications Council to develop a common category database 
that will substantially reduce industry-wide administrative costs by 
providing standard classifications for 240,000 medical and surgical 
products.
_______________________________________________________________________
*Operating income comments throughout the Performance & Outlook section 
are before restructuring income/expense net.

                                  F-1

<PAGE>

1994 Outlook IMS anticipates strong double-digit underlying revenue 
growth, driven in part by new products. Operating income will be up
somewhat less than revenue growth, however, because of new-product 
investment spending. The long-term goal for IMS continues to be for
growth above the corporate average.

A.C. Nielsen

A.C. Nielsen is the world's leading provider of marketing, media and 
television-audience research information and decision-support systems.

Nielsen Marketing Research

Nielsen Marketing Research provides consumer packaged goods 
manufacturers and retailers with retail, promotion, media, household and 
consumer information services and decision-support tools. Operating in 
36 countries, the division generates about 70 percent of its revenue 
outside the U.S.

1993 Performance Nielsen Marketing Research reported 
worldwide revenue of $1.05 billion, down 6.4 percent on a reported basis 
from a year ago, but up about 3 percent excluding the impact of a 
stronger dollar and the divestiture of Donnelley Marketing Information 
Services. Excluding these factors, Nielsen generated a modest increase 
in operating income.

Operating Highlights Nielsen outsourced its U.S. mainframe computing and 
systems software operations to Electronic Data Systems (EDS) in 1993, a 
move that increased processing power and reduced by one-half the time 
required to deliver information to customers. It allows the company to 
focus its resources on rapid development of value-added services.

Nielsen Solution System, a total reengineering of how Nielsen North 
America manages and delivers information to customers, will go into 
production during 1994. The first large, open-architecture, 
client/server information-management system in the marketing research 
industry, Nielsen Solution System will allow customers to make fact-
based business decisions using current marketplace information. It will 
deliver faster desktop access to complex marketing research information 
and provide customers with new capabilities to integrate external and 
internal data and create new databases responsive to changing
conditions.

With Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) emerging as a major opportunity 
for manufacturers, distributors and retailers to reengineer distribution 
and promotion practices and eliminate waste in the supply chain, Nielsen 
became the first marketing research company to establish a unit devoted 
to ECR and other retail-oriented services. Nielsen acquired interests in 
NON-STOP Logistics, a provider of warehousing and distribution services, 
and in Scanner Applications, a promotion measurement company, and formed 
a Solutions Partners program that also includes NCH Promotional 
Services, Strategic Mapping and EDS.

__________________________________________________________________
IMS International and A.C. Nielsen, the world's largest marketing 
research businesses, formed closer links during 1993 to leverage their 
global capabilities, their decision-support services, and their 
complementary positions in over-the-counter (OTC) health-care 
information services.
____________________________________________________________________

                              F-2
<PAGE>

Nielsen North America launched Opportunity Explorer and Promotion 
Simulator expert-system software that analyzes historical actions that 
affect product sales and simulates the impact of future promotion 
strategies. These products run on Nielsen Workstation PC software, the
world's leading marketing and sales-management decision-support system, 
which is being enhanced for 1994. Nielsen has installed this Windows-
based software on more than 10,000 personal computers at 2,000 customer 
sites.

In the highly competitive U.S. market, Nielsen won new contracts in 1993 
with Continental Baking and Eastman Kodak. It also retained contracts 
with companies, including Coca-Cola Foods, Colgate-Palmolive, Pfizer, 
Philip Morris, Bausch & Lomb and Pillsbury. In early 1994, Nielsen 
gained a major contract with Bristol-Myers Squibb, winning back this 
customer's business from Information Resources, Inc. (IRI). Nielsen 
also reached a new agreement that expands its relationship with Johnson 
& Johnson, including recovering the McNeil division of J&J from IRI.

<TABLE>

_________________________________________________________________________________
Marketing Information Services 

<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions     1993      1992    % Change   1991     1990     1989
_________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Operating Revenue            $1,868.3  $1,893.9    -1.4    $1,832   $1,938  $1,715
Operating Income
  Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net       $ 296.5     $302.7    -2.0      $286     $332    $312

Operating Margin
  % Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net        +15.9      +16.0       -.6 
___________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
  Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar and the divestiture
  of Donnelley Marketing Information Services, revenue growth was
  about 6% and operating income was up about 7%.

</TABLE>

Nielsen International, which encompasses Asia-Pacific and Latin American 
operations as well as those in Europe, widened its lead against its 
competitors as it continued to reengineer and streamline operations to 
improve responsiveness to customers and accelerate product development. 
The unit began to roll out advanced scanning-based information services 
in the United Kingdom and France and will extend scanning capabilities 
to eight northern European countries in 1994. Nielsen International also 
will introduce a major new release of The Nielsen Inf*Act Workstation, a 
Retailer Workstation and a variety of additional decision-support 
applications.

Nielsen signed a five-year European partnership agreement with Procter & 
Gamble covering 32 product categories. Under a global agreement with 
Coca-Cola, Nielsen will provide marketing information on its beverage 
and foods categories in 27 nations.

Nielsen International established operations in Poland. It also acquired 
a majority interest in Cadem S.A., the leading marketing research firm 
in Chile, and acquired STARS, Puerto Rico's only store-audit service. In 
Turkey, Nielsen acquired an interest in Zet-Nielsen Business Information 
A.S., a marketing information provider, and established television-
audience measurement services.

Nielsen also introduced national People Meter television audience-
measurement services in Sweden and Singapore.

                                  F-3

<PAGE>

1994 Outlook Nielsen Marketing Research anticipates worldwide underlying 
revenue growth above the 3 percent growth achieved in 1993, with 1994 
operating margins consistent with last year due to new-product 
investment spending. The long-term goal for Nielsen is growth at the 
corporate average.

Nielsen Media Research

Nielsen Media Research reported solid growth in revenue and operating 
income, as its annual revenue exceeded $200 million for the first time. 
Nielsen Media's customers include national and local television 
broadcasters, cable networks and systems, syndicators, advertisers and 
advertising agencies.

Nielsen Media introduced metered local audience-measurement service in 
the Orlando-Daytona Beach-Melbourne market in Florida during 1993. In 
February 1994, Nielsen entered the West Palm Beach-Ft. Pierce market, 
bringing the total number of Nielsen metered markets to 30, with 
Cleveland and Detroit to follow later in the year. The Arbitron Co. 
announced in 1993 that it was discontinuing syndicated local market 
television and cable ratings service.

_______________________________________________________________________
Nielsen built competitive momentum, winning numerous contracts with 
major clients and, in early 1994, capturing the Bristol-Myers Squibb 
account from IRI.
_______________________________________________________________________

Nielsen Media launched the first phase of a new national delivery system 
that, when completed, will provide online delivery and cross-media 
analysis of broadcast, cable and syndication data. The division's 
Personal NAD Facility, also introduced in 1993, became the first system 
using CD-ROM technology to deliver demographic breakdowns of viewership 
for selected market areas for all national TV programming sources.

In 1994, Nielsen Media Research is expecting strong double-digit growth 
in revenue and operating income.


Risk Management and Business Marketing Information Services

Dun & Bradstreet Information Services

Dun & Bradstreet Information Services (DBIS) is the world's leading 
supplier of business-to-business risk management, credit and marketing 
information and decision-support services that build customers' 
profitability and sales. The division maintains operations in 34 
countries, a data-collection network spanning nearly 200 nations and 
a database covering more than 32 million businesses worldwide. Its nine-
digit D-U-N-S Number, endorsed by the United Nations as a standard 
business identifier for cross-border electronic data interchange, is a 
unique tool for establishing corporate family relationships worldwide. 
DBIS also provides receivables-management services worldwide and credit 
insurance in the U.S. The business generates about 35 percent of its 
revenue outside the U.S.

1993 Performance Worldwide DBIS revenue was $1.20 billion, up about 1 
percent from 1992 on a reported basis, and up about 3 percent excluding 
the impact of the stronger dollar and the acquisition of Soliditet. The 
division reported solid growth in operating income for the year, with 
higher operating margins resulting from continuing productivity 
improvements.

                                 F-4

<PAGE>

DBIS North America reported a slight increase in revenue from a year 
ago. Revenue from U.S. credit services increased 3 percent to $559 
million, with a small increase in sales for the year. DBIS Europe had a 
modest decrease in revenue on a reported basis, but posted a slight 
increase excluding the acquisition of Soliditet and the unfavorable 
impact of a stronger dollar.

Operating Highlights DBIS took a number of actions to introduce 
integrated business information services and to enhance its traditional 
information products. The division introduced portfolio-analysis 
services in the U.S. and the U.K., and database-marketing services in 
the U.S., that allow customers to integrate their own information with 
DBIS' data and perform analyses that highlight risk and identify 
marketing opportunities. These services generated significant new 
revenue in their initial release.

In North America, DBIS enhanced the Business Information Report. New 
features of the report include the D&B Paydex Score and an explanation
of the score, which rates a company's past payment performance.

_______________________________________________________________________
DBIS continued its aggressive global expansion by acquiring Soliditet, 
the leading provider of business information in Sweden, Norway and 
Finland.
________________________________________________________________________

DBIS North America formed an alliance with Equifax, a consumer credit 
reporting company, to develop new information-driven solutions for 
customers, including credit scores on virtually all small businesses in 
the U.S. by the end of 1994. DBIS also increased the number of 
businesses on which it provides credit scores from 4.5 million to 10 
million.

In Europe, DBIS acquired Soliditet in May and moved quickly to integrate 
the company. Soliditet is the leading provider of commercial credit 
information in Sweden, Norway and Finland.

DBIS formed a joint venture with the European Bank for Reconstruction 
and Development to accelerate the development of business information 
services in Central and Eastern Europe. With sanctions lifted, DBIS 
began supplying customers worldwide with information on South African 
companies through an arrangement with ITC, the company D&B divested in 
1986.

DBIS rolled out D&B Access PC software to eight European countries, 
where it accounted for as much as 65 percent of online inquiries
by year-end. D&B Access provides fast, flexible delivery of business 
information to customers and a wider range of information options.

DBIS began providing global online access to information on firms in 
Mexico in August, meeting customer needs driven in part by the North 
American Free Trade Agreement and the fast-growing Mexican economy. 
D&B's database on Mexican companies was increased from 75,000 to 300,000
files by year-end.

DBIS' APLAN network technology, which supports developments in Mexico,
was also expanded in Venezuela, Japan and Taiwan, providing customers 
with domestic, regional and global business information delivered in 
those countries' languages. Argentina, Chile, Peru and Brazil will be 
added to the network in 1994.

1994 Outlook Worldwide DBIS underlying revenue growth is expected to be 
in the mid-single digits. Strong growth in operating income is expected 
in 1994, with further improvements in productivity. The long-term goal 
for DBIS is growth at the corporate average.

                                  F-5

<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service

Moody's Investors Service issues ratings on corporate and government 
obligations and issuers of commercial paper in the U.S., Canada, Europe 
and Asia/Pacific, and publishes business and financial information.

1993 Performance Moody's reported strong revenue growth and a 
substantial increase in operating income for the third consecutive year, 
reflecting continuing favorable bond-market conditions.

Operating Highlights Moody's continued to extend its international 
capabilities while maintaining its strong leadership position in the 
U.S. Moody's geographic expansion, including the official opening of its 
Madrid office, continues as capital flows become increasingly global. 
Moody's also maintains offices in London, Paris, Frankfurt, Sydney and 
Tokyo.

During the year, Moody's Corporate Department issued first-time ratings 
on six companies that specialize in derivative products and developed a 
capability to deliver opinions and ratings electronically to clients. 
Moody's also established a Global Credit Research Client Service Desk to 
facilitate communication with analysts and serve the needs of strategic 
corporate fixed-income investors worldwide; increased the number of non-
U.S. investor briefings on global credit topics; initiated 
teleconferences that allow investors to discuss timely credit issues 
with Moody's analysts; and established a calling program that has built 
stronger relationships between Moody's analysts and strategic investors.

<TABLE>

_________________________________________________________________________________
Risk Management and Business Marketing Information Services 

<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions     1993      1992    % Change   1991     1990     1989
_________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Operating Revenue            $1,564.2  $1,520.6    +2.9    $1,397   $1,351  $1,330
Operating Income
  Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net       $ 404.6     $379.6    +6.6      $285     $253    $374

Operating Margin
  % Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net        +25.9      +25.0     +3.6
___________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
  Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar and the acquisition
  of Soliditet, revenue growth was up about 5% and operating income was
  up about 11%.

</TABLE>

________________________________________________________________________
Favorable bond-market conditions led to another record performance at 
Moody's in 1993.
________________________________________________________________________

Moody's Public Finance assigned a record 13,500 ratings in 1993 as U.S. 
municipal volume totaled $290 billion, the highest ever recorded. Facing 
this volume, Public Finance expanded its analytical focus on the revenue 
sectors of the markets, strengthening its market position, by creating 
revenue specialty groups. Public Finance also established a full 
capacity rating desk in its Western Regional Office and launched a 
new product devoted exclusively to refunded bonds that includes new 
weekly, biweekly and quarterly updates. Refunding volume accounted for 
close to 65 percent of market volume in 1993.

                                   F-6

<PAGE>

In the U.S., where Moody's Financial Information Services (FIS) 
installed its 1,000th CD-ROM customer, the department placed sales 
personnel in San Francisco and Dallas to build market share for Moody's 
products. FIS also signed a letter of intent with Toyo Keizai, Japan's 
largest business information company, to produce an English-language CD-
ROM product containing data on Japanese public companies.

1994 Outlook The anticipated slowdown in the volume of refinancings and 
new debt issues did not occur in 1993 and is now expected to occur in 
1994, even though the market continues to exhibit strong volume. 
Consequently, Moody's is not anticipating growth in 1994 and may 
experience a decline in revenue and operating income. Long-term, Moody's 
is expected to achieve growth at the corporate average, with some 
variability due to changing bond-market conditions.

________________________________________________________________________
Interactive Data provides securities-related information and software to 
the investment community in North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific. 
Interactive Data's revenue and operating income increased in 
1993.


Software Services 

Dun & Bradstreet Software

D&B Software, with revenue of more than $400 million, is a worldwide 
leader in the marketplace for client/server and mainframe software for 
financial, human-resources, distribution and manufacturing applications 
and decision-support.

1993 Performance Excluding the impact of the divestiture of Information 
Associates and the stronger dollar, D&B Software reported a modest 
decline in revenue. Excellent growth in client/server revenue, which 
exceeded expectations by nearly 200 percent, was offset by an 
anticipated decline in mainframe software revenue. However, D&B Software 
achieved an excellent increase in operating income, reflecting the 
positive impact of a workforce reduction, the consolidation of certain 
activities and the closing of two facilities.

<TABLE>

__________________________________________________________________________________
Software Services 

<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions     1993      1992    % Change   1991     1990     1989
_________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Operating Revenue            $ 475.6     $533.5   -10.9     $ 557    $558   $ 230
Operating Income
  Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net       $  43.7     $ 18.7   +133.7     $ 43     $ 57    $ 33

Operating Margin
  % Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net         +9.2       +3.5    +162.9
___________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
  Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar and the divestiture
  of Information Associates, revenue declined about 7%, and operating
  income was up about 113%.

</TABLE>


                                 F-7

<PAGE>

Operating Highlights Sales of SmartStream client/server software 
contributed to D&B Software's improved operating income performance in 
1993.

The division released FinancialStream, the first SmartStream 
applications package in September, and an enhanced version of 
SmartStream Decision Support in July. By year-end, D&B Software 
recognized revenue from client/server sales representing approximately 
300 customer sites.

________________________________________________________________________
Customers responded enthusiastically to D&B Software's initial 
client/server offerings, as revenues exceeded expectations by nearly 200 
percent.
________________________________________________________________________

SmartStream provides companies with enhanced workflow and information-
distribution capabilities. Faster, easier access to business information 
through Windows-based desktop workstations allows more business 
processes to be automated. Global functionality will permit the software 
to be easily adapted and used in international operations. The remaining 
elements of the enterprise-wide SmartStream architecture, covering human 
resources and manufacturing & distribution applications, are scheduled 
for release during 1994.

Early SmartStream results included several sales to customers who will
use the software's full capabilities for reengineering business 
processes for greater productivity and profitability. Other customers 
focused on targeted applications and business functions as they began to 
make the transition from mainframe to client/server-based computer 
architectures.

D&B Software continued to provide customers with flexible approaches to 
converting to client/server computing. The division also delivered a 
number of enhancements to its mainframe software during the year and 
improved the maintenance and support services it provides to mainframe 
software customers.

D&B Software has established third-party development and/or marketing 
relationships with a number of organizations, including Microsoft, Data 
General, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Sybase, Andersen Consulting and Price 
Waterhouse.

D&B Software established direct operations in Malaysia to serve a 
growing client base in that country.

1994 Outlook Nineteen-ninety-four is expected to be an exciting year for 
D&B Software, with substantial growth in client/server revenue. However, 
given the anticipated continuing decline in mainframe software revenue, 
D&B Software's total revenue may not increase and could be down 
slightly. Nonetheless, with the anticipated growth in client/server 
revenue and further productivity improvements, operating income is 
expected to be up substantially. Long-term, D&B Software is expected to 
achieve growth above the corporate average.

________________________________________________________________________
Sales Technologies is the largest U.S. supplier of sales automation 
solutions, with operations also in Canada, Germany, the U.K. and France. 
The division reported a decline in revenue and an operating loss.


                                 F-8

<PAGE>
________________________________________________________________________
Erisco, which provides software and services for health-care 
administration, reported a significant increase in operating income, but 
a modest decrease in revenue due to the discontinuation of its Defined 
Contribution Services product line.


Directory Information Services 

Reuben H. Donnelley

Reuben H. Donnelley compiles, publishes or serves as sales and marketing 
representative for more than 400 yellow pages directories in 17 states 
and the District of Columbia. Donnelley serves markets in various 
regions of the U.S. in association with NYNEX, Cincinnati Bell and 
Sprint, and is a proprietary publisher in the mid-Atlantic area and 
southern California. DonTech, a partnership with Ameritech Advertising 
Services, Inc., serves Illinois and northwestern Indiana. Thomson 
Directories Ltd., a partnership with The Thomson Corporation, serves 
markets in the United Kingdom through 155 directories.

1993 Performance Directory Information Services' reported revenue 
increased 7.5 percent to $450.7 million, primarily as a result of timing 
factors. Excluding the impact of timing factors, revenue was essentially 
unchanged. Underlying sales of yellow pages directories also were 
essentially unchanged. Operating income rose 14.8 percent to $185.2 
million. Excluding the impact of timing factors, segment operating 
income was up about 3 percent.

<TABLE>

_________________________________________________________________________________
Directory Information Services 

<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions     1993      1992    % Change   1991     1990     1989
_________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Operating Revenue            $ 450.7     $419.4    +7.5     $ 463    $450   $ 437
Operating Income
  Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net       $ 185.2     $161.3    +14.8     $209     $184    $162

Operating Margin
  % Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net        +41.1      +38.5     +6.8
___________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
  Excluding the impact of timing factors, revenue was essentially 
  unchanged and operating income was up about 3%.

</TABLE>

Operating Highlights Donnelley conducted a major reengineering of its 
operations that will reduce its costs, increase productivity and support 
the development of new advertising products for emerging electronic 
media. These steps included shortening the production phase for many 
directories, which increases the time available for sales campaigns and 
improves advertising quality.


________________________________________________________________________
Donnelley's major reengineering has created a new platform for building
sales growth and developing new products.
________________________________________________________________________

                                  F-9

<PAGE>

In addition, Donnelley introduced workstation-based account-planning and 
territory-management software that helps sales representatives analyze 
their assignments, segment key industry sectors, calculate customers' 
return on investment and apply D&B Information Services' marketing and 
business information. The planned increase in the use of laptop 
computers will further improve customer service and satisfaction, 
automate additional publishing and administrative functions,
 and contribute to the development of an easily adaptable, digitized 
database of advertising information.

1994 Outlook Directory Information Services expects a modest increase in 
underlying revenue and a strong increase in underlying operating income 
as a result of productivity actions initiated in 1993. While long-term 
growth is expected to be below the corporate average, Donnelley remains 
a high-margin business with a strong cash flow.


Other Business Services 

Dun & Bradstreet Plan Services provides group-health-insurance marketing 
and administration services to insurance companies, agents and 
businesses. Dun & Bradstreet Pension Services supplies pension and 
profit-sharing services. Dun & Bradstreet Plan Services reported 
declines in revenue and operating income.

NCH Promotional Services provides cents-off coupon redemption, 
promotion, processing and management services to retailers and 
manufacturers. The division reported declines in revenue and operating 
income, due in part to actions taken to improve cash flow and overall 
profitability.

Dataquest provides global market research, analysis and consulting 
services for information technology, hardware, software, communications 
and services companies, and for the heavy-machinery industry. The 
division posted a slight increase in revenue and significantly reduced 
its operating loss during the year.

Gartner Group, with offices in 25 countries, is a leading provider of 
research, analysis and advisory services to users and suppliers
of information technology systems and software. In April, The Dun & 
Bradstreet Corporation acquired a majority interest in Gartner Group 
from Information Partners Capital Fund L.P. Following a public offering 
of Gartner stock, D&B retained 52 percent ownership.

Gartner posted substantial growth in revenue and operating income. The 
unit continued to expand its range of information-technology research 
services by acquiring New Science Associates, Inc., a provider of 
complementary subscription-based services. In January 1994, it acquired 
Real Decisions Corp., which provides asset and resource management 
services and corporate information technology benchmarking.

_______________________________________________________________________
Gartner Group posted revenue growth of more than 20 percent, with even
higher growth in profits and expanding margins.
________________________________________________________________________

D&B Health Care Information was formed in 1993 to address new market 
opportunities in health-care information and decision-support
services. In July, the division acquired Health Research Network, a 
provider of clinical information on the incidence and treatment
of HIV/AIDS.

                                 F-10

<PAGE>

The division was selected by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control to 
track HIV/AIDS. The study will create a national database on AIDS-
related conditions and trends in prevention and treatment. D&B 
HealthCare acquired Lexecon Health Service, Inc., in January 1994, the 
largest non-government supplier of patient outcome studies to U.S. 
health-care providers.

<TABLE>

________________________________________________________________________________
Other Business Services 

<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions     1993      1992    % Change   1991     1990     1989
_________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Operating Revenue            $ 351.6     $383.3    -8.3     $ 402    $540   $ 607
Operating Income
  Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net       $  28.0     $ 50.4    -44.4     $ 37     $ 63    $ 82

Operating Margin
  % Before Restructuring
  Income/Expense - Net         +8.0      +13.1     -38.9
___________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
  Adjusted for the timing effect of the acquisition of Gartner Group 
  and the divestiture of Datastream, and the impact of the stronger 
  dollar, revenue was essentially unchanged and operating income was up 
  about 11%.

</TABLE>


Corporate Resources 

DunsNet is the company's worldwide telecommunications network that 
supports the delivery of online products of D&B operating units to 
customers in North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific. (Costs are 
allocated across all business segments.)

DunsGate develops and maintains advanced electronic information products 
and distribution systems that give customers faster, easier and more 
effective access to D&B data and services through their telephones, 
personal computers and facsimile machines. (Costs are allocated across 
Risk Management and Business Marketing Services and Other Business 
Services.)

________________________________________________________________________

This discussion mentions several products and company names that are 
trademarks of other companies.  It is not our intention to claim these 
names or trademarks as our own.
________________________________________________________________________

                                    F-11


<PAGE>
FINANCIAL REVIEW


The Company reported earnings per share in 1993 of $3.36, up 8.4% from 
$3.10 a year ago, excluding the adoption of Financial Accounting 
Standards (FASB) Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 
112 and No. 106 and a net restructuring charge of $166.7 million after-
tax.  (See Notes 2 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)  
Full-year earnings per share were reduced by $.05 per share as a result 
of the increase in the U.S. corporate income tax rate.  Including the 
effect of these factors, the Company reported 1993 earnings per share of 
$.23 and net income of $38.1 million.
    Operating revenue in 1993 was down .8% to $4,710.4 million from 
$4,750.7 million a year ago.  Excluding the effects of divestitures and 
acquisitions, the adverse impact of the stronger dollar and certain 
timing factors, 1993 revenue for D&B's current portfolio of businesses 
was up about 3.5%.
    In 1993 the Company sold Donnelley Marketing Information Services 
(DMIS), redeemed preferred shares and notes related to the sales of 
Donnelley Marketing and Datastream and resolved certain contingencies 
related to other divestitures.  As a result of the above transactions, a 
$40.0 million gain was recognized.
    In 1993, the Company also recognized a $21.0 million non-operating 
gain related to the initial public offering of Gartner Group, Inc. 
(Gartner Group) in which the Company holds a majority interest.  In 
connection with the above operating and non-operating gains, the Company 
recorded $61.0 million of restructuring expense related to work-force 
reductions (non-severance costs) and restructuring of certain operations 
and businesses.
    Additional restructuring actions initiated in 1993 totaling $256.5 
million represented an acceleration of ongoing efforts to achieve long-
term productivity improvements and to leverage the Company's global 
synergies.  A significant portion of the charge was for downsizing the 
number of data-processing centers, reducing worldwide real estate costs, 
and reengineering back-office accounting functions.  The ongoing pre-tax 
savings from these synergy actions, which are expected to grow in the 
next few years to approximately $100 million annually, will be used 
principally for initiatives to accelerate revenue growth.  (See Note 5 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)
    Operating income before restructuring expense-net in 1993 increased 
5.6% to $830.0 million from $785.9 million in 1992.  Excluding the 
effects of divestitures and acquisitions, the stronger dollar, certain 
timing factors and restructuring expense-net, 1993 operating income was 
up about 13%.  Operating income after restructuring expense-net 
decreased to $552.5 million.
    For the Company's current portfolio of businesses, operating 
expenses excluding restructuring expense-net and the effect of the 
stronger dollar increased 1.7% in 1993 compared with 1992, reflecting 
productivity improvements.
    In 1993, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 112, 
"Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits," and SFAS No. 106, 
"Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions."  
The adoption of SFAS No. 112 and SFAS No. 106 resulted in one-time, non-
cash, after-tax charges of $250 million and $140 million, respectively, 
in the first quarter.  (See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.)
    Interest income-net 1993 was $26.9 million, compared with interest 
income-net of $11.3 million a year ago, reflecting lower interest 
expense due in part to a lower level of short-term borrowings, a larger 
portfolio of marketable securities and interest income on notes related 
to the sale of Datastream.  In effect, a portion of the increase in 
interest income-net represented an offset to the absence of operating 
income from divested businesses.
    Non-operating income-net in 1993 included a $21.0 million gain from 
the initial public offering of Gartner Group.  Other expense-net of 
$12.4 million in 1993 compared with other expense-net of $2.0 million a 
year ago reflected the minority interests' share of income/loss of 
majority-owned subsidiaries and various partnerships.
    The Company's effective tax rates were 27.1%, 30.4% and 31.3% in 
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.  The lower rate in 1993 primarily 
reflected the favorable tax effects of the fourth-


                                    F-12


<PAGE>
quarter restructuring charge.  Excluding the effects of the charge, the 
full-year tax rate would have been 29.5%, reflecting the continuing 
favorable effects of global tax-planning actions, partially offset by 
the increase in the U.S. corporate income tax rate.
    Return on average shareowners' equity (excluding restructuring 
expense-net of $277.5 million, a $21.0 million gain from Gartner Group's 
sale of stock and the cumulative effect of accounting changes in 1993) 
was 34.6%, 26.1% and 25.2% in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.  Return 
on average shareowner's equity was 24.9% in 1993, before cumulative 
effect of accounting changes.
    Shareowners' Equity totaled $1,111.3 million at December 31, 1993, 
compared with $2,156.0 million at December 31, 1992.  The decline was 
principally attributed to the repurchase of the Company's common stock 
that was authorized by the Company's Board of Directors after 
considering a number of factors, including the favorable long-term 
growth prospects of the Company, its continuing strong cash flow and 
cash position, and the attractive financial implications of a share 
repurchase for the Company, resulting in part from low interest rates 
and the Company's high dividend yield.  The decline also reflected the 
after-tax effects of adopting SFAS No. 112 and SFAS No. 106 and the 
after-tax effect of restructuring expense.  The Company believes that 
because of its strong cash flow characteristics (described in the 
Liquidity Section below) the lower level of shareowners' equity will not 
have a material effect on the Company's ability to obtain appropriate 
financing to meet the growth needs of the Company.
    Regarding 1994, the Company is anticipating growth in earnings per 
share somewhat above the 8.4% growth in 1993 earnings per share to 
$3.36, which excludes the $256.5 million net restructuring charge and 
the impact of the required accounting changes.
    The Company also believes it will achieve underlying revenue growth 
in 1994 above its 1993 underlying revenue growth of about 3.5%, despite 
the expected continuing weak growth in the global economy in 1994.
    Marketing Information Services reported a 1.4% decrease in revenue 
in 1993 to $1,868.3 million from $1,893.9 million in 1992 as a result 
of the impact of the stronger dollar and the divestiture of Donnelley 
Marketing Information Services (DMIS).  Excluding these factors, full-
year revenue growth for the segment was about 6%.  IMS International's 
1993 revenue was $613.9 million, up 4.7% on a reported basis, and up 
about 10% excluding the impact of the stronger dollar.  Nielsen 
Marketing Research reported worldwide revenue of $1.05 billion, down 
6.4% on a reported basis from a year ago but up about 3% excluding the 
impact of the stronger dollar and the divestiture of DMIS.  Nielsen 
Media reported a solid increase in revenue for 1993.  Reported operating 
income for the segment, excluding restructuring expense-net, decreased 
2% to $296.5 million from $302.7 million a year ago.  Adjusted for the 
divestiture of DMIS and the impact of the stronger dollar, operating 
income was up about 7%, reflecting productivity improvements at IMS 
International and Nielsen Marketing Research International, partially 
offset by higher costs at Nielsen Marketing Research in the United 
States.
    Risk Management and Business Marketing Information Services' revenue 
in 1993 was up 2.9% to $1,564.2 million from $1,520.6 million in 1992.  
Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar and the acquisition of 
Soliditet, full-year revenue was up about 5%.  Dun & Bradstreet 
Information Services (DBIS) North America reported a slight increase in 
revenue from a year ago.  U.S. credit services' 1993 revenue was up 3% 
to $559 million.  U.S. credit services posted a small increase in sales 
for the full year.  DBIS Europe had a modest decrease in revenue in 1993 
on a reported basis, but posted a slight increase excluding the 
acquisition of Soliditet and the unfavorable impact of the stronger 
dollar.  Moody's Investors Service reported a strong increase in revenue 
for the year, reflecting favorable bond market conditions.  Reported 
operating income for the segment, excluding restructuring expense-net, 
increased by 6.6% in 1993 to $404.6 million from $379.6 million in 1992.  
Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar, the acquisition of 
Soliditet and restructuring expense-net, operating income was up 11%, as 
a result of the 5% growth in underlying revenue and significant 
productivity improvements.


                                    F-13


<PAGE>
    Software Services reported a 10.9% decrease in revenue in 1993 to 
$475.6 million from $533.5 million.  Excluding the impact of the 
stronger dollar and divestiture of Information Associates, 1993 segment 
revenue decreased about 7% and D&B Software had a modest decline.  
Operating income for the segment, excluding restructuring expense-net, 
increased by 133.7% to $43.7 million in 1993 from $18.7 million in 1992, 
reflecting the positive impact of a work-force reduction, the 
consolidation of certain activities and the closing of two facilities at 
D&B Software.  Excluding the impact of the stronger dollar, the 
divestiture of Information Associates and restructuring expense-net, 
operating income was up about 113%, reflecting the above actions to 
improve productivity.
    Directory Information Services' reported revenue increased 7.5% to 
$450.7 million from $419.4 million, primarily as a result of timing 
factors.  Excluding the impact of timing factors, segment revenue was 
essentially unchanged.  Underlyling sales of yellow pages directories 
were essentially unchanged compared with last year.  Operating income 
for the segment, excluding restructuring expense-net, increased 14.8% to 
$185.2 million in 1993 from $161.3 million in 1992.  Excluding the 
impact of timing factors and restructuring expense-net, operating income 
for the segment was up about 3%.
    Other Business Services reported an 8.3% decrease in revenue in 1993 
to $351.6 million from $383.3 million in 1992.  Adjusted for the timing 
effect of the acquisition of Gartner Group and the divestiture of 
Datastream, and the impact of the stronger dollar, segment revenue was 
essentially unchanged.  Gartner Group posted a substantial increase in 
revenue.  NCH Promotional Services reported a decrease in revenue, due 
in part to actions taken to improve profitability and cash flow.  Dun & 
Bradstreet Plan Services also reported a decrease in 1993 revenue.  
Operating income for the segment, excluding restructuring expense-net, 
decreased 44.4% to $28.0 million in 1993 from $50.4 million in 1992.  
Adjusted for the timing effect of the acquisition of Gartner Group and 
the divestiture of Datastream, the stronger dollar and restructuring 
expense-net, operating income was up about 11%, due principally to a 
strong contribution from Gartner Group.
    In 1992, the Company reported earnings per share of $3.10, up 9.2% 
from $2.84 per share in 1991.  Net income for 1992 increased 9.3% to 
$553.5 million from $506.5 million in 1991.
    Operating revenue in 1992 increased $99.7 million, or 2.1% to 
$4,750.7 million from $4,651.0 million in 1991.  Revenue growth in 1992 
was held down by the effects of four divestitures--Donnelley Marketing 
in February 1991, the communications unit of IMS International in July 
1991, Information Associates in June 1992 and Datastream International 
in September 1992--as well as by the impact of changes in contractual 
arrangements at Reuben H. Donnelley in 1991.  Excluding these factors, 
and the impact of a slightly weaker dollar, revenue growth for D&B's 
current portfolio of businesses was about 5%, which was held down by the 
negative impact of economic and industry conditions on Directory 
Information Services and Dun & Bradstreet Software.
    Operating income in 1992 increased by 5.6% to $785.9 million from 
$744.3 million in 1991.  Excluding the effects of divestitures, the 1991 
changes in the Donnelley contracts, 1991 restructuring expense and the 
impact of a slightly weaker dollar, operating income increased by about 
9%.
    Operating expenses excluding the effect of acquisitions and 
divestitures, restructuring expense-net and the impact of a weaker 
dollar, increased 4% in 1992 compared with 1991.
    Interest income-net in 1992 was $11.3 million, compared with interest 
expense-net of $10.1 million in 1991, reflecting a larger portfolio of 
marketable securities and a lower level of short-term borrowings, due to 
a significant increase in cash flow from operations and proceeds from 
the sales of Datastream International and Information Associates.  In 
effect, a portion of the increase in interest income-net represented an 
offset to the absence of operating income from divested businesses.
    Other expense-net in 1992 was $2.0 million compared with other 
income-net of $3.1 million in 1991.  Other expense-net in 1992 included 
a $3.4 million gain on foreign-currency put options, compared with an 
$11.2 million gain in 1991.
    In 1991, the Company reported earnings per share of $2.84, up 1.8% 
from $2.79 per share in 1990.  Net income was essentially unchanged at 


                                    F-14


<PAGE>
$506.5 million, compared with $506.7 million in 1990.  Earnings per 
share increased, while net income was flat, because of the impact of 
share repurchases in 1990.
    Operating revenue in 1991 decreased by $186.3 million or 3.9% to 
$4,651.0 million from $4,837.3 million in 1990.  The decrease in 
operating revenue was attributable to the divestitures of Zytron, 
Neodata Services and Petroleum Information in 1990, Donnelley Marketing 
in February 1991 and the communications unit of IMS in July 1991.  
Adjusted for these divestitures, revenue growth for the Company 
approximated 5% in 1991, despite recessionary conditions.
    Operating income in 1991 decreased 5.4% to $744.3 million from 
$786.9 million in 1990, as a result of divestitures.  The positive 
effect of changes in contractual arrangements between Reuben H. 
Donnelley and several telephone companies was offset by net 
restructuring expense of $15 million.  Excluding the effects of 
divestitures, the changes in Reuben H. Donnelley contracts and 
restructuring expense-net, operating income increased by about 4%.
    Operating expenses excluding restructuring expense-net in 1991 
decreased 3.9% compared with 1990.  The decrease in operating expenses 
was due to the absence of expenses from divested units.
    Interest expense-net in 1991 was $10.1 million compared with 
interest income-net of $1.5 million in 1990, reflecting a lower 
portfolio of marketable securities that resulted from a number of 
factors, including the use of funds for restructuring payments and 1990 
share repurchases.
    Other income-net in 1991 was $3.1 million, compared with other 
expense-net of $20.6 million in 1990, and included an $11.2 million gain 
on foreign-currency put options.
    In line with its often stated strategy of sharpening its focus on 
key markets for information services, during 1991, Donnelley Marketing 
and the communications unit of IMS were sold in the first and third 
quarters, respectively.  In 1992, the Information Associates unit of Dun 
& Bradstreet Software and Datastream International were sold during the 
second and third quarters, respectively.
    Restructuring actions initiated in 1992 included the reorganization 
of European operations at Nielsen Marketing Research, and work-force 
reductions and actions to consolidate operations at Dun & Bradstreet 
Software and Reuben H. Donnelley.  The pre-tax costs of these actions 
essentially offset a pre-tax gain of $107 million on the sales of 
Datastream International and Information Associates (See Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.)
    Restructuring actions initiated by the Company in 1991 included the 
consolidation of regional operations, management realignments and the 
restructuring of certain operations at Reuben H. Donnelley, as well as 
work-force reductions at Nielsen Marketing Research, Dun & Bradstreet 
Software and Dun & Bradstreet Information Services.  The pre-tax costs 
of these actions totaled $113 million and were largely offset by a pre-
tax net gain of $98 million on divestitures.  (See Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.)  The resulting net restructuring 
expense of $15 million was largely offset by benefits from changes in 
Reuben H. Donnelley contracts.
    In 1993, 1992 and 1991, certain restructuring actions initiated in 
1992, 1991 and 1990 were completed at a lower cost than originally 
estimated and other actions required more costs to implement than 
originally expected.  In addition, costs to complete certain actions 
being implemented changed based on revised estimates and experience to 
date.  In a number of instances, new restructuring actions were 
initiated to complement or enhance original actions and certain actions 
were expanded, contracted or discontinued based on changed 
circumstances.  While the total costs of all restructuring actions 
remained unchanged, the changes in estimates and other changes did 
impact operating income by business segment.  (See Notes 5 and 14 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.)
    Restructuring actions significantly affect year-to-year comparisons 
of operating income by segment.  Accordingly, Marketing Information 
Services reported operating income of $243.5 million in 1993 compared 
with operating income of $257.2 million and $362.5 million in 1992 and 
1991, respectively.  Risk Management and Business Marketing Information 
Services 


                                    F-15


<PAGE>

reported operating income in 1993 of $307.6 million, compared 
with operating income of $371.0 million and $250.4 million in 1992 and 
1991, respectively.  Software Services' operating loss for 1993 totaled 
$24.6 million, compared with an operating loss of $19.2 million and 
operating income of $29.2 million in 1992 and 1991, respectively.  
Directory Information Services operating income in 1993 totaled $170.3 
million, compared with $154.0 million and $175.6 million in 1992 and 
1991, respectively.  Other Business Services' operating income in 1993 
totaled $24.8 million, compared with $149.8 million and $36.1 million in 
1992 and 1991, respectively.

Non-U.S. Operations and Monetary Assets-The Company has operations in 
more than 60 countries.  Approximately 38% of the Company's revenues in 
1993 were from non-U.S. operations, including approximately 27% from 
European operations.  The percentage of the Company's revenue from non-
U.S. (particularly European) opeations declined in 1993 compared with 
1992 because of the effect of divestitures in 1992 and the strengthening 
of the U.S. dollar in 1993.  Non-U.S. operations accounted for 
approximately 33% of the Company's operating income in 1993, including 
European operations, which accounted for approximately 22%.  Changes in 
the value of non-U.S. currencies relative to the U.S. dollar cause 
fluctuations in U.S. dollar operating results.  In 1993, foreign 
currency translation decreased U.S. dollar revenue and operating income 
growth by approximately 4%.
    Since 1989, the Company has used various financial instruments, 
which have provided partial protection against foreign currency 
exposures versus annual plan; however, this practice did not avoid year-
to-year fluctuations in U.S. dollar operating results resulting from 
foreign currency translation.  For 1994, the Company does not plan to 
continue this practice; however, the cost/benefit of this practice will 
be re-evaluated periodically and might be used in the future.
    Non-U.S. monetary assets are maintained in European currencies, 
principally in Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Italy, the United 
Kingdom and Spain.  Changes in the value of these currencies relative to 
the U.S. dollar are charged or credited to shareowners' equity.  The 
effect of exchange rate changes during 1993 reduced the U.S. dollar 
amount of cash and cash equivalents by approximately $40 million.


                                    F-16


<PAGE>

Liquidity and Financial Position - The Company's financial condition 
continues to be very strong.  At December 31, 1993, cash, cash 
equivalents and current marketable securities totaled $669 million and 
short-term debt totaled $258 million, including $166 million of Alaska 
Native Corporation obligations.
    In 1993, the Company continued to be a strong generator of cash from 
operating activities.  Cash generated from operating activities less 
cash outlays for capital expenditures and computer software and other 
intangibles additions totaled $493 million, which exceeded dividend 
payments of $423 million.  In 1994, the Company expects to continue this 
strong performance before the effect of two abnormally large cash 
outlays for restructuring expenses and postemploymenet benefits.  In 
1994, the Company anticipates cash outlays in the range of $170 million 
for restructuring actions, primarily associated with restructuring 
actions initiated in 1993, and cash outlays in the range of $200 million 
for postemployment benefits, primarily severance pay.  In 1994, after 
the effect of the above two abnormally large expenditures, the Company 
expects to be a moderate user of cash.
    Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $932.2 million for 
1993, compared with $1,002.3 million and $663.2 million for 1992 and 
1991, respectively.  The decrease of $70.1 million in net cash provided 
by operating activities primarily reflected a smaller reduction of other 
working capital in 1993 by NCH Promotional Services, compared with the 
reduction in 1992 that resulted from changes in payment terms to 
retailers.
    Net cash used in investing activities totaled $382.2 million for 
1993 compared with $298.9 million and $201.8 million in 1992 and 1991, 
respectively.  The increase in cash usage in 1993 reflected increased 
payments for acquisitions ($118.3 million), lower proceeds from sale of 
businesses ($67.0 million) and increased other investments and notes 
receivable ($30.6 million), partially offset by the sale of marketable 
securities ($172.9 million).  Capital expenditures were $235.7 million, 
$196.9 million and $226.2 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
    Cash received ($107.5 million) during 1993 from the redemption of 
preferred shares and notes related to the sales of Donnelley Marketing, 
Datastream International, and the sale of DMIS was added to the general 
funds of the Corporation.  The Company anticipates that these funds will 
be used to fund certain restructuring actions.
    Net cash used in financing activities totaled $353.8 million in 
1993, compared with $481.3 million in 1992, and $477.7 million in 1991.
The decrease in cash usage in 1993 reflected the proceeds ($54.0 
million) from Gartner Group's initial public offering and third-parties 
investments in partnerships ($625.0 million), which was used in part to 
purchase the Company's common stock, partially offset by increased 
($563.9 million) purchases of treasury shares.
    In late 1996, third-parties special investors interests ($500 million) 
in the investment partnership (See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements) will be exchanged for cash, Company stock, a debt instrument 
issued by the Company, or a combination thereof at the Company's 
discretion.  Additionally, the limited partners in the database 
licensing partnership described in Note 4 will have the right to have 
their limited partnership interests ($125 million) liquidated after 
1996.
    Management believes that short and medium-term financing 
alternatives available to the Company, in addition to the Company's 
large portfolio of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, as 
well as cash generated from operations, will be more than sufficient to 
meet the Company's cash requirements including capital expenditures, 
severance payments, restructuring expenses, payments for acquisitions 
and those that might result from liquidation of partnership minority 
interests.

Dividends - The regular quarterly dividend was increased to $.61 from 
$.57 per share on April 21, 1993.  The increase brought dividends per 
share in 1993 to $2.40, an increase of 6.7% over the $2.25 paid in 1992.
On an annualized basis, the dividend rate of $2.44 was up 7.0% from the 
previous rate.


                                    F-17


<PAGE>

Common Stock Information - The Company's common stock (symbol DNB) is 
listed on the New York, London, Tokyo, Zurich, Geneva and Basel stock 
exchanges.  During 1993 and 1992, 69.4 million shares and 56.6 million 
shares, respectively, were traded, representing 39.2% and 31.8% of the 
average number of shares outstanding in the respective years.  The 
number of shareowners of record declined to 15,458 at January 31, 1994 
from 16,076 at January 31, 1993.
    The following summarizes price and dividend-per-share information 
for Dun & Bradstreet common stock as reported in the periods shown:

                    Price Per Share ($)              Dividends Paid
                  -------------------------------    --------------
                     1993             1992            Per Share ($)
                  --------------  ---------------    --------------
                  High     Low    High     Low        1993     1992
_____________________________________________________________________________
First Quarter    61 3/4   55 3/4  58       52 3/4      .57      .54
Second Quarter   60 3/4   57 3/8  56 7/8   50 5/8      .61      .57
Third Quarter    64 7/8   57 1/2  59 1/8   54 1/4      .61      .57
Fourth Quarter   68 1/2   60 5/8  58 3/4   55 5/8      .61      .57
___________________________________________________________________
Year             68 1/2   55 3/4  59 1/8   50 5/8     2.40     2.25
___________________________________________________________________


                                    F-18


<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of The Dun & Bradstreet 
Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial 
position of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of 
income, shareowners' equity and cash flows for the years ended December 
31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.  These financial statements are the 
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present 
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 
1993 and 1992, and the consolidated results of their operations and 
their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, 
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 
1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than 
Pensions" and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, 
"Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits".




Coopers & Lybrand
______________________
Stamford, Connecticut
January 27, 1994



                                    F-19


<PAGE>


Statement of Management Responsibility for Financial Statements


To the Shareowners of 
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation:


Management has prepared and is responsible for the consolidated 
financial statements and related information that appear on pages 13 to 
35.  The consolidated financial statements, which include amounts based 
on judgments of management, have been prepared in conformity with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  Other financial information 
in the annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated 
financial statements.
    Management believes that the Company's internal control systems 
provide reasonable assurance at reasonable cost that assets are 
safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that 
the financial records are reliable for preparing financial statements 
and maintaining accountability for assets.  These systems are augmented 
by written policies, an organizational structure providing division of 
responsibilities, careful selection and training of qualified financial 
people and a program of internal audits.
    The independent accountants are engaged to conduct an audit of and 
render an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted auditing standards.  These standards include an 
assessment of the systems of internal controls and tests of transactions 
to the extent considered necessary by them to support their opinion.
    The Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee consisting 
solely of outside directors of the Company, is responsible for reviewing 
and monitoring the Company's financial reporting and accounting 
practices.  Coopers & Lybrand and the internal auditors each have full 
and free access to the Audit Committee and meet with it regularly, with 
and without management.



Robert E. Weissman
________________________
Robert E. Weissman
President and
Chief Executive Officer



Edwin A. Bescherer, Jr.
__________________________________
Edwin A. Bescherer, Jr.
Executive Vice President - Finance
and Chief Financial Officer



                                F-20 

 <PAGE>
<TABLE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Income
Years Ended December 31,


<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data          1993           1992         1991
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>          <C>  
Operating Revenue                                      $4,710.4      $4,750.7     $4,651.0
Operating Costs, Selling and  
  Administrative Expenses                               3,506.7       3,585.9      3,540.8
Depreciation and Amortization                             373.7         378.9        350.9
Restructuring Expense - Net                               277.5             0         15.0
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Operating Income                                          552.5         785.9        744.3
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Interest Income                                            51.6          44.1         30.8
Interest Expense                                          (24.7)        (32.8)       (40.9)
Gain on Sale of Gartner Group Stock                        21.0             0            0
Other (Expense) Income - Net                              (12.4)         (2.0)         3.1
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Non-Operating Income(Expense) - Net                        35.5           9.3         (7.0)
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes and Cumulative
  Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles              588.0         795.2        737.3
Provision for Income Taxes                                159.3         241.7        230.8
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Income Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in
  Accounting Principles                                   428.7         553.5        506.5

Cumulative Effect to January 1, 1993, of Changes
  in Accounting Principles:
  
  -SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for 
   Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,"
   Net of Income Tax Benefits of $93.7                   (140.6)            -            -

  -SFAS No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for 
   Postemployment Benefits," Net of Income Tax
   Benefits of $150.0                                    (250.0)            -            -
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
Net Income                                             $   38.1      $  553.5     $  506.5
_______________________________________________________________    ___________   __________
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

  Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in
   Accounting Principles                               $   2.42      $    3.10    $    2.84

   Cumulative Effect to January 1, 1993, of Changes in
     Accounting Principles:

    -SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for 
     Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,"        (0.79)             -            -

    -SFAS No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for 
     Postemployment Benefits"                             (1.40)             -            -
_______________________________________________________________    ___________   __________
Net Earnings Per Share of Common Stock                  $   .23      $    3.10    $    2.84
                                                    ___________    ___________  ___________
Average Number of Shares Outstanding                177,181,000    178,346,000  178,556,000
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________

 <FN>  

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated 
financial statements 


                                F-21
 </TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
December 31,

<CAPTION>
Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data         1993        1992
                                                    __________  __________
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>  
Assets
 Current Assets
  Cash and Cash Equivalents                           $  650.9    $  494.5
  Marketable Securities                                   17.7        45.0
  Accounts Receivable - Net                            1,078.9     1,110.2
  Other Current Assets                                   374.9       280.7
                                                    __________  __________
          Total Current Assets                         2,122.4     1,930.4
______________________________________________________________  __________
Investments
Marketable Securities, interest-bearing,
  at cost which approximates market                      106.2       140.4
Other Investments and Notes Receivable                   310.6       387.9
                                                    __________  __________
          Total Investments                              416.8       528.3
______________________________________________________________  __________

Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                      861.1       864.8
______________________________________________________________  __________
Other Assets-Net
Deferred Charges                                         318.5       283.1
Computer Software                                        294.5       246.8
Other Intangibles                                        214.7       228.1
Goodwill                                                 942.4       833.4
                                                    __________  __________
          Total Other Assets - Net                     1,770.1     1,591.4
______________________________________________________________  __________

Total Assets                                          $5,170.4    $4,914.9
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated 
financial statements 

                                    F-22


<PAGE>
                          The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries


___________________________________________________________________________
Liabilities and 
Shareowners' Equity

Current Liabilities
Accounts and Notes Payable                            $  371.8    $  473.7
Accrued and Other Current Liabilities                  1,561.5       980.5
Accrued Income Taxes                                     110.8       190.4
                                                    __________  __________
          Total Current Liabilities                    2,044.1     1,644.6
______________________________________________________________  __________

Unearned Subscription Income                             263.7       262.5
Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits               545.7       131.8
Deferred Income Taxes                                     85.9       151.7
Other Liabilities and Minority Interests               1,119.7       568.3
______________________________________________________________  __________
Total Liabilities                                     $4,059.1    $2,758.9
______________________________________________________________  __________

Shareowners' Equity
Preferred Stock, par value $1 per share, 
  authorized - 10,000,000 shares;
  outstanding - none
Common Stock, par value $1 per share,
  authorized - 400,000,000 shares;
  issued-188,406,813 and 188,401,399 shares for
  1993 and 1992, respectively                         $  188.4    $  188.4
Capital in Excess of Par Value                            64.2        59.4
Retained Earnings                                      2,135.7     2,520.6
Treasury Stock, at cost, 18,124,514 and 10,166,186
  shares for 1993 and 1992, respectively              (1,036.5)     (472.0)
Cumulative Translation Adjustment                       (240.5)     (140.4)
______________________________________________________________  __________
Total Shareowners' Equity                             $1,111.3    $2,156.0
______________________________________________________________  __________
Total Liabilities and Shareowners' Equity             $5,170.4    $4,914.9
______________________________________________________________  __________
<FN>



                                F-23
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31,


<CAPTION>  
Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data          1993           1992         1991
                                                    ___________    ___________   __________
<CAPTION>  
  
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>          <C>  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:  
Net Income                                             $   38.1      $  553.5     $  506.5
Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash
 Provided by Operating Activities:  
  Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting
   Principles:
     Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions          140.6             0            0
     Postemployment Benefits                              250.0             0            0
  Depreciation and Amortization                           373.7         378.9        350.9
  Gains from Sale of Businesses
     and Gartner Group Stock                              (61.0)       (106.9)       (98.1)
  Restructuring Provisions                                317.5         106.9        113.1
  Restructuring Payments                                  (95.1)        (93.6)      (137.5)
  Postemployment Benefit Payments                         (44.3)            0            0
  Net Decrease (Increase) in Accounts Receivable           36.8          12.0       (107.5)
  Deferred Income Taxes                                    18.2         (24.7)        63.2
  Net (Increase) Decrease in 
     Other Working Capital Items                          (42.3)        176.2        (27.4)
                                                    ___________    ___________  ___________
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities                 932.2       1,002.3        663.2
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:  
Proceeds from (Payments for) Marketable 
  Securities - Net                                        83.9         (89.0)        (7.1)
Proceeds from Sale of Businesses                         107.5         174.5        228.1
Payments for Acquisition of Businesses (excluding cash
   and cash equivalents acquired of $12.8 in 1993)      (120.1)         (1.8)       (19.7)
Capital Expenditures                                    (235.7)       (196.9)      (226.2)
Computer Software & Other Intangibles Additions         (202.9)       (160.6)      (154.0)
(Increase)Decrease in Other Investments and  
  Notes Receivable                                       (29.8)           .8        (64.3)
Other                                                     14.9         (25.9)        41.4 
                                                    ___________    ___________  ___________
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities                   (382.2)       (298.9)      (201.8)
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Payment of Dividends                                    (423.0)       (401.3)      (383.9)
Payments for Purchase of Treasury Shares                (612.2)        (48.3)       (25.8)
Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options               43.1          23.6         11.5 
Decrease in Domestic Short-term Borrowings               (34.9)        (54.5)       (36.5)
Third Parties' Investments in Partnerships               625.0             0            0
Other                                                     48.2           (.8)       (43.0)
                                                    ___________    ___________  ___________
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities                   (353.8)       (481.3)      (477.7)
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 
  and Cash Equivalents                                   (39.8)        (12.7)       (12.8)
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
Increase(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents          156.4         209.4        (29.1)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year             494.5         285.1        314.2
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year                $  650.9      $  494.5     $  285.1
_______________________________________________________________    ___________  ___________
 <FN>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated 
financial statements 


                                F-24

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>


The Dun & Bradstreet  Corporation and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
<CAPTION>


Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                    Common      Capital in                                  Cumulative
Three Years Ended                    Stock       Excess of      Retained      Treasury      Translation      
December 31, 1993            ($1 Par Value)      Par Value      Earnings         Stock      Adjustment       Total
____________________________________________   ____________   ___________   ___________   ______________   _______
<S>                          <C>                <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance, January 1, 1991            $188.4           $55.3      $2,245.8       $(439.6)          $(5.8)   $2,044.1
Net Income                                                         506.5                                     506.5
Cash Dividends ($2.15 per share)                                  (383.9)                                   (383.9)
Treasury shares reissued under
  stock options and deferred
  compensation plans (341,477)                         1.2                        11.5                        12.7
Treasury shares reissued under
  restricted stock plan (40,096)                                                   1.8                         1.8
        Less unearned portion                                                     (1.8)                       (1.8)
        Plus earned portion of grants                                              3.4                         3.4
Treasury shares acquired (553,383)                                               (25.8)                      (25.8)
Change in cumulative translation
  adjustment                                                                                     (33.9)      (33.9)
____________________________________________   ____________   ___________   ___________   ______________   _______
Balance, December 31, 1991           188.4            56.5       2,368.4        (450.5)          (39.7)    2,123.1
Net Income                                                         553.5                                     553.5
Cash Dividends ($2.25 per share)                                  (401.3)                                   (401.3)
Treasury shares reissued under
  stock options and deferred
  compensation plans (577,296)                         2.9                        23.6                        26.5
Treasury shares reissued under
  restricted stock plan (71,884)                                                   4.0                         4.0
        Less unearned portion                                                     (4.0)                       (4.0)
        Plus earned portion of grants                                              3.2                         3.2
Treasury shares acquired (864,108)                                               (48.3)                      (48.3)
Change in cumulative translation
  adjustment                                                                                    (100.7)     (100.7)
____________________________________________   ____________   ___________   ___________   ______________   _______
Balance, December 31, 1992           188.4            59.4       2,520.6        (472.0)         (140.4)    2,156.0
Net Income                                                          38.1                                      38.1
Cash Dividends ($2.40 per share)                                  (423.0)                                   (423.0)
Treasury shares reissued under
  stock options and deferred
  compensation plans (958,011)                         4.8                        43.1                        47.9
Treasury shares reissued under
  restricted stock plan (93,888)                                                   5.4                         5.4
        Less unearned portion                                                     (5.4)                       (5.4)
        Plus earned portion of grants                                              4.6                         4.6
Treasury shares acquired (9,010,227)                                            (612.2)                     (612.2)
Change in cumulative translation
  adjustment                                                                                    (100.1)     (100.1)
____________________________________________   ____________   ___________   ___________   ______________   _______
Balance, December 31, 1993          $188.4           $64.2      $2,135.7     $(1,036.5)        $(240.5)   $1,111.3
____________________________________________   ____________   ___________   ___________   ______________   _______


<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated 
financial statements 


                                F-25
 </TABLE>


<PAGE>
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 
Principles of Consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements
include those of the Company, its subsidiaries and partnerships in 
which the Company has a controlling interest.  Investments in 
companies over which the Company has influence but not a controlling
interest are carried at equity.  The effects of all significant 
intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

The financial statements of IMS International, Inc. (IMS), Dun &
Bradstreet Software, Gartner Group, Inc. (Gartner Group) and 
subsidiaries outside the United States and Canada reflect a fiscal 
year ending November 30 to facilitate timely reporting of the 
Company's consolidated financial results.

Cash Equivalents.  Marketable securities that mature within 90 days of
purchase date are considered cash equivalents.

Unbilled Expenditures.  These expenditures, which are included in 
other current assets, represent costs to be expensed upon contract 
completion and the cost of coupons purchased in connection with 
clearing house activities, which are rebilled to customers.

Property, Plant and Equipment.  Buildings and machinery and equipment 
are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using principally 
the straight-line method.  Leasehold improvements are amortized on a 
straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the 
estimated useful life of the improvement.

Investments.  Other investments and notes receivable are carried at 
cost, which approximates market, except for investments accounted for 
under the equity method.

Other Assets.  Deferred charges include prepaid pension costs and 
assets of grantor trusts established to pay benefits for U.S.
supplemental pension plans.  Certain computer software costs are 
capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to
be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed," and are reported at the 
lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value.  Other intangibles
result from acquisitions and database development.  Computer software
and other intangibles are being amortized, using principally the 
straight-line method, over three to five years and five to 15 years, 
respectively.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the 
fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired and is 
amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 to 40 years.  At each 
balance sheet date, the Company reviews the recoverability of goodwill 
based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating 
activities compared with the carrying value of goodwill.

Unearned Subscription Income.  Amounts billed for service and 
subscriptions are credited to unearned subscription income and 
reflected in operating revenue over the subscription term, which is 
generally one year.

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock.  Earnings per share are based on 
the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding 
during the year.  The inclusion of shares issuable under stock options
in the calculation of earnings per share would not result in material 
dilution.

Reclassifications.  Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified 
to conform with the 1993 presentation.



                                F-26


<PAGE>

Note 2.  Accounting Changes
During the first quarter of 1993, the Company adopted the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106 (SFAS No.
106), "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than
Pensions."  The Statement requires the accrual of the projected
future cost of providing postretirement benefits during the period
that associates render the services necessary to be eligible for such
benefits.  In prior years, this expense was recognized as claims were
paid.
The Company elected to immediately recognize the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO").  Measured as of January 1,
1993, the effect of adopting SFAS No. 106 was a one-time, non-cash,
after-tax charge of $140.6 million ($.79 per share).
During the third quarter of 1993, the Company adopted, retroactive to
January 1, 1993, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112
(SFAS No. 112), "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits"
and restated its first quarter results to reflect the change.  SFAS
No. 112 requires that employers expense the costs of postemployment
benefits paid before retirement, principally severance benefits,
over the service lives of employees if certain conditions are met,
and must be adopted by all companies by 1994.  Under the Company's
previous accounting policy, the total cost of such benefits was
expensed when the event occurred.
The initial effect of adopting SFAS No. 112 was a one-time, after-tax
charge of $250 million ($1.40 per share).  There was no immediate
impact on cash as a result of this accounting change.  As in the past,
the cash impact of such postemployment benefits will occur as payments
are made.
Ongoing operating expenses increased marginally as a result of
adopting SFAS No. 106 and SFAS No. 112.

                                     F-27


<PAGE>

Note 3.  Acquisitions
In 1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company acquired various companies in
separate transactions that were accounted for as purchases.

The aggregate purchase price of such acquisitions totaled
approximately $120 million in 1993.  The largest acquisitions were
Soliditet, a provider of commercial-credit information in
Scandinavia, and Gartner Group, a provider of research, analysis and
advisory services to users and suppliers of information technology
systems and software.

The aggregate purchase price for acquisitions totaled approximately
$2 million and $20 million in 1992 and 1991, respectively.

The results of operations of all purchases are included in the
Consolidated Statement of Income from dates of acquisition.  Had the
acquisitions made in 1991, 1992 and 1993 been consummated on
January 1 of the year preceding the year of acquisition, the results
of these acquired operations would not have had a significant impact
on the Company's consolidated results of operations for any of the
years presented.


                                F-28


<PAGE>

Note 4.  Investment Partnerships
During 1993, three of the Company's subsidiaries contributed
assets and third-party investors contributed cash ($125 million)
to a limited partnership.  One of the Company's subsidiaries
serves as general partner.  All the other partners, including 
the third-party investors, hold limited partner interests.  The
partnership, which is a separate and distinct legal entity, is
in the business of licensing database assets and computer 
software.

In addition, during 1993, the Company participated in the 
formation of a limited partnership to invest in various
securities including those of the Company.  One of the Company's
subsidiaries serves as managing general partner.  Third-party 
investors hold limited partner and special investors interests 
totaling $500 million.  The special investors are entitled to a 
specified return on their investments.  Funds raised by the 
partnership provided a source of the financing for the Company's
repurchase of 8.3 million shares of its common stock.

For financial reporting purposes, the assets, liabilities,
results of operations and cash flows of the partnerships
described above are included in the Company's consolidated
financial statements.  The third-parties investments in these
partnerships at December 31, 1993 totaled approximately $625
million and are reflected in other liabilities and minority
interests.  Third-parties share of partnerships results of
operations, including specified returns, is reflected in other
income and expense-net.


                                F-29


<PAGE>

Note 5.  Restructuring
In 1993, the Company recorded a $317.5 million restructuring charge 
that was partially offset by one-time operating gains of $40.0 
million, thereby resulting in a $277.5 million net restructuring 
expense.  1993 results also included a $21.0 million non-operating 
gain related to the initial public offering of the Gartner Group, 
which reduced the impact of the restructuring charges to $256.5 
million before-tax ($166.7 million after-tax).  This charge, 
represented an acceleration of the Company's ongoing efforts to 
achieve long-term productivity improvements.

The $40.0 million operating gains related to the divestiture of 
Donnelley Marketing Information Services, the redemption of 
preferred shares received from the 1991 sale of Donnelley Marketing,
the redemption of notes related to the 1992 sale of Datastream 
and the resolution of contingencies related to other divestitures.
The Company received $107.5 million in cash and notes with a fair 
market value of $2.8 million related to the above transactions.  
The $21.0 million gain in non-operating income-net related to the 
initial public offering of Gartner Group, in which the Company holds
a majority interest. 

Restructuring expense ($317.5 million) consisted of the costs to 
consolidate the Company's data centers ($54.0 million), reduce 
worldwide real estate costs ($117.2 million), consolidate back-office
accounting functions ($19.1 million), discontinue certain production
and data collection systems and products ($66.2 million) and initiate
work-force reductions (non-severance costs) and other actions ($61.0
million).

During 1992, the Company sold Datastream International and 
Information Associates, a unit of Dun & Bradstreet Software and 
initiated other actions to restructure certain operations and
businesses and to reduce costs and increase operating efficiencies.
The pre-tax costs associated with these actions essentially offset a 
pre-tax gain of $106.9 million on the sales.

During 1991, the Company sold Donnelley Marketing and the 
communications unit of IMS and initiated other actions to 
restructure certain operations and businesses and to reduce costs 
and increase operating efficiencies.  The pre-tax costs associated 
with these actions totaled $113 million and were largely offset by a 
pre-tax net gain of $98 million on the divestitures.

In 1993, 1992 and 1991, certain restructuring actions initiated in 
1992, 1991 and 1990 were completed at a lower cost than originally 
estimated, and other actions required more costs to implement than 
originally expected.  In addition, costs to complete certain actions 
being implemented changed based on revised estimates and experience 
to date.  In a number of instances, new restructuring actions were 
initiated to complement or enhance original actions and certain 
actions were expanded, contracted or discontinued based on changed 
circumstances.  While the total cost of all restructuring actions 
remained unchanged, the changes in estimates and other changes did 
impact operating income by business segment. (See Note 14 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.)


                                   F-30

<PAGE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Dollar amounts in millions

Note 6.  Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company has defined benefit pension plans covering substantially 
all associates in the United States.  The benefits to be paid to
associates under these plans are based on years of credited service
and average final compensation.  Pension costs are determined
actuarially and funded to the extent allowable under the Internal
Revenue Code.  Supplemental plans in the United States are maintained
to provide retirement benefits in excess of levels allowed by ERISA.
The Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries provide retirement benefits for
associates consistent with local practices, primarily using defined
benefit or termination indemnity plans.
The components of net periodic pension cost are summarized as follows:

                   1993         1992        1991
___________________________________________________

Service Cost       $42.2        $42.7      $37.8
Interest Cost       88.8         85.8       78.5
Actual Return on
Plan Assets       (126.3)       (80.1)    (202.3)
Net Amortization
  and Deferral      14.2        (30.5)      98.5
___________________________________________________
Net Periodic  
  Pension Cost     $18.9        $17.9      $12.5
___________________________________________________

The status of defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 1993 and
1992, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Funded                         Unfunded
                                   _______________         ________________________________ 
                                                                   U.S.(1)            Non-U.S.  
                                                            _______________     ______________ 
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C> 
                                   1993        1992         1993      1992     1993       1992
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Fair Value of Plan Assets         $1,223.3    $1,157.6
Actuarial Present Value 
  of Benefit Obligations:
     Vested Benefits               $858.0      $750.7     $71.0     $49.8      $68.1     $65.1
     Non-Vested Benefits             33.0        27.2       7.3       4.3         .6       1.1
______________________________________________________________________________________________
     Accumulated Benefit
      Obligations                   891.0       777.9      78.3      54.1       68.7      66.2
    Effect of Projected 
      Future Salary Increases       153.7       114.6      37.4      33.4         .2        .2
______________________________________________________________________________________________
      Projected Benefit 
        Obligations               1,044.7       892.5     115.7      87.5       68.9      66.4
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Plan Assets in Excess of 
  (Less than) Projected 
  Benefit Obligations               178.6       265.1    (115.7)    (87.5)     (68.9)    (66.4)
Unrecognized Net (Gain) Loss         49.2       (33.3)     38.7      21.9        (.4)      (.7)
Unrecognized Prior Service Cost      26.7        21.1      19.0      19.3         .8       1.0
Unrecognized Net Transition
  (Asset) Obligation               (108.2)     (124.4)      2.9       3.3         --        -- 
Adjustment to Recognize
  Minimum Liability                    --          --      (23.2)   (11.1)       (.2)      (.1)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Prepaid (Accrued) Pension Cost      $146.3     $128.5     $(78.3)  $(54.1)     $(68.7)   (66.2)
<FN>
1)Represents supplemental plans for which grantor trusts (with assets 
of $60 and $49 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, 
respectively) have been established to pay plan benefits.
</TABLE>

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on pension plan
assets was 9.75% for 1993, 1992 and 1991.  At December 31, 1993 and
1992, the projected benefit obligations were determined using weighted
average discount rates of 7.37% (7.25% for U.S. plans) and 8.59%,
respectively, and weighted average rates of increase in future
compensation levels of 5.7% and 6.0%, respectively.  Plan assets are
invested in diversified portfolios that consist primarily of equity
and debt securities.

In the third quarter of 1993, the Company recognized a curtailment 
event resulting from an announced work-force reduction.  At the same 
time, the Company remeasured its projected benefit obligation, 
reducing the discount rate.  As a result, net curtailment gains of 
approximately $2 million were recognized in 1993.

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides various 
health-care and life-insurance benefits for retired associates.  
Substantially all of the Company's associates in the United States become 
eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while 
working for the Company.  Certain of the Company's subsidiaries outside 
the United States have postretirement benefit plans, although most 
participants are covered by government-sponsored or -administered programs.  
The cost of company-sponsored postretirement benefit plans outside the U.S. 
is not significant.


                                         F-31


<PAGE>

Note 6.  Postretirement Benefit Plans (Cont'd.)

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost other than 
pensions are summarized as follows:
                               1993
___________________________________
Service Cost                  $ 6.0
Interest Cost                  18.3
Net Amortization
   and Deferral                (1.0)
                               _____
Net Periodic Postretirement
   Benefit Cost                $23.3
                               _____

In 1992 and 1991, the costs of providing these postretirement 
benefits were expensed as paid and were not material to the Company's
results of operations in those years.

The status of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions at 
December 31, 1993 is as follows:

                                                  1993
______________________________________________________
Actuarial Present Value of Benefit Obligation:
   Retirees and Dependents                     $(150.8)
   Active Associates - Eligible                  (31.8)
   Active Associates - Not Yet Eligible          (45.5)
_______________________________________________________
   Accumulated Postretirement
        Benefit Obligation                      (228.1)
Unrecognized Net (Gain) Loss                      30.0
Unrecognized Prior Service Cost (Credit)         (45.0)
_______________________________________________________
Accrued Postretirement Benefit Obligation      $(243.1)

Benefits are paid as incurred from general corporate assets.

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31,
1993 was determined using a discount rate of 7.25%.  The assumed rate
of future increases in per capita cost of covered health-care benefits
was 12% for 1993, and is 11.3% in 1994, decreasing gradually to 6.0% 
for the year 2021 and remaining constant thereafter.  Increasing the 
assumed health-care cost trend rate by one percentage point in each 
year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation 
by $28.5 million and would increase annual aggregate service and 
interest costs by $3.4 million. 

In the third quarter of 1993, the Company recognized a curtailment
event resulting from an announced work-force reduction.  At the same 
time, the Company remeasured its accumulated postretirement benefit 
obligation, reducing the discount rate from 8.5% to 7.25%.  In the 
fourth quarter of 1993, the Company amended its postretirement benefit 
plan, reflecting increased retiree cost-sharing provisions and 
providing limits on the Company's future obligation to absorb health-
care cost inflation.  The aggregate effect of these items was to 
reduce 1993 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by approximately 
$2.3 million.


                                  F-32


<PAGE>
<TABLE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data
<CAPTION>

Note 7.  Employee Stock Plans
The Company has granted options to certain associates, under its 
Key Employees Stock Option Plans, to purchase shares of its common
stock at the market price on the date of the grant.  Options 
outstanding at December 31, 1993 were granted during the years 1984
through 1993 and are exercisable over periods ending not later than
2003.  At December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, options for 3,556,944, 
3,285,149 and 2,878,564 shares of common stock were exercisable and 
3,467,164, 5,097,281 and 6,731,003 shares were available for future 
grants under the plans.
Changes in stock options for the three years ended December 31, 1993
 are summarized as follows:

                                                     Option Price
                                         Shares      Per Share ($)    Total
<S>                                     <C>          <C>               <C>
Options outstanding, January 1, 1991     4,948,698    7.57 to 67.00    $216.7
   Granted                               1,621,173   44.63 to 50.63      81.9
   Exercised                              (358,064)   7.57 to 55.38     (11.8)
   Surrendered or Expired                 (261,441)  32.38 to 62.50     (12.4)
_______________________________________________________________________________
Options outstanding, December 31, 1991   5,950,366   11.16 to 67.00     274.4
   Granted                               1,646,652   51.88 to 57.75      95.1
   Exercised                              (575,960)  11.16 to 55.38     (23.5)
   Surrendered or Expired                 (172,859)  41.50 to 67.00      (8.6)
_______________________________________________________________________________
Options outstanding, December 31, 1992   6,848,199   11.16 to 62.50     337.4
   Granted                               1,757,578   56.75 to 62.25     109.0
   Exercised                              (951,936)  11.16 to 57.75     (42.7)
   Surrendered or Expired                 (209,675)  41.50 to 62.50     (11.2)
______________________________________________________________________________
Options outstanding, December 31, 1993	 7,444,166   11.16 to 62.50    $392.5
______________________________________________________________________________
Options which became exercisable during:
1991                                       814,462   41.50 to 67.00    $ 37.6
1992                                     1,047,869   41.50 to 58.38    $ 49.2
1993                                     1,231,406   41.50 to 58.38    $ 61.0
______________________________________________________________________________


</TABLE>

All proceeds from options exercised are credited to treasury stock.
Any tax benefit to the Company resulting from the exercise of options
is credited to capital in excess of par value.  There have been no
charges to income with respect to any stock options.

The plans also provide for the granting of stock appreciation rights
and limited stock appreciation rights in tandem with stock options,
to certain key associates.  At December 31, 1993, there were no stock
appreciation rights attached to stock options; however, 1,456,595
limited stock appreciation rights were outstanding, which are
exercisable only if, and to the extent that, the related option is
exercisable and only upon the occurrence of specified contingent
events.

In 1991, Dun & Bradstreet Software (DBS), a wholly owned subsidiary
of the Company, adopted a stock option plan which granted options for
5% of the authorized shares of DBS to its key associates.  The options
are exercisable at the 	fair market value of DBS common stock at the
date of grant, and may be exercised only on the fourth anniversary
of the grant.

Under the 1989 Key Employees Restricted Stock Plan, key associates
may be granted restricted shares of the Company's stock.  The plan
provides for the granting of up to 1,800,000 shares of the Company's
common stock prior to December 31, 1998.  During 1993, 1992 and 1991,
102,540, 72,713 and 51,300 restricted shares, respectively, were
awarded under the plan.  Forfeitures in 1993, 1992 and 1991 totaled
8,652, 829 and 11,204, respectively.  The restrictions on the
majority of such shares lapse over a period of three years from the
date of the grant and compensation expense is charged to operations
over a service period of six years.

                                    F-33


<PAGE>

Dollar amounts in millions

Note 8. Income Taxes

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of:
                 1993    1992     1991
________________________________________
U.S.             $367.6  $548.1   $511.0
Non-U.S.          220.4   247.1    226.3
________________________________________
                 $588.0  $795.2   $737.3

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of:

                                  1993        1992       1991
_____________________________________________________________
Current tax provision:
U.S. Federal                      $208.9      $138.4     $38.9
State and Local                     73.8        50.2      49.7
Non-U.S.                           101.0        78.2      82.4
______________________________________________________________
                                   383.7       266.8     171.0
Deferred tax (benefit) provision:
U.S. Federal                      (179.4)       18.2      52.0
State and Local                    (16.5)        4.8      15.9
Non-U.S.                           (28.5)      (48.1)     (8.1)
_______________________________________________________________
                                  (224.4)      (25.1)     59.8
_______________________________________________________________
                                  $159.3      $241.7    $230.8
_______________________________________________________________

The following table summarizes the significant differences between the
U.S. Federal statutory tax rate and the Company's effective tax rate
for financial statement purposes.

                                       1993          1992         1991
______________________________________________________________________
Statutory tax rate                     35.0%         34.0%        34.0%
State and Local income taxes,
   net of U.S. Federal tax benefit      6.4           4.6          5.9
Non-U.S. taxes                          (.9)         (6.8)         (.9)
Recognition of capital loss           (15.2)         (1.8)        (1.9)
Other                                   1.8            .4         (5.8)
_______________________________________________________________________
Effective tax rate                     27.1%         30.4%        31.3%
_______________________________________________________________________

Income taxes paid were approximately $236 million, $223 million and
$212 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.  Income taxes
refunded were approximately $10 million, $16 million and $117 million
in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.


Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at
December 31:

                                            1993              1992  
____________________________________________________________________
Deferred Tax Assets:
  Postemployment Benefits                  $133.9            $     0
  Restructuring Costs                       126.9               52.4
  Postretirement Benefits                    99.9                  0
  Tax Benefit of Operating Losses            75.6               81.0
  Bad Debts                                  31.2               20.0
  Intangibles                                24.7               55.8
  Other                                      11.7                9.7
____________________________________________________________________
                                            503.9              218.9
Valuation Allowance                         (73.1)             (72.7)
____________________________________________________________________
                                            430.8              146.2
____________________________________________________________________
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Intangibles                              (182.9)            (159.4)
  Depreciation                              (72.8)             (40.1)
  Revenue Recognition                       (62.9)             (38.8)
  Other                                      (1.7)              (5.6)
_____________________________________________________________________
                                           (320.3)            (243.9)
_____________________________________________________________________
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)         $110.5             $(97.7)
_____________________________________________________________________

Undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries aggregated
approximately $732 million at December 31, 1993.  Deferred tax
liabilities have not been recognized for these undistributed earnings
because it is management's intention to reinvest such undistributed
earnings outside the U.S.  If all undistributed earnings were
remitted to the U.S., the amount of U.S. Federal income taxes payable
would not be material; however, withholding taxes, imposed by certain
non-U.S. countries, would total approximately $50 million.

During 1987 and 1988, the Company entered into tax-sharing agreements
with an Alaska Native Corporation (ANC), under which the Company
acquired income tax benefits related to certain net operating losses
(NOLs) of the ANC.  The Company has included in accrued and other
current liabilities the estimated liabilities ($166.4 million)
related to the ANC transactions.  The ANC obligation accrues interest,
and has been collateralized by a $131.4 million letter of credit.

During the three-year period ended December 31, 1983, the Company
invested $305 million in tax-leasing transactions, varying in length
from 4.5 to 25 years.  These leases provided the Company with
significant benefits from tax deductions in excess of taxable income
for Federal income tax purposes.


                                         F-34


<PAGE>
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)
At December 31, 1993 and 1992, tax-leasing benefits received to date
exceeded the original investment by $91 million and $106 million,
respectively.  These amounts are included in other liabilities and
minority interests.  In future years, taxable income will exceed
deductions, which will result in a decline in the balance in other
liabilities and minority interests.


                                    F-35


<PAGE>
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Dollar amounts in millions

Note 9.  Notes Payable
Notes payable consisted of the following at December 31:

                          1993         1992
______________________________________________
Commercial Paper          $82.9        $117.8
Bank Notes                  6.2          10.5
Other                       2.9           7.8
______________________________________________
                          $92.0        $136.1
______________________________________________

The Company has short-term borrowing agreements with several banks to
provide up to $500 million of borrowings, all of which support a
commercial paper program.  At December 31, 1993, $417 million was
available to the Company under these agreements.  The Company also had
other unused lines of credit of $79 million at December 31, 1993, all
of which were in the form of non-U.S. credit facilities.  None of
these arrangements had material commitment fees or compensating
balance requirements.


                                    F-36


<PAGE>

Note 10.  Lease Commitments
Certain of the Company's operations are conducted from leased
facilities, which are under operating leases that expire over the
next two to 10 years.  Rental expense under real estate operating
leases for the years 1993, 1992 and 1991 was $168.9 million, $176.6
million, and $171.5 million, respectively.  The approximate minimum
annual rental expense for real estate operating leases that have
remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year, net of
sublease rentals, at December 31, 1993, was (in millions): 1994 -
$146.4; 1995 - $121.1; 1996 - $96.6; 1997 - $73.0; 1998 - $63.6; and
an aggregate of $174.6 million thereafter.

The Company also leases certain computer and other equipment under
operating leases that expire over the next three to five years.  
These leases are frequently renegotiated or otherwise changed as
advancements in computer technology produce opportunities to lower
costs and improve performance.  Rental expense under computer and
other equipment leases was $96.8 million, $91.1 million and $88.2 
million for 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.  At December 31,
1993, the approximate minimum annual rental expense for computer and
other equipment under operating leases and related agreements that
have remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year was
(in millions): 1994 - $69.5; 1995 - $43.8; 1996 - $27.0; 1997 - 
$11.5; 1998- $4.9. 

In connection with the Company's acceleration of its ongoing efforts 
to achieve long-term productivity improvements, the Company intends 
to terminate a significant number of computer equipment and real 
estate leases (See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
The estimated costs to terminate such leases have been included in 
accrued restructuring costs.


                                    F-37


<PAGE>

Note 11.  Capital Stock
In October 1993, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to
purchase up to 10 million shares of its common stock.  During 1993,
8.3 million shares were repurchased under this share-repurchase
program.

In October 1988, the Company adopted a Shareowners' Rights Plan.
The plan is intended to protect the shareowners' interests in the
event of an unsolicited attempt to acquire the Company.  The plan is
not intended to prevent a takeover of the Company on terms that are
favorable and fair to all shareowners and will not interfere with a
merger approved by the Board of Directors.

Under the plan, each share of the Company's common stock has a right
which trades with the stock until the right becomes exercisable.
Each right entitles the shareowners to buy 1/100 of a share of Series
A participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $230, subject
to adjustment.  The rights will not be exercisable until a person or
group (Acquiring Person) acquires beneficial ownership of, or
commences a tender offer for, 20% or more of the Company's
outstanding common stock.

In the event the Company is acquired in a merger or other business
combination, or subject to other transactions, as described in the
Shareowners' Rights Plan, each right will entitle its holder (other
than the Acquiring Person) to receive upon exercise, stock with a
value of two times the exercise price in the form of the Company's
common stock or where appropriate, the Acquiring Person's common
stock.  The Company may redeem the rights, which expire in October
1998, for $.01 per right, under certain circumstances.

The shareowners have authorized the issuance of 10 million shares of
$1 par value preferred stock.  The preferred stock can be issued with
varying terms, as determined by the Board of Directors.  Under
certain circumstances, the Company may not issue voting stock or
securities convertible into voting stock of the Company without
shareowner approval.


                                  F-38


<PAGE>

Note 12. Litigation
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal proceedings,
claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business.

In addition, in March and April 1989, five purported class actions
were commenced by certain shareowners (the "Shareowner Class
Actions")against the Company and up to three members of its Board
of Directors (two of whom are also officers) in various United
States District Courts, each alleging violations of the federal
securities laws and seeking unspecified damages arising out of an
asserted failure to make public disclosure of information relating
to allegedly improper practices (the "alleged practices") of the
Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Dun & Bradstreet, Inc., in
connection with the selling of commercial-credit information
services.  The Shareowner Class Actions were later consolidated in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York.

In February 1990, an amended consolidated Shareowner Class Action
complaint was served on the defendants, alleging additional
violations of the securities laws arising out of an asserted failure
to make public disclosure of the effect that the alleged practices
would have on the Company's future sales and income, and in September
1992, the District Judge granted a motion to permit this Action to be
maintained as a class action.

On April 16, 1993, attorneys for the defendants and attorneys for the
plaintiffs entered into a memorandum of intent to settle the
Shareowner Class Action for an amount between $15 million and $20
million.  On January 14, 1994, a judgment was entered by the Court
approving the proposed settlement.  The exact amount of the settlement
will depend on the monetary amount of claims filed by shareowners who
are part of the class.

As a result of contribution to the settlement by the Company's
insurance carrier and provisions previously recorded by the Company,
the amount of the settlement did not materially affect the Company's 
earnings.

On June 9, 1993, American Credit Indemnity ("ACI"), a company of
which the Company owns 95 percent of the outstanding common stock,
received a summons and a consolidated amended class action complaint
(the "Amended Complaint") in a purported class action pending in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
captioned "In re Towers Financial Corporation Noteholders 
Litigation."  The Amended Complaint names 17 defendants, including
Towers Financial Corporation ("Towers") and various subsidiaries and
controlling persons of Towers, as well as ACI, in addition to a 
"Broker-Dealer Defendant Class," alleged to consist of more than 75
members.  The Amended Complaint is brought by an alleged class of
persons who bought promissory notes issued by Towers between February
15, 1989 and February 9, 1993.  It alleges that Towers, now operating
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, sold nearly $215 million of
such notes to more than 2,800 investors and seeks damages from all
the defendants in at least that amount, as well as punitive damages.
The claims against ACI assert negligent misrepresentation, negligence
and fraud under common law and violations of Section 10(b) (and Rule
10b-5 thereunder) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Amended
Complaint alleges that offering documents for the notes
mischaracterized insurance policies issued by ACI to Towers with
respect to accounts receivable securing or backing the notes.  It
further alleges that ACI issued policies with limited scope of
coverage and for exorbitant premiums with knowledge that they would
be used by Towers to fraudulently market the notes.  ACI has denied
the material allegations of the Amended Complaint and intends to
defend vigorously against it.

In the opinion of management, the outcome of all current proceedings,
claims and litigation could have a material effect on quarterly or annual
operating results when resolved in a future period.  However, in the 
opinion of management, these matters will not materially affect the 
Company's consolidated financial position.


                                    F-39


<PAGE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Dollar amounts in millions

Note 13.  Supplemental Financial Data
Accounts Receivable - Net:
                          1993         1992
________________________________________________
Trade                     $1,090.4     $1,105.2 
Less: allowance for 
doubtful accounts            (79.2)       (82.4)
________________________________________________
                            1,011.2      1,022.8
Other                          67.7         87.4
________________________________________________
                           $1,078.9     $1,110.2
________________________________________________

Other Current Assets:
                          1993         1992
_____________________________________________
Unbilled expenditures    $ 61.9        $117.8
Deferred taxes            196.4          54.0
Prepaid expenses           97.7          90.1
Inventories                18.9          18.8
_____________________________________________
                         $374.9        $280.7
_____________________________________________

Property, Plant and Equipment - Net, carried at cost,less 
accumulated depreciation and amortization:
                         1993          1992
_____________________________________________
Buildings                $409.4        $394.4
Machinery and Equipment	 1,266.7       1,240.7
_____________________________________________
                        1,676.1       1,635.1
Less: accumulated
 depreciation             923.8         884.1
_____________________________________________
                          752.3         751.0
Leasehold improvements,
 less:
  accumulated amortization
 of  $100.9 and  $88.8     60.1          64.7
Land                       48.7          49.1
_____________________________________________
                         $861.1        $864.8
_____________________________________________

Computer Software, Other Intangibles and Goodwill:
                    Computer        Other      Goodwill
                    Software        Intangibles
_______________________________________________________
January 1,1992       $263.2        $183.2      $961.2 
Additions at cost      91.2          69.4           0 
Amortization          (90.1)        (24.4)      (37.6)
Other deductions and
 reclassifications    (17.5)          (.1)      (90.2)
_____________________________________________________
December 31,1992      $246.8       $228.1      $833.4
Additions at cost      149.4         53.5       198.4 
Amortization           (92.2)       (25.5)      (38.8)
Other deductions and
 reclassifications      (9.5)       (41.4)      (50.6)
______________________________________________________
December 31,1993      $294.5       $214.7       942.4 
______________________________________________________

Accounts and Notes Payable:
                          1993         1992
____________________________________________
Trade                     $77.1        $78.7
Customer advances         138.1        196.7
Taxes other than
 income taxes              34.9         32.6
Notes                      92.0        136.1
Other                      29.7         29.6
____________________________________________
                         $371.8       $473.7
____________________________________________

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities:
                          1993         1992
____________________________________________
Salaries, wages, bonuses
 and other compensation   $237.2       $214.7
Profit-sharing              31.4         36.0
Deferred revenues on
 uncompleted contracts     252.2        193.4
Postemployment benefits    200.0            0
Restructuring costs        187.1        127.0
Other                      653.6        409.4
_____________________________________________
                        $1,561.5       $980.5
_____________________________________________


                                       F-40


<PAGE>
<TABLE>

Dollar amounts in millions

Note 14.   Operations by Business Segments
Financial information for each of the Company's
five segments is set forth below:
<CAPTION>
                                             Risk Management(2)
                                              and Business
                                 Marketing(1)  Marketing                 Directory    Other
                                Information   Information    Software   Information   Business
                                 Services       Services     Services    Services     Services    Total
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                              <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>    
Year Ended December 31, 1993
Operating Revenue                $1,868.3       $1,564.2     $ 475.6   $  450.7     $  351.6     $4,710.4
Restructuring
 (Expense) Income - Net(3)       $  (53.0)      $  (97.0)    $ (68.3)  $  (14.9)    $   (3.2)    $ (236.4)(4)
Segment Operating Income (Loss)  $  243.5       $  307.6     $ (24.6)  $  170.3     $   24.8     $  721.6
General Corporate Expenses                                                                         (169.1)(4)
Non-Operating Income - Net                                                                           35.5
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Income Before Provision for Income
  Taxes and Accounting Changes                                                                   $  588.0
Segment Depreciation
  and Amortization(5)            $  153.3       $   87.6     $  76.7    $  15.8     $   29.2    $  362.6
Segment Capital Expenditures     $  109.6       $   60.3     $  33.5    $   9.6     $   13.1    $  226.1
Identifiable Assets at
  December 31, 1993              $1,641.1       $1,393.5     $ 629.9    $ 500.6     $  426.9    $4,592.0
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Year Ended December 31, 1992
Operating Revenue                $1,893.9       $1,520.6     $ 533.5    $  419.4    $   383.3   $4,750.7
Restructuring
 (Expense) Income - Net(3)       $  (45.5)      $   (8.6)    $ (37.9)   $   (7.3)   $    99.4   $     .1(4)
Segment Operating Income (Loss)  $  257.2       $  371.0     $ (19.2)   $  154.0    $   149.8   $  912.8
General Corporate Expenses                                                                        (126.9)(4)
Non-Operating Income - Net                                                                           9.3
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes                                                         $  795.2
Segment Depreciation
  and Amortization(5)            $  150.6       $   87.0     $  81.2    $   15.0    $    33.3    $  367.1
Segment Capital Expenditures     $   96.1       $   49.4     $  21.2    $    6.4    $    19.6    $  192.7
Identifiable Assets at
  December 31, 1992              $1,580.1       $1,159.2     $ 702.0    $  473.6    $   415.5    $4,330.4
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Year Ended December 31, 1991
Operating Revenue                $1,831.7       $1,397.2     $ 556.9    $  463.1    $   402.1    $4,651.0
Restructuring
 Income (Expense) - Net(3)       $   77.0       $  (34.5)    $ (13.6)   $  (33.3)   $     (.7)   $   (5.1)(4)
Segment Operating Income         $  362.5       $  250.4     $  29.2    $  175.6    $    36.1    $  853.8
General Corporate Expenses                                                                         (109.5)(4)
Non-Operating Expense - Net                                                                          (7.0)
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes                                                         $  737.3
Segment Depreciation
  and Amortization(5)            $  135.4       $   81.0      $  78.4    $   13.2    $    34.2   $  342.2
Segment Capital Expenditures     $   78.7       $   82.0      $  25.7    $    9.2    $    25.1   $  220.7
Identifiable Assets at
  December 31, 1991              $1,399.5       $1,196.6      $ 784.0    $  502.1    $   562.3   $4,444.5
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>

(1)  Nielsen Marketing Research's operating revenue was $1,051.8 in
1993, $1,123.8 in 1992 and $1,025.7 in 1991.
(2)  Operating revenue from worldwide credit services was $907.5 in 
1993, $853.9 in 1992 and $795.9 in 1991.
(3)  See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4)  General Corporate Expenses include $41.1, $.1 and $9.9 of 
restructuring expense in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
(5)  Includes depreciation and amortization of Property, Plant and 
Equipment, Computer Software, Other Intangibles and Goodwill.


                                       F-41


</TABLE>


<PAGE>
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Note 14 continued

Note 14.  Operations by Business Segments (continued)
Directory Information Services' operating revenue includes $110.2
million, $119.3 million and $133.1 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively, relating to the Company's share of earnings of DonTech,
a partnership with Ameritech Advertising Services, Inc.  As of
December 31, 1993, DonTech assets and liabilities were as follows:
current assets, $174.9 million; other assets, $32.8 million; current
liabilities, $13.7 million. DonTech's December 31, 1992 assets and
liabilities were as follows:  current assets, $173.6 million; other
assets, $22.5 million; current liabilities, $10.6 million; other
liabilities, $8.9 million.  In 1993, DonTech's revenues totaled
$382.8 million compared to $387.9 million and $394.6 million in 1992
and 1991, respectively.  Pre-tax income was $175.0 million, $192.3
million and $208.4 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
At December 31, 1993 and 1992, the Company's investment in DonTech
was $194.0 million and $176.6 million, respectively.

Non-operating assets of $578.4 million, $584.5 million and $384.2
million at December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, included
primarily cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, other
investments and deferred income taxes.  These assets are not
identified with business segments and represent the reconciling
item between the identifiable assets shown and the Company's total
assets.


                                    F-42


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Dollar amounts in millions
Note 15.   Operations by Geographic Area

Financial information by geographic area is summarized as follows.
Inter-area sales were not significant.

<CAPTION>
                                                          Other
                             United States     Europe     Non-U.S.    Total
<S>                           <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>    
1993
Operating Revenue             $2,938.9        $1,267.7    $503.8     $4,710.4
Restructuring 
  Income (Expense) - Net(1)   $ (215.8)       $  (45.7)   $(16.0)    $ (277.5)
Operating Income              $  368.0        $  120.0    $ 64.5     $  552.5
Identifiable Assets           $2,754.9        $1,448.6    $388.5     $4,592.0
_______________________________________________________________________________
1992
Operating Revenue             $2,845.8        $1,418.6    $486.3     $4,750.7
Restructuring 
  Income (Expense) - Net(1)   $   31.7        $  (29.2)   $ (2.5)    $      0
Operating Income              $  560.4        $  159.5    $ 66.0     $  785.9
Identifiable Assets           $2,691.8        $1,291.1    $347.5     $4,330.4
_________________________________________________________________________________
1991
Operating Revenue             $2,806.8        $1,363.0    $481.2     $4,651.0
Restructuring 
  Income (Expense) - Net(1)   $    6.1        $  (17.6)   $ (3.5)    $  (15.0)
Operating Income              $  541.8        $  140.7    $ 61.8     $  744.3
Identifiable Assets           $2,802.8        $1,266.0    $375.7     $4,444.5
_________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
(1)   See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>


                                     F-43


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data

Note 16.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

<CAPTION>

                                            Three Months Ended
                              _______________________________________________________          
                              March 31     June 30      September 30  December 31     Year  
___________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>    
1993 Operating Revenue        $1,071.4     $1,161.6     $1,158.0      $1,319.4      $4,710.4
Restructuring Expense - Net   $      - 	   $      -     $      -      $(277.5)      $ (277.5)
Operating Income (Loss)       $  140.5     $  191.6     $  228.7      $  (8.3)      $  552.5
Income Before Cumulative
 Effect of Accounting Changes,
   Net of Income Taxes        $  105.2     $  138.8     $  158.5      $  26.2       $  428.7
Net (Loss) Income             $ (285.4)    $  138.8     $  158.5      $  26.2       $   38.1
Earnings Per Share Before
 Cumulative Effect of
 Accounting Changes (1)          $.59         $.78         $.89         $.15         $2.42(2)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1992
Operating Revenue             $1,108.4      $1,163.7    $1,190.4      $1,288.2      $4,750.7
Operating Income              $  143.4	    $  184.9    $  216.0      $  241.6      $  785.9
Net Income                    $   98.2      $  128.8    $  150.0      $  176.5      $  553.5
Earnings Per Share               $.55          $.72        $.84          $.99        $3.10

(1)  The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts in 1993 
is not equal to the full year because the computations of the 
weighted average number of shares outstanding for each quarter and
for the full year are made independently.

(2)  Includes $277.5 million restructuring expense and $21.0 million
gain from Gartner Group's sale of stock (totaling $256.5 million
pre-tax and $166.7 million after-tax) which reduced earnings per
share by $.94.

                                     F-44


 <PAGE>

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries

Ten-Year Selected Financial Data

<CAPTION>  

All amounts except per share data, average number
of shares outstanding and percentages are shown
in millions of dollars                               1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Continuing Operations:
      Operating Revenue                           4,710.4   4,750.7   4,651.0   4,837.3   4,318.9
      Costs and Expenses(1)                       4,157.9   3,964.8   3,906.7   4,050.4   3,455.8
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Operating Income                              552.5     785.9     744.3     786.9     863.1
      Non-Operating Income(Expense) - Net            35.5       9.3      (7.0)    (19.1)     49.0
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Continuing Operations
        Before Provision for Income Taxes           588.0     795.2     737.3     767.8     912.1
      Provision for Income Taxes                    159.3     241.7     230.8     261.1     327.9
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Continuing Operations             428.7     553.5     506.5     506.7     584.2
Income from Discontinued Operations,
  Net of Income Taxes                                   0         0         0         0         0
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Income from Operations, Net of Income Taxes(2)      428.7     553.5     506.5     506.7     584.2
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes(3)         (390.6)        0         0         0     (31.9)
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Net Income                                           38.1     553.5     506.5     506.7     552.3 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Dividends                                           423.0     401.3     383.9     379.1     361.9
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:
      Continuing Operations                          2.42(4)   3.10      2.84      2.79      3.13
      Discontinued Operations                         .00       .00       .00       .00       .00
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Operations(2)                      2.42(4)   3.10      2.84      2.79      3.13
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes(3)    (2.19)      .00       .00       .00      (.17)
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
      Total                                           .23      3.10      2.84      2.79      2.96 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Dividends Per Share                                  2.40      2.25      2.15      2.09     1.935 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Average Number of Shares Outstanding(in millions)   177.2     178.3     178.6     181.6     186.9 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
As a Percentage of Operating Revenue:
      Operating Income                               17.6(5)   16.5      16.0(1)   16.3      20.0 
      Income from Operations, Net of Income Taxes    12.6(6)   11.7      10.9      10.5      13.5 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Return on Average Shareowners' Equity %              34.6(6)   26.1      25.2(1)   24.7      28.1 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Shareowners' Equity                               1,111.3   2,156.0   2,123.1   2,044.1   2,150.6 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
Total Assets                                      5,170.4   4,914.9   4,828.7   4,810.3   5,264.5 
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______ 
 <FN>  

(1)Includes impact of $277.5, $15.0, $32.1, $35.3 and $50.7 million of
   restructuring expense - net in 1993, 1991, 1988, 1987 and 1986 
   respectively.
(2)Excludes net gains (losses) from disposals of discontinued operations 
   and the redeployment program of $12.5, ($.6), and $265.7 million, or
   $.07, $.00 and $1.43 per share, in 1987, 1986 and 1984, respectively.
(3)Includes impact of $250.0 million or $1.40 per share for the
   adoption of SFAS No. 112 and $140.6 million or $.79 per share
   for the adoption of SFAS No. 106 in 1993.  (See Note 2 to the 
   Consolidated Financial Statements.)
(4)$3.36 excluding $277.5 million restructuring expense and $21.0 
   million gain from Gartner Group's sales of stock (totaling $256.5 
   million pre-tax and $166.7 million after-tax).
(5)Excludes net restructuring expense of $277.5 million described in 
   Note 5.
(6)Excludes $277.5 million restructuring expense and $21.0 million gain 
   from Gartner Group's sale of stock (totaling $256.5 million pre-tax 
   and $166.7 million after-tax) described in Note 5 and the impact of 
   the cumulative effect of the accounting changes described in Note 2.
   Including net restructuring expense of $166.7 million after-tax, 
   Return on Average Shareowner's Equity is 24.9%.


                                F-45 
 </TABLE>


 <PAGE>
<TABLE>


Ten-Year Selected Financial Data
(CONTINUED)
<CAPTION>  

All amounts except per share data, average number
of shares outstanding and percentages are shown
in millions of dollars                               1988      1987      1986      1985      1984
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Continuing Operations:
      Operating Revenue                           4,267.4   3,788.5   3,463.2   3,022.0   2,624.6
      Costs and Expenses(1)                       3,497.7   3,098.6   2,859.8   2,483.7   2,181.8
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Operating Income                              769.7     689.9     603.4     538.3     442.8
      Non-Operating Income(Expense) - Net            21.0      43.9      43.5      42.3      44.2
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Continuing Operations
        Before Provision for Income Taxes           790.7     733.8     646.9     580.6     487.0
      Provision for Income Taxes                    291.7     295.4     270.0     257.3     210.5
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Continuing Operations             499.0     438.4     376.9     323.3     276.5
Income from Discontinued Operations,
  Net of Income Taxes                                   0        .6       2.3       1.5       4.1
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Income from Operations, Net of Income Taxes(2)      499.0     439.0     379.2     324.8     280.6
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes(3)              0         0         0         0         0
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Net Income                                          499.0     439.0     379.2     324.8     280.6
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Dividends                                           288.1     226.8     193.2     164.5     126.1
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:
      Continuing Operations                          2.67      2.36      2.03      1.74      1.49
      Discontinued Operations                         .00       .00       .01       .01       .02
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Income from Operations(2)                      2.67      2.36      2.04      1.75      1.51
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes(3)      .00       .00       .00       .00       .00
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
      Total                                          2.67      2.36      2.04      1.75      1.51
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Dividends Per Share                                  1.68     1.445     1.235      1.06      .905
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Average Number of Shares Outstanding(in millions)   187.1     186.1     185.9     185.7     185.5
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
As a Percentage of Operating Revenue:
      Operating Income                               18.0(1)   18.2(1)   17.4(1)   17.8      16.9
      Income from Operations, Net of Income Taxes    11.7      11.6      10.9      10.7      10.7
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Return on Average Shareowners' Equity %              25.2(1)   25.0(1)   24.4(1)   23.6      23.0
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Shareowners' Equity                               2,093.2   1,899.3   1,650.9   1,474.0   1,311.8
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______
Total Assets                                      5,023.8   3,753.7   3,484.0   2,949.5   2,486.8
_________________________________________________________   _______   _______   _______   _______




                               F-45
 </TABLE>


  




                                                             EXHIBIT E

BY-LAWS OF

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION

December 15, 1993



THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION BY-LAWS


ARTICLE I.

STOCKHOLDERS.

	Section 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the 
corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for
the transaction of such other business as may properly be
brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and
at such time and place within or without the State of 
Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board
of Directors.

	Section 2. Special meetings of the stockholders may be held
upon call of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the President (and shall be called by the Chairman
of the Board or the President at the request in writing of
stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of
the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting) at such time
and at such place within or without the State of Delaware,
as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board or the President or by the stockholders owning a
majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation so
entitled to vote, as the case may be, and as may be stated
in the notice setting forth such call.

	Section 3. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of
the time, place and purpose or purposes of every meeting
of stockholders shall be delivered personally or mailed
not earlier than sixty, nor less than ten days previous
thereto, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote
at the meeting at such address as appears on the records
of the corporation.  Notice of any meeting of stockholders
need not be given to any stockholder who shall waive
notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing,
or to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting,
except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

	Section 4. A majority of the shares entitled to vote,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute
a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders.  If there be
no such quorum present in person or by proxy, the holders
of a majority of such shares so present or represented
may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

	Section 5. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided
over by the Chairman of the Board or, if such officer is
not present, by the President or a Vice President or, if
no such officer is present, by a chairman to be chosen at
the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation or, in
such officer's absence, an Assistant Secretary shall act
as secretary of the meeting.  If neither the Secretary
nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman shall
appoint a secretary.

	Section 6. Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
may vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock held
by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter
in question at the time but no proxy shall be voted on after
one year from its date.

	Section 7. All elections of directors shall be by written
ballot and shall be determined by a plurality of the voting
power present in person or represented by proxy and entitled
to vote.  All other voting need not be by written ballot,
except upon demand therefor by the Board of Directors or
the officer of the corporation presiding at the meeting
of stockholders where the vote is to be taken.  Except
as otherwise provided by law, in all matters other than
the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the
majority of the voting power present in person or
represented by proxy and entitled to vote shall be the
act of the stockholders.  The chairman of each meeting at
which directors are to be elected shall appoint two
inspectors of election, unless such appointment shall
be unanimously waived by those stockholders present or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote
at the election of directors.  No director or candidate
for the office of director shall be appointed as such
inspector.  The inspectors shall first take and subscribe
an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties
of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality
and according to the best of their ability, and shall
take charge of the polls and after the balloting shall
make a certificate of the result of the vote taken.

	Section 8. In order that the corporation may determine
the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled
to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose
of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may
fix, in advance, a record date, which shall be not more
than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other
action.  If for any reason the Board of Directors shall
not have fixed a record date for any such purpose, the
record date for such purpose shall be determined as
provided by law.  Only those stockholders of record
on the date so fixed or determined shall be entitled
to any of the foregoing rights, notwithstanding the transfer
of any such stock on the books of the corporation after any
such record date so fixed or determined.

ARTICLE II.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

	Section 1. The Board of Directors of the corporation shall
consist of such number of directors, not less than three,
as shall from time to time be fixed by resolution of the
Board of Directors.  The directors shall be divided into
three classes in the manner set forth in the Certificate
of Incorporation of the corporation, each class to be
elected for the term set forth therein.  A majority of the
total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business and, except as otherwise
provided by law or by the corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors
present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall
be the act of the Board of Directors.  Directors need not
be stockholders.

	Section 2. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be
filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though
less than a quorum; and in case of an increase in the number
of directors, the additional directors shall be elected by
a majority of the directors in office at the time of
increase, though less than a quorum; and the directors so
chosen shall hold office for a term as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

	Section 3. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held
at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may
from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as
may be specified in the notice of call of any meeting.
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at
such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution
of the Board and special meetings may be held at any time
upon the call of the Chairman of the Board or the President,
by oral, telegraphic or written notice, duly served on or
sent or mailed to each director not less than one day before
the meeting.  The notice of any meeting need not specify the
purposes thereof.  A meeting of the Board may be held without
notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders
at the same place at which such meeting is held.  Notice
need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at
times fixed by resolution of the Board.  Notice of any
meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend
such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof,
before or after such meeting, in writing.

	Section 4. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or 
resolutions, passed by a majority of the whole Board,
designate one or more committees, each committee to consist
of three or more of the Directors of the corporation which,
to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions,
shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of
the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the
corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require
it.  A majority of the members of a committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of its business.  In
the absence or disqualification of any member of any such
committee or committees, but not in the case of a vacancy
therein, the member or members thereof present at any
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether  or not
the member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously
appoint another member of the Board of Directors, who is
not an officer of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries,
to act at the meeting for all purposes in the place of any
such absent or disqualified member.  Such committee or
committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III.

OFFICERS.

	Section 1. The Board of Directors, as soon as may be after
each annual meeting of the stockholders, shall elect officers
of the corporation, including a Chairman of the Board, a
President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a
Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may also from time to time
appoint such other officers (including one or more Assistant
Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Secretaries and
one or more Assistant Treasurers) as it may deem proper or
may delegate to any elected officer of the corporation 
the power so to appoint and remove any such other officers
and to prescribe their respective terms of office,
authorities and duties.  Any Vice President may be
designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given
such other designation or combination of designations as
the Board of Directors may determine.  Any two offices may
be held by the same person.  The Chairman of the Board and
the President shall be chosen from among the Directors.

	Section 2. All officers of the corporation elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors shall hold office
until their respective successors are chosen and qualified.
Any officer may be removed from office at any time either
with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the members of the Board then in office, or, in the case
of appointed officers, by any elected officer upon whom
such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board
of Directors.

	Section 3. Each of the officers of the corporation elected
or appointed by the Board of Directors shall have the powers
and duties prescribed by law, by the By-Laws or by the Board
of Directors and, unless otherwise prescribed by the By-Laws
or by the Board of Directors, shall have such further powers
and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office.  The
Chairman of the Board or the President, as determined by the
Board of Directors, shall be the Chief Executive Officer and
shall have the general direction of the affairs of the
corporation.  Any officer, agent, or employee of the
corporation may be required to give bond for the faithful
discharge of such person's duties in such sum and with such
surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may from time to
time prescribe.


	Section 4. There shall be a Controller who shall exercise
general supervision of and be responsible for the efficient
operation of the Accounting Department of the corporation.
The Controller shall be consulted in the preparation of the
annual budget of the corporation and shall render to the
Chief Executive Officer from time to time and to the Board
of Directors at each of the regular meetings of the Board
statements necessary to keep them informed of the earnings,
expenses and condition of the corporation, and shall bring
to their notice any and all matters which the Controller
may deem desirable to submit to their attention for the
successful conduct of the business.

ARTICLE IV.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.

	Section 1. The interest of each stockholder of the
corporation shall be evidenced by a certificate or
certificates for shares of stock in such form as the
Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.  The
shares in the stock of the corporation shall be
transferable on the books of the corporation by the holder
thereof in person or by such holder's attorney, upon
surrender for cancellation of a certificate or certificates
for the same number of shares, with an assignment and power
of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly
executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the
signature as the corporation or its agents may reasonably
require.

	Section 2. The certificates of stock shall be signed by such
officer or officers as may be permitted by law to sign
(except that where any such certificate is countersigned
by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its
employee, or by a registrar other than the corporation or
its employee, the signatures of any such officer or officers
may be facsimilies), and shall be countersigned and
registered in such manner, all as the Board of Directors
may by resolution prescribe.  In case any officer or
officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile
signature or signatures shall have been used on any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer
or officers of the corporation, whether because of death,
resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been issued by the corporation,
such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued
and delivered as though the person or persons who signed
such certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile
signature or signatures shall have been used thereon,
had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the
corporation.

	Section 3. No certificate for shares of stock in the
corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon
production of such evidence of such loss, theft or
destruction and upon delivery to the corporation of a bond
of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by
such surety, as the Board of Directors in its discretion may
require.

	Section 4. As used in these By-Laws, the word "alien" shall
be construed to include the following or their
representatives: any individual not a citizen of the
United States of America; a partnership unless a majority
of the partners are citizens of the United States of
America and have a majority interest in the partnership
profits; a foreign government, a corporation, joint stock
company or association organized under the laws of a
foreign country; and any other corporation, joint stock
company or association controlled directly or indirectly
by one or more of the above.

	Not more than one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares
of stock of the corporation outstanding shall at any time
be owned of record or voted by or for the account of aliens.

	If the corporation is at any time controlled directly or
indirectly by any other corporation of which any officer
or more than one-fourth of the directors are aliens, or of
which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of
record or voted by or for the account of aliens, then such
other corporation shall, so long as such condition continues
to exist, have no voting, dividend, or other rights with
respect to the shares of this corporation which it owns,
except the right to transfer such shares in such manner
that such condition will cease to exist.

	The ownership of record of shares of stock by or for the
account of aliens, and the citizenship of transferees,
thereof, shall be determined in conformity with regulations
prescribed by the Board of Directors.  There shall be
maintained separate stock records, a domestic record
covering citizen stockholders and a foreign record covering
alien stockholders.

	Every certificate representing stock issued or transferred
to an alien shall be marked "Foreign Share Certificate," but
under no circumstances shall certificates representing
more than one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares
outstanding at any one time be so marked, nor shall the
total amount of stock represented by Foreign Share
Certificates, plus the amount of stock owned by or for the
account of aliens and represented by certificates not so
marked, exceed one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares
outstanding.

	Every certificate issued not marked "Foreign Share
Certificate" shall be marked "Domestic Share Certificate."

	All stock represented by Foreign Share Certificates may be
transferred to aliens or to citizens.

	If, and so long as, the stock records of the corporation
shall disclose one-fourth alien stock ownership, no transfers
of shares of domestic record to aliens shall be made.  If,
and so long as, the stock records of the corporation shall
disclose one-fourth alien stock ownership and shall be
found by the corporation that stock of domestic record is,
in fact, held by or for the account of an alien, the holder
of such stock shall not be entitled to vote, to receive
dividends, or to any other rights, except the right to
transfer such stock to a citizen of the United States of
America.

	The directors shall be authorized at any time and from
time to time to adopt such other provisions as the directors
may deem necessary or desirable to avoid violation of the
provisions of Section 310(a) of the Federal Communications
Act as now in effect or as it may hereafter from time to
time be amended, and to carry out the provisions of this
Article IV, Section 4, and of Article Fifth of the
Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

ARTICLE V.

CORPORATE BOOKS.	

	The books of the corporation may be kept outside of the
State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE VI.

CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

	All checks and drafts on the corporation's bank accounts
and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all 
acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the
payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or
officers or agent or agents as shall be thereunto authorized
from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Proxies to
vote and consents with respect to securities of other
corporations owned by or standing in the name of the
corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time
on behalf of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board,
the President, or by such officers as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.




ARTICLE VII.

FISCAL YEAR.

	The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the
first day of January in each year and shall end on the
thirty-first day of December following.

ARTICLE VIII.

CORPORATE SEAL.

	The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name
of the corporation.  In lieu of the corporate seal, when so
authorized by the Board of Directors or a duly empowered
committee thereof, a facsimile thereof may be impressed or
affixed or reproduced.


ARTICLE IX.

OFFICES.

	The corporation and the stockholders and the directors may
have offices outside of the State of Delaware at such places
as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors.


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS.

	Subject to any limitations that may be imposed by the
stockholders, the Board of Directors may make by-laws and
from time to time may alter, amend or repeal any by-laws,
but any by-laws made by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders may be altered, amended or repealed by the
stockholders at any annual meeting or at any special meeting,
provided that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment
or repeal is included in the notice of such meeting.


                                  E-1












                                                             EXHIBIT F

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION
NONFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
 (As Amended on April 21, 1993)
_______________________________


   1.  Directors who are not employees of The Dun & Bradstreet 
Corporation (the "Company") or any of its
subsidiaries may elect on or before December 31 of any
year to have payment of all or a specified part of all
fees payable to them for their services as Directors
(including fees payable to them for services as
members of a committee of the Board) during the
calendar year following such election and succeeding
calendar years deferred until they cease to be
Directors of the Company.  Any person, not an
employee, who shall become a Director during any
calendar year, and who was not a Director of the
Company on the preceding December 31, may elect,
before the term as a Director begins, to have payment
of all or a specified part of such fees for the
remainder of such calendar year and for succeeding
calendar years so deferred.  Any such election shall
be made by written notice delivered to the Secretary
of the Company.
   2.  All deferred fees shall be held in the general
funds of the Company, shall be credited to the
Director's account and shall bear interest from the
date the deferred fee would otherwise have been paid
to the Director until it is actually paid at a rate
for each quarter equal to the higher of (a) the
effective annual rate of interest being earned, as
of January 1 of each year, in the Special Fixed
Income Fund (C) of the Investment Plan Addendum to
the Company's Profit Participation Plan, or (b)
the average rate during such quarter for the U.S.
Government Securities Fund (D) of such Investment
Plan Addendum, such interest to be credited to the
Director's account and compounded at the end of each
calendar quarter.
   3.  The aggregate amount of deferred fees,
together with interest accrued thereon, credited to
theaccount of any Director shall be paid to the Director
in five or ten annual installments or in a lump sum,
as the Director shall elect in the notice referred to
in paragraph 1 above.  The first installment (or lump
sum payment if the Director so elects) shall be paid
on the tenth day of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Director
ceases to be a Director of the Company, and
subsequent installments shall be made on the tenth
day of each succeeding calendar year until the entire
amount credited to the Director's account shall
have been paid.  The amount of each installment shall
be determined by multiplying the balance credited to
the Director's account as of the December 31
immediately preceding the installment payment date
by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one
and the denominator of which shall be the number of
installment payments over which payment of such amount
is to be made, less the number of installments
theretofore made.  Thus, if payment is to be made in
ten installments, the fraction for the first
installment shall be 1/10th, for the second
installment 1/9th, and so on.
   4.  If a Director should die before full payment
of all amounts credited to the Director's account, the
full amount credited to the account as of December 31
of the year of the Director's death shall be paid on
the tenth day of the calendar year following the year
of death to the Director's estate or to such
beneficiary or beneficiaries as previously designated
by the Director in a written notice delivered to the
Secretary of the Company.
   5.  A Director's election to defer compensation
shall continue until a Director ceases to be a Director
or until the Director changes or terminates such 
election by written notice delivered to the Secretary
of the Company.  Any such notice of change or 
termination shall become effective as of the end of
the calendar year in which such notice is given.  
Amounts credited to the account of a Director prior to
the effective date of such change or termination shall
not be affected thereby and  shall be paid to the 
Director only in accordance with paragraph 3 (or 
paragraph 4 in the event of death) above.
   6.  The right of a Director to any deferred fees
and/or the interest thereon shall not be subject to
assignment by the Director.  If a Director does make
an assignment of any deferred fees and/or the interest
thereon, the Company may disregard such assignment
and discharge its obligation hereunder by making
payment as though no such assignment had been made.
   7.  If there is a "Change in Control" of the
Company,as defined in paragraph 8:

      a) The total amount to the credit of each
       Director's account under the Plan shall be 
       paid to the Director in a lump sum within 30
       days from the date of such Change in Control;
       provided, however, if such payment is not made
       within such 30-day period, the amount to the
       credit of the Director's account shall be
       credited with interest from the date of such
       Change in Control until the actual payment date
       at an annual rate equal to the yield on 90-day
       U.S. Treasury Bills plus one percentage point.
       For this purpose the yield on U.S. Treasury
       Bills shall be the rate published in The Wall
       Street Journal on the first business day of the
       calendar month in which the Change in Control
       occurred.

      b)The total amount credited to each Director's
        account under the Plan from the date of the
        Change in Control until the date the Director
        ceases to be a Director shall be paid to the
        Director in a lump sum within 30 days from
        the date the Director ceases to be a Director.

      c)If a Director elects to change or terminate
        an election with respect to the deferral of
        fees by written notice delivered to the
        Secretary of the Company, and such notice
        is given during the calendar year in which a
        Change in Control occurs and on or before the
        date of the Change in Control, the change or
        termination of election shall become effective
        as of the date of the Change in Control.  If
        such notice is given subsequent to the date of
        the Change in Control, it shall become 
        effective as of the end of the calendar year
        in which the notice is given.

   8.  A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following events:

       (a)Any "person," as such term is used in
        Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
        "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any
        trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
        under an employee benefit plan of the Company,
        or any corporation owned, directly or 
        indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company
        in substantially the same proportions as their
        ownership of stock of the Company), is or
        becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
        Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
        indirectly, of securities of the Company
        representing 30% or more of the combined voting
        power of the Company's then outstanding 
        securities;

       (b)during any period of two consecutive years, 
        individuals who at the beginning of such
        period constitute the Board, and any new
        Director (other than a Director designated by
        a person who has entered into an agreement
        with the Company to effect a transaction
        described in clause (a), (c) or (d) of this 
        Section) whose election by the Board or
        nomination for election by the Company's
        stockholders was approved by a vote of at
        least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then
        still in office who either were Directors at
        the beginning of the period or whose election 
        or nomination for election was previously so
        approved cease for any reason to constitute 
        at least a majority thereof;

       (c)  the stockholders of the Company approve a
        merger or consolidation of the Company with
        any other corporation, other than (1) a merger
        or consolidation which would result in the
        voting securities of the Company outstanding
        immediately prior thereto continuing to
        represent (either by remaining outstanding
        or by being converted into voting securities
        of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the
        combined voting power of the voting securities
        of the Company or such surviving entity
        outstanding immediately after such merger or
        consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation
        effected to implement a recapitalization of
        the Company (or similar transaction) in which
        no "person" (as hereinabove defined) acquires
        more than 50% of the combined voting power of
        the Company's then outstanding securities;

       (d)  the stockholders of the Company approve a
        plan of complete liquidation of the Company or
        an agreement for the sale or disposition by
        the Company of all or substantially all of
        the Company's assets.

   9.  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the
contrary, amounts payable under this Plan shall not be
funded and shall be made out of the general funds of
the Company; provided, however, that the Company
reserves the right to establish one or more trusts to
provide alternate sources of benefit payments under
this Plan, provided, further, however, that upon the
occurrence of a "Potential Change in Control" of the
Company, as defined below, the appropriate officers
of the Company are authorized to make transfers to
such a trust fund, established as an alternate source
of benefits payable under the Plan, as are necessary
to fund the lump sum payments to Directors required
pursuant to Paragraph 7 of this Plan in the event of
a Change in Control of the Company; provided, further,
however, that if payments are made from such trust
fund, such payments will satisfy the Company's
obligations under this Plan to the extent made from
such trust fund.
For the purposes of this Plan, "Potential Change in
Control" means:
        (a)the Company enters into an agreement,
         theconsummation of which would result in
         the occurrence of a Change in Control of
         the Company;

        (b)any person (including the Company)
         publicly announces an intention to take or
         to consider  taking actions which if
         consummated would  constitute a Change in
         Control of the  Company;

        (c)any person, other than a trustee or other
         fiduciary holding securities under an
         employee benefit plan of the Company (or 
         a company owned, directly or indirectly, by
         the stockholders of the Company in
         substantially the same proportions as their
         ownership of stock of the Company), who is
         or becomes the beneficial owner, directly
         or indirectly, of securities of the Company
         representing 9.5% or more of the combined
         voting power of the Company's then
         outstanding securities, increases such
         person's beneficial ownership of such
         securities by 5% or more over the percentage
         so owned by such person; or

        (d)the Board of Directors of the Company
         adopts a resolution to the effect that, for
         purposes of this Plan, a Potential Change in
         Control of the Company has occurred.

   10.  The Executive Compensation and Stock Option 
Committee of the Board (the "Committee") shall be
responsible for the administration of the Plan and
may delegate to any management committee, employee,
Director or agent its responsibility to perform any
act hereunder, including without limitation those
matters involving the exercise of discretion,
provided that such delegation shall be subject to
revocation at any time at its discretion.  The
Committee shall have full authority to interpret the
provisions of the Plan and construe all of its terms,
to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations for
the administration of the Plan, and generally to
conduct and administer the Plan and to make all
determinations in connection with the Plan as may be
necessary or advisable, other than those
determinations delegated to management employees or
independent third parties by the Board.  All of its
rules, interpretations and decisions shall be applied
in a uniform manner to all Directors similarly
situated and decisions of the Committee shall be
conclusive and binding on all persons.
   11.  The Plan may be modified, amended or revoked at
any time by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                         Adopted by Executive
                         Committee:  December 23, 1975

                          Amended by Board of
                           Directors effective:

                                  January 1, 1977
                                  January 1, 1982
                                  September 20, 1989
                                  December 19, 1990
                                  April 21, 1993


                                        F-1










                                                             EXHIBIT G

               RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
                  UNDER THE 1989 PLAN


This Agreement confirms the restricted stock award made
by THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION (the "Company") to:

    ________________________ (the "Employee")

of _____ shares of its Common Stock, par value $1 per share ("Restricted 
Shares").  These Restricted Shares are awarded in accordance with and 
are subject to all the terms and conditions of the 1989 Key Employees
Restricted Stock Plan for The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and 
Subsidiaries (the "1989 Plan").

Certificates issued in respect of the Restricted Shares shall be 
registered in the name of the Employee and shall bear the following 
legend, or any other similar legend as may be required by the Company:

"The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock 
represented hereby is subject to the terms and conditions (including 
forfeiture) of the 1989 Key Employees Restricted Stock Plan for The Dun 
& Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries and an Agreement entered into 
between the registered owner and The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.  
Copies of such Plan and the Agreement are on file in the offices of The 
Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York  
10171."

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and the 1989 Plan, the 
Employee shall have all the rights of a shareowner of the Company with 
respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote the shares 
and receive dividends and other distributions.  However, until the 
Restricted Shares are released to the Employee as set forth below, the 
Employee may not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the 
Restricted Shares.

The stock certificates evidencing the Restricted Shares shall be held in 
custody by a bank or other institution, or by the Company itself, until 
such shares are forfeited in accordance with the 1989 Plan, or until
the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed as set forth below.  The 
Employee hereby agrees as a condition to the award of the Restricted 
Shares to deliver to the Company, together with this Agreement, a stock 
power endorsed in blank relating to the Restricted Shares covered by 
this award, so that, in the event of a forfeiture of the award, the 
Restricted Shares will be transferred to the Company.

Subject to earlier forfeiture of the Restricted Shares as provided in 
the 1989 Plan, a maximum of _____ such shares will be released to the 
Employee free of all restrictions, and delivered to the Employee on 
__________, 1996 based on achievement of previously set performance 
measures as outlined in the transmittal letter accompanying this 
Agreement.

Subject to certain exceptions in the 1989 Plan, the Restricted Shares 
will be forfeited upon the Employee's termination of employment prior to 
release of the Restricted Shares to the Employee.  Any Restricted Shares 
not released to the Employee as provided above also will be forfeited.

The Employee hereby agrees to pay to the Company promptly upon request 
an amount equal to any taxes the Company determines it is required to 
withhold in respect of the grant of the Restricted Shares, and any 
dividend payments or the lapse of the restrictions on the Restricted 
Shares, and/or to authorize the Company to withhold shares having a 
value equal to the amount of such taxes from any shares deliverable to 
the Employee following the lapse of the restrictions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation has caused this 
Agreement to be executed in duplicate by its officer thereunto duly 
authorized.


                     THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION




                By
                   ___________________________________
                         Assistant Treasurer


The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to all the
terms and provisions of the foregoing Agreement and 
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1989 Key
Employees Restricted Stock Plan for The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation and Subsidiaries.




_______________________________________________________
              Date                            Employee

                                        G-1







<PAGE>
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                              D&B INVESTORS L.P.,
                         A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
     This  AGREEMENT  OF  LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP  is  entered  into  and  shall be
effective as  of the  14th day  of October,  1993, by  and among  The Reuben  H.
Donnelley  Corporation ('RHDC'), a Delaware  corporation, Dun & Bradstreet, Inc.
('DBI'), a Delaware  corporation, and IMS  America, Ltd. ('IMS'),  a New  Jersey
corporation,  as  the  General  Partners  (with  RHDC  as  the  Managing General
Partner), and RBDB, LLC ('RBDB'), a  Delaware limited liability company, as  the
Limited  Partner, pursuant  to the  provisions of  the Delaware  Revised Uniform
Limited Partnership Act, on the following terms and conditions:
 
                                THE PARTNERSHIP
 
     1.1 Formation.
 
     The Partners hereby agree to form the Partnership as a limited  partnership
pursuant  to the  provisions of the  Act and  upon the terms  and conditions set
forth in this Agreement.
 
     1.2 Name.
 
     The name of the Partnership shall be D&B Investors L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, and all  business of  the Partnership  shall be  conducted in  such
name.
 
     1.3 Purpose.
 
     The  purpose of the Partnership is to acquire, subject to the terms of this
Agreement, certain  stocks,  bonds,  notes, debentures,  puts,  calls,  options,
warrants  and other financial instruments or securities as further described and
limited in this Agreement,  and to manage, protect,  and conserve the assets  of
the  Partnership, and to engage in any  and all activities related or incidental
thereto.
 
     1.4 Principal Place of Business.
 
     The principal  place  of business  of  the  Partnership shall  be  c/o  the
Managing General Partner. The General Partners may change the principal place of
business  of the Partnership upon ten (10)  Business Days' notice to the Limited
Partner.
 
     1.5 Term.
 
     The term of the Partnership shall  commence on the date the certificate  of
limited  partnership described in Section 201  of the Act (the 'Certificate') is
filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware in accordance with the
Act and shall continue until the  winding up and liquidation of the  Partnership
and  its business  is completed  following a  Liquidating Event,  as provided in
Section 12 hereof.
 
     1.6 Filings; Agent for Service of Process.
 
     (a) The Managing General  Partner shall execute and  cause to be filed  the
Certificate  in the office of  the Secretary of State  of Delaware in accordance
with the provisions of the Act. The Managing General Partner shall take any  and
all other actions reasonably necessary to perfect and maintain the status of the
Partnership  as  a limited  partnership under  the  laws of  Delaware, including
executing and filing amendments to the Certificate to be filed whenever required
by the Act.
 
     (b) The  Managing General  Partner  shall execute  and  cause to  be  filed
original or amended Certificates and shall take any and all other actions as may
be reasonably necessary to perfect and maintain the status of the Partnership as
a  limited partnership  or similar type  of entity  under the laws  of any other
states or jurisdictions in which the Partnership engages in business.
 
     (c) The registered agent for service of process on the Partnership shall be
CT Corporation System  or any  successor as  appointed by  the Managing  General
Partner  in accordance with the Act. The registered office of the Partnership in
the state of  Delaware is  located at 1209  Orange Street,  City of  Wilmington,
Delaware 19801.
 
<PAGE>
     (d)  Upon the dissolution of the  Partnership, the Managing General Partner
or any other General  Partner (or, in  the event there  is no remaining  General
Partner,  any Person  elected pursuant  to Section  12.2 hereof)  shall promptly
execute and cause to be filed certificates of dissolution in accordance with the
Act and the laws of any other  states or jurisdictions in which the  Partnership
has filed certificates.
 
     1.7   Independent  Activities;  Transactions   with  Affiliates;  Title  to
Property.
 
     (a) The  Managing  General Partner  and  any  of its  Affiliates  shall  be
required  to devote  only such  time to  the affairs  of the  Partnership as the
Managing General Partner determines in its  sole discretion may be necessary  to
manage  and operate  the Partnership,  and each such  Person, to  the extent not
otherwise directed by the Managing General  Partner, shall be free to serve  any
other Person or enterprise in any capacity that it may deem appropriate.
 
     (b)  To  the extent  permitted by  applicable law  and except  as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, the General Partners (each acting on its own behalf)
and the Limited Partner (acting on its own behalf) and each of their  Affiliates
may  engage in whatever activities they choose, whether the same are competitive
with the Partnership or otherwise, without having or incurring any obligation to
offer any interest  in such activities  to the Partnership  or any Partner,  and
neither this Agreement nor any activity undertaken pursuant hereto shall prevent
any  Partner or its Affiliates from engaging  in such activities, or require any
Partner  to  permit  the  Partnership  or  any  Partner  or  its  Affiliates  to
participate  in any such activities, and as a material part of the consideration
for the execution of this Agreement by each Partner, each Partner hereby waives,
relinquishes, and renounces any such right or claim of participation.
 
     (c) Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement, the Managing  General
Partner,  when  acting on  behalf of  the Partnership,  is hereby  authorized to
purchase property from, sell  property to, or otherwise  deal with any  Partner,
acting  on its own  behalf, or any  Affiliate of any  Partner, provided that any
such purchase, sale or other transaction  shall be made on terms and  conditions
which  are no less  favorable to the  Partnership than if  the sale, purchase or
other transaction had been entered into with an independent third party.
 
     (d) All property owned by the Partnership shall be held in the name of  the
Partnership.
 
     1.8 Definitions.
 
     Capitalized  words and  phrases used in  this Agreement  have the following
meanings:
 
     'Act' means the Delaware  Revised Uniform Limited  Partnership Act, as  set
forth in Del. Code Ann. tit. 6, SS SS  17-101 to 17-1109 (1990), as amended from
time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'Adjusted Capital Account Deficit' means, with respect to any Partner,  the
deficit  balance, if any, in such Partner's Capital Account as of the end of the
relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
 
          (i) Credit to such Capital Account  any amounts which such Partner  is
     obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement; and
 
          (ii)  Debit to  such Capital Account  the items  described in Sections
     1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and
     1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations.
 
     The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to
comply with the  provisions of Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the  Regulations
and shall be applied in a manner consistent with such intent.
 
     'Affiliate'  means, with respect to any  Person, (i) any Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such  Person,
(ii)  any Person  owning or  controlling 10% or  more of  the outstanding voting
interests of such Person, (iii) any officer, director or general partner of such
Person, or  (iv)  any Person  who  is  an officer,  director,  general  partner,
trustee,  or  holder  of 10%  or  more of  the  voting interests  of  any Person
described in clauses (i)  through (iii) of this  sentence. For purposes of  this
definition, the term 'control,' (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
'controlling,'  'controlled  by'  or  'under  common  control  with')  means the
possession, direct or
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
indirect, of the power to  direct or cause the  direction of the management  and
policies  of a  Person, whether through  the ownership of  voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
 
     'Bankruptcy' means, with respect to any Person, a 'Voluntary Bankruptcy' or
an 'Involuntary Bankruptcy.' A 'Voluntary Bankruptcy' means, with respect to any
Person, the inability of such  Person generally to pay  its debts as such  debts
become  due, or an admission  in writing by such Person  of its inability to pay
its debts generally or a  general assignment by such  Person for the benefit  of
creditors;  the  filing of  any petition  or  answer by  such Person  seeking to
adjudicate it a bankrupt  or insolvent, or seeking  for itself any  liquidation,
winding  up,  reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment,  protection,  relief, or
composition of such Person  or its debts under  any law relating to  bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking, consenting to, or
acquiescing  in  the  entry of  an  order for  relief  or the  appointment  of a
receiver, trustee, custodian or  other similar official for  such Person or  for
any  substantial part of its property;  or partnership or corporate action taken
by such Person to authorize any of the actions set forth above. An  'Involuntary
Bankruptcy'   means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  without  the  consent  or
acquiescence of such Person, the entering of an order for relief or approving  a
petition  for  relief  or  reorganization  or  any  other  petition  seeking any
reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution
or other similar relief  under any present or  future bankruptcy, insolvency  or
similar  statute, law or regulation, or the  filing of any such petition against
such Person which petition shall not  be dismissed within thirty (30) days,  or,
without  the consent or  acquiescence of such  Person, the entering  of an order
appointing a trustee, custodian, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all
or any substantial part of the property of such Person which order shall not  be
dismissed within thirty (30) days.
 
     'Business  Day' means  any day  except a Saturday,  Sunday or  other day on
which commercial banks in  New York City  are authorized or  required by law  to
close.
 
     'Capital  Account' means, with respect to  any Partner, the Capital Account
maintained  for  such  Partner   in  accordance  with   the  rules  of   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations. Subject thereto:
 
     (i)  To  each  Partner's  Capital  Account  there  shall  be  credited such
Partner's Capital Contributions  (net of  liabilities which  the Partnership  is
considered  to assume  or to take  subject to  under Code Section  752) and such
Partner's distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or
gain which  are specially  allocated  pursuant to  Section  3.3 or  Section  3.4
hereof.
 
     (ii) To each Partner's Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of
cash  and the  Gross Asset  Value of  any Property  distributed to  such Partner
pursuant to  any provision  of this  Agreement (net  of liabilities  which  such
Partner  is considered to assume  or to take subject  to under Code Section 752)
and such Partner's distributive share of Losses  and any items in the nature  of
expenses  or losses  which are  specially allocated  pursuant to  Section 3.3 or
Section 3.4 hereof.
 
     (iii) In  the event  all or  a portion  of an  Interest is  transferred  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the
Capital  Account of the transferor  to the extent it  relates to the transferred
Interest.

     The  provisions  of this  Agreement  relating to  the  maintenance  of
Capital  Accounts  are  intended  to  comply  with  Section  1.704-1(b)  of  the
Regulations, and they shall  be interpreted and applied  in a manner  consistent
with such Regulations.
 
     'Capital  Contribution' means, with  respect to any  Partner, the amount of
money and  the initial  Gross Asset  Value of  any property  (other than  money)
contributed  to  the  Partnership with  respect  to  the Interest  held  by such
Partner.
 
     'Certificate' has the meaning set forth in Section 1.5 hereof.
 
     'Code' means the  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as  amended from time  to
time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'Currency  Agreement'  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any foreign
exchange contract,  currency  swap  agreement  or  other  similar  agreement  or
arrangement  designed to  protect such  Person against  fluctuations in currency
values.
 
     'Debt' means,  with respect  to any  Person, (i)  all obligations  of  such
Person  for borrowed  money, (ii)  all obligations  of such  Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations  of
such  Person  in  respect of  letters  of  credit or  other  similar instruments
(including
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
reimbursement obligations with  respect thereto), (iv)  all obligations of  such
Person  to pay  the deferred  purchase price  of property  or services,  (v) all
obligations of such Person arising from any short sales, the writing of options,
forward contracts or similar transactions,  (vi) all obligations of such  Person
as  lessee  which  would  be  capitalized in  accordance  with  GAAP,  (vii) all
obligations secured  by any  mortgage, pledge,  security interest,  encumbrance,
lien  or charge of any kind on any asset of such Person, whether or not any such
obligation is otherwise an obligation of  such Person, (viii) to the extent  not
otherwise  included in the definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and
Interest Rate  Agreements,  and  (ix)  all obligations  of  others,  of  a  type
described  in  (i)  through  (viii)  above,  that  are  directly  or  indirectly
guaranteed (whether contingently  or otherwise)  by such  Person; provided  that
Debt  shall not include any indebtedness of  such Person to a Parent incurred in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice resulting from the
cash management system maintained by such Parent.
 
     'Fair Market Value' means as  to any date (i)  if a security is  registered
under  the Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  as amended  (or any corresponding
provisions of succeeding law)  and listed on a  national securities exchange  or
included on the NASDAQ National Market Issues List ('NASDAQ'), the closing sales
price  on  such date  (or in  the event  such date  is not  a Business  Day, the
Business Day immediately  preceding such date),  and (ii) if  a security is  not
traded  on  a national  securities exchange  or  listed on  NASDAQ or  the value
otherwise cannot be determined under clause (i), the average of the firm  prices
bid  for such date quoted by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Salomon Brothers
Inc. and The First Boston Corporation, in  each case for the full amount of  the
specific security for which the Fair Market Value is being determined.
 
     'Fiscal  Quarter' means (i) the period  commencing on the effective date of
this Agreement and ending on December 31, 1993, (ii) any subsequent  three-month
period  commencing on each of January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 and (iii)
any portion of  a period  described in  clause (ii) that  ends on  the date  the
Partnership is liquidated.
 
     'Fiscal Year' means (i) the period commencing on the effective date of this
Agreement  and ending  on December  31, 1993,  (ii) any  subsequent twelve-month
period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 or (iii) any portion of
a period described in clause (ii) that is considered a short taxable year of the
Partnership under the Code and the Regulations.
 
     'GAAP' means United States generally  accepted accounting principles as  in
effect from time to time, applied on a consistent basis.
 
     'General  Partner' means any Person  who (i) is referred  to as such in the
first paragraph of this  Agreement or has become  a General Partner pursuant  to
the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) has not, at any given time, ceased to be a
General  Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. All references in this
Agreement to a majority or a specified percentage of the General Partners  shall
mean  General Partners  holding more  than fifty  percent (50%)  or holding such
specified percentage,  respectively, of  the then  Percentage Interests  of  all
General Partners.
 
     'Gross  Asset Value' means, with respect to any asset, the asset's adjusted
basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
          (i) The  initial Gross  Asset  Value of  any  asset contributed  by  a
     Partner  to the Partnership  shall be the  gross fair market  value of such
     asset, as determined by the  contributing Partner and the Managing  General
     Partner, provided that, if the contributing Partner is the Managing General
     Partner,  the determination  of the  fair market  value of  any contributed
     asset shall require the consent of the Limited Partner;
 
          (ii) The  Gross  Asset  Values  of all  Partnership  assets  shall  be
     adjusted  to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined
     by the  Managing General  Partner in  accordance with  Section  10.8(b)(ii)
     hereof,  as of  the following times:  (A) the acquisition  of an additional
     Interest by any  new or existing  Partner in  exchange for more  than a  de
     minimis  Capital Contribution; (B) the distribution by the Partnership to a
     Partner of more than a de  minimis amount of Property as consideration  for
     an  Interest; and (C) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning
     of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations;
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
          (iii) The Gross Asset  Value of any  Partnership asset distributed  to
     any  Partner shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value of such
     asset on the date of distribution as determined in accordance with  Section
     10.8(b)(ii) hereof; and
 
          (iv)  The Gross Asset Values of  Partnership assets shall be increased
     (or decreased) to  reflect any adjustments  to the adjusted  basis of  such
     assets pursuant to Code Section 732(d), Code Section 734(b) or Code Section
     743(b),  but only to  the extent that  (x) such adjustments  are taken into
     account in determining  Capital Accounts pursuant  to subparagraph (vi)  of
     the definition of 'Profits' or 'Losses' or Section 3.3(c) hereof and (y) an
     adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (ii) is not required in connection with
     the transaction.
 
     'Insolvent'  means, with respect to any Person at any time, the fair market
value of the assets and properties of  such Person at such time being less  than
the liabilities of such Person at such time.
 
     'Interest'  means an ownership  interest in the  Partnership, including any
and all rights that such Partner  possesses under this Agreement, together  with
all  obligations of such Partner to comply  with the terms of this Agreement. In
the event all or any  portion of an Interest  is transferred in accordance  with
the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Interest of the
transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Interest.
 
     'Interest  Rate Agreement' means, with respect  to any Person, any interest
rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate  option
agreement,  interest rate swap agreement,  interest rate cap agreement, interest
rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar  agreement
or  arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
 
     'Investment Principal'  has the  meaning  set forth  in  Section 1  of  the
Purchase Agreement.
 
     'Investment  Return' has  the meaning set  forth in Section  2.02(a) of the
Purchase Agreement.
 
     'Limited Partner' means  any Person  who (i) is  referred to  as a  Limited
Partner  in the first  paragraph of this  Agreement or who  has become a Limited
Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) has not ceased to be a
Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
     'Liquidating Event' has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 hereof.
 
     'Mandatory Retirement Event' has the  meaning set forth in Section  6.01(a)
of the Purchase Agreement.
 
     'Net  Cash Flow' means the gross cash  proceeds of the Partnership less the
portion thereof used to pay or establish reserves for all Partnership  expenses,
debt  payments,  capital investments,  replacements,  and contingencies,  all as
determined by the  Managing General Partner  in its sole  discretion. 'Net  Cash
Flow'  shall  not  be  reduced  by  depreciation,  amortization,  cost  recovery
deductions, or similar allowances, but shall  be increased by any reductions  of
reserves   previously  established  pursuant  to  the  first  sentence  of  this
definition.
 
     'Parent' means in  the case  of RHDC,  DBI and  IMS, The  Dun &  Bradstreet
Corporation,  and  in the  case of  RBDB, the  entity or  entities that  own the
outstanding equity interests therein.
 
     'Partners' means all  General Partners  and the Limited  Partner, where  no
distinction  is required by  the context in  which the term  is used herein. All
references in this  Agreement to  a majority or  a specified  percentage of  the
Partners  shall mean Partners  holding more than fifty  percent (50%) or holding
such specified percentage, respectively, of the then Percentage Interests.
 
     'Percentage Interest' means, with respect to  any Partner, as of any  date,
the  ratio  (expressed as  a percentage)  of  such Partner's  cumulative Capital
Contributions as of  such date to  the cumulative Capital  Contributions of  all
Partners  on such date, such Capital Contributions to be determined after giving
effect to all  contributions and all  repayments of such  contributions for  all
periods ending on or prior to such date. The initial Percentage Interest of each
Partner  is set forth  in Sections 2.1 and  2.2 hereof. In the  event all or any
portion of  an Interest  is transferred  in accordance  with the  terms of  this
Agreement,  the  transferee  shall succeed  to  the Percentage  Interest  of the
transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Interest.
 
     'Permitted Investments'  means (i)  cash; (ii)  direct obligations  of  the
United  States of America for the payment of  which its full faith and credit is
pledged; (iii) Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
participation certificates; (iv) Federal National Mortgage Association  mortgage
pass-through certificates; (v) Government National Mortgage Association mortgage
pass-through  certificates;  (vi)  short-term  commercial  paper  issued  by any
corporation organized under  the laws  of the United  States of  America or  any
state  thereof, rated at  least 'A-1' by  S&P, provided that  the aggregate Fair
Market Value of all commercial paper issued  by any Person shall not exceed  10%
of  the aggregate Fair Market  Value of all property  (other than cash) owned by
the Partnership; (vii) indebtedness  of any Person organized  under the laws  of
the  United States of America  or any state thereof that  is not an Affiliate of
the Parent of the General Partners, rated  at least 'AA' by S&P, provided,  that
the  aggregate Fair Market Value  of all such indebtedness  issued by any Person
shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate  Fair Market Value of all property  (other
than  cash) owned by  the Partnership; (viii) unsubordinated  debt issued by the
Parent of the General Partners or unsubordinated debt issued by an Affiliate  of
such  Parent if (and  only if) such  debt is unconditionally  guaranteed by such
Parent on  an unsubordinated  basis, provided  that such  Parent has  agreed  to
register  such  debt  under the  Securities  Act  of 1933,  as  amended  (or any
corresponding provisions of succeeding  law) upon the request  of the holder  of
such  debt and such agreement inures to  the benefit of any subsequent holder of
such debt; (ix)  common stock or  preferred stock  issued by the  Parent of  the
General  Partners, provided  that (A)  the ownership  of such  stock (when taken
together with any other securities owned  by the Partnership) would not  require
the  Partnership to  file a  Schedule 13D under  the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended  (or any corresponding  provisions of succeeding  law) and  (B)
such  Parent has agreed to register such stock under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law) upon the  request
of  the holder  of such stock  and such agreement  inures to the  benefit of any
subsequent holder of  such stock;  or (x) puts,  calls, options  or warrants  to
purchase  or sell common stock  of the Parent of  the General Partners, provided
that (A) such puts, calls, options or warrants do not, in the aggregate, at  the
time  of their acquisition, exceed 10% of  the Fair Market Value of all property
then held by the Partnership and (B) the ownership of such puts, calls,  options
or  warrants  (when  taken  together  with any  other  securities  owned  by the
Partnership) would not require the Partnership to file a Schedule 13D under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provisions of
succeeding law).
 
     'Permitted Transfer' has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereof.
 
     'Person' means  any individual,  partnership, corporation,  trust,  limited
liability  company,  association or  other entity  or organization,  including a
government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
     'Portfolio Certificate' means a written certificate of the Managing General
Partner signed by the  chief financial officer of  the Managing General  Partner
familiar  with the financial affairs of  the Partnership delivered in accordance
with  Section  8.2(d)  hereof,  following  the  close  of  each  Fiscal  Quarter
commencing  with the Fiscal Quarter ending  December 31, 1993 that (x) certifies
the aggregate Fair Market Value  of all property held  by the Partnership as  of
the  last day of such Fiscal Quarter and (y) notifies whether additional capital
contributions are  required to  be  made by  the  General Partners  pursuant  to
Section  2.3  hereof  and,  if so,  the  amount  thereof. In  the  event  that a
Triggering Event occurs and is continuing, following the close of each  calendar
month commencing after such Triggering Event, the Managing General Partner shall
provide  a Portfolio Certificate as of the last day of each calendar month which
is consistent with the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence.
 
     'Profits' and 'Losses' means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to  the
Partnership's  taxable  income or  loss as  reported  on the  Partnership's U.S.
Partnership Return of  Income (Form 1065)  for such Fiscal  Year, determined  in
accordance  with Code  Section 703(a)  (for this  purpose, all  items of income,
gain, loss,  or deduction  required to  be stated  separately pursuant  to  Code
Section  703(a)(1)  shall  be included  in  taxable  income or  loss),  with the
following adjustments:
 
          (i) Any income of the Partnership  that is exempt from federal  income
     tax  and not  otherwise taken into  account in computing  Profits or Losses
     pursuant to this  definition of 'Profits'  and 'Losses' shall  be added  to
     such taxable income or loss;
 
          (ii)  Any expenditures  of the  Partnership described  in Code Section
     705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures  pursuant
     to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations,
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
     and  not otherwise taken into account  in computing Profits or Losses shall
     be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
 
          (iii) In the event the Gross  Asset Value of any Partnership asset  is
     adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Gross
     Asset  Value, the amount of such adjustment  shall be taken into account as
     gain or loss from the disposition  of such asset for purposes of  computing
     Profits or Losses;
 
          (iv)  Gain  or  loss  resulting from  any  disposition  of Partnership
     property with  respect to  which gain  or loss  is recognized  for  federal
     income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value
     of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of
     such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;
 
          (v) The depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions
     taken  into account in computing such taxable income or loss shall be taken
     into  account   for   such  Fiscal   Year   in  accordance   with   Section
     1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) of the Regulations;
 
          (vi)  To the  extent an  adjustment to the  adjusted tax  basis of any
     Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant  to
     Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4)  of  the  Regulations,  to  be  taken into
     account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other
     than in liquidation of a Partner's Interest, the amount of such  adjustment
     shall  be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis
     of the asset)  or loss (if  the adjustment decreases  such basis) from  the
     disposition  of such asset and shall be  taken into account for purposes of
     computing Profits or Losses; and
 
          (vii) Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  definition,  any
     items  which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 3.4
     hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.  The
     amounts  of  the  items  of Partnership  income,  gain,  loss  or deduction
     available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 hereof
     shall be  determined by  applying rules  analogous to  those set  forth  in
     subparagraphs (i) through (vi) above.
 
     'Purchase  Agreement' means  the Purchase Agreement  among the Partnership,
the General  Partners,  and the  Purchaser  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  A  and
incorporated herein by this reference.
 
     'Purchaser'  has  the meaning  specified in  the  preamble to  the Purchase
Agreement and includes such Purchaser's successors and assigns.
 
     'Rating Category' means (i) with respect to short-term ratings, A-1+,  A-1,
A-2,  A-3, B, C and D (or  equivalent successor categories) or (ii) with respect
to long-term ratings, AAA, AA,  A, BBB, BB, B, CCC,  CC, C and D (or  equivalent
successor categories).
 
     'Regulations'   means  the  Income  Tax  Regulations,  including  Temporary
Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from
time to time (including any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
 
     'Retirement Date' has the meaning set forth in Section 10.8(a) hereof.
 
     'Retirement Notice' has the meaning set forth in Section 10.8(a) hereof.
 
     'Retirement Percentage' has the meaning set forth in Section 10.8 hereof.
 
     'S&P' means Standard & Poor's Corporation and its successors.
 
     'Transfer' means, as a noun,  any voluntary or involuntary transfer,  sale,
pledge,   hypothecation,  withdrawal  or  other  disposition  and,  as  a  verb,
voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, withdraw or
otherwise dispose of.
 
     'Triggering Event' means  either (i) the  occurrence of a  decrease of  the
short-term  rating of the Parent  of the General Partners by  S&P by one or more
rating gradations; provided, that,  in the event such  Parent shall at any  time
not  have a short-term rating,  Triggering Event shall mean  the occurrence of a
decrease of the  long-term rating of  the Parent by  S&P by one  or more  rating
gradations or (ii) such Parent's not at any time having either a short-term or a
long-term rating. In determining whether the rating has decreased by one or more
gradations,  gradations  within  Rating  Categories  (e.g.,  +  and  -  for  S&P
long-term ratings) shall be taken into account (e.g., a decline in a rating from
AA+ to  AA,  as well  as from  AA- to A+,  will  constitute a  decrease  of  one
gradation).
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
     'Wholly  Owned  Affiliate' of  any Person  means (i)  an Affiliate  of such
Person, 100%  of the  voting stock  or beneficial  ownership of  which is  owned
directly  by such Person,  or by any  other Person who,  directly or indirectly,
owns 100% of the voting  stock or beneficial ownership  of such Person, (ii)  an
Affiliate  of such Person who,  directly or indirectly, owns  100% of the voting
stock or  beneficial  ownership of  such  Person,  and (iii)  any  Wholly  Owned
Affiliate of any Affiliate described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition.
 
                                   SECTION 2.
                        PARTNERS' CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
     2.1 General Partners.
 
     The  name, address,  original Capital  Contribution and  initial Percentage
Interest of each of the General Partners is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                 CAPITAL       PERCENTAGE
                              NAME AND ADDRESS                                 CONTRIBUTION     INTEREST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>
RHDC                                                                           $47,500,000         95%
287 Bowman Avenue
Purchase, New York 10577
DBI                                                                            $ 1,000,000          2%
One Diamond Hill Road
Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974
IMS                                                                            $ 1,000,000          2%
100 Campus Road
Totowa, New Jersey 07512
</TABLE>
 
     2.2 Limited Partner.
 
     The name, address,  original Capital Contribution,  and initial  Percentage
Interest of the Limited Partner is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                  CAPITAL       PERCENTAGE
                              NAME AND ADDRESS                                  CONTRIBUTION     INTEREST
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>
RBDB                                                                              $500,000           1%
245 Park Avenue, 36th Floor
New York, New York 10167
</TABLE>
 
     2.3 Additional Mandatory Capital Contributions.
 
     If  the Fair Market Value of property  held by the Partnership as reflected
in a Portfolio Certificate  is less than  either (I) if  there is no  Triggering
Event,  the sum of  (i) the then  outstanding Investment Principal  and (ii) any
accrued but unpaid Investment Return, or (II) after the occurrence of Triggering
Event which  is continuing,  the  sum of  (i)  the then  outstanding  Investment
Principal, (ii) any accrued but unpaid Investment Return, and (iii) $50,000,000,
then  the General Partners shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership in
cash in immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days after the date
such Portfolio Certificate is required to  be delivered pursuant to Section  8.2
hereof  an  amount at  least  equal to  such deficit  under  (I) or  (II) above,
whichever is applicable. The  obligation of the  General Partners to  contribute
additional  capital pursuant to this  Section 2.3 shall be  joint and several. A
General Partner's obligation  to contribute  to the capital  of the  Partnership
pursuant  to this Section  2.3 shall be  subordinate in right  of payment to the
unsecured claims of the general creditors of such General Partner, and a General
Partner shall not be required to contribute funds to the Partnership pursuant to
this Section 2.3 to the extent  that, after giving effect to such  contribution,
such General Partner would be Insolvent.
 
     2.4 Other Matters.
 
     (a)  The original Capital Contributions shall be made to the Partnership in
cash in  immediately  available  funds  within  three  (3)  days  following  the
commencement of the Partnership term.
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
     (b)  The Limited  Partner shall not  be liable for  the debts, liabilities,
contracts or any other obligations of the Partnership. The Limited Partner shall
be liable only to make the  original Capital Contributions set forth in  Section
2.2  hereof and shall not  be required to lend any  funds to the Partnership or,
after its original  Capital Contributions have  been made, to  make any  further
Capital Contributions to the Partnership.
 
     (c)  No General Partner shall have any personal liability for the repayment
of any Capital Contributions of the Limited Partner.
 
     (d) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall demand
or  receive  a  return  of  its  Capital  Contributions  or  withdraw  from  the
Partnership without the consent of all Partners. Under circumstances requiring a
return  of any Capital Contributions, no Partner shall have the right to receive
property other than cash except as may be specifically provided herein.
 
     (e) Except  as  otherwise provided  in  this Agreement,  no  Partner  shall
receive   any  interest,  salary   or  drawing  with   respect  to  its  Capital
Contributions or its  Capital Account, for  services rendered on  behalf of  the
Partnership, or otherwise in its capacity as a Partner.
 
                                   SECTION 3.
                                  ALLOCATIONS
 
     3.1 Profits.
 
     After  giving effect to  the special allocations set  forth in Sections 3.3
and 3.4 hereof, Profits for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated in the  following
order and priority:
 
     (a) First, 100% to the General Partners, in proportion to and to the extent
of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative Losses allocated
to  each such General  Partner pursuant to  Section 3.2(c) hereof  for all prior
Fiscal Years, over (ii) the cumulative Profits allocated to such General Partner
pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) for all prior Fiscal Years;
 
     (b) Second, to  the Partners,  in proportion  to and  to the  extent of  an
amount  equal to the excess,  if any, of (i)  the cumulative Losses allocated to
each such Partner pursuant to Section 3.2(b) hereof for all prior Fiscal  Years,
over  (ii) the  cumulative Profits  allocated to  such Partner  pursuant to this
Section 3.1(b) for all prior Fiscal Years; and
 
     (c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, in proportion to their Percentage
Interests.
 
     3.2 Losses.
 
     After giving effect to  the special allocations set  forth in Sections  3.3
and  3.4 hereof, Losses for any Fiscal  Year shall be allocated in the following
order and priority:
 
     (a) First, to the Partners, in proportion to and to the extent of an amount
equal to the excess,  if any, of  (i) the cumulative  Profits allocated to  each
such  Partner pursuant to Section 3.1(c) hereof for all prior Fiscal Years, over
(ii) the cumulative Losses  allocated to such Partner  pursuant to this  Section
3.2(a) for all prior Fiscal Years, subject to Section 3.5 hereof;
 
     (b)  Second, to the Partners, in  proportion to their Percentage Interests,
in an  amount  equal to  the  excess, if  any,  of (i)  the  cumulative  Profits
allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 3.1(b) hereof for all prior Fiscal
Years,  over (ii)  the cumulative Losses  allocated to the  Partners pursuant to
this Section 3.2(b) for all prior  Fiscal Years, subject to Section 3.5  hereof;
and
 
     (c)  The balance, if  any, 100% to  the General Partners,  in proportion to
their Percentage Interests.
 
     3.3 Special Allocations.
 
     The following special allocations shall be made in the following order:
 
     (a) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives
any  adjustments,   allocations,   or  distributions   described   in   Sections
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  l.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) or  1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of
the Regulations,  items  of  Partnership  income and  gain  shall  be  specially
allocated  to such Partner in  an amount and manner  sufficient to eliminate, to
the extent required by the Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, if
any, of  such  Partner as  quickly  as  possible, provided  that  an  allocation
pursuant  to this Section  3.3(a) shall be made  only if and  to the extent that
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
such Partner would  have an  Adjusted Capital  Account Deficit  after all  other
allocations provided for in this Section 3 have been tentatively made as if this
Section 3.3(a) were not in the Agreement.
 
     (b) Gross Income Allocation. In the event the Limited Partner has a deficit
Capital  Account at the end of any Fiscal Year  which is in excess of the sum of
(i) the  amount the  Limited Partner  is obligated  to restore  pursuant to  any
provision  of this Agreement, and (ii) the  amount the Limited Partner is deemed
to be  obligated to  restore  pursuant to  Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)  of  the
Regulations,   the  Limited  Partner  shall  be  specially  allocated  items  of
partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible,
provided that an allocation pursuant to  this Section 3.3(b) shall be made  only
if  and to  the extent  that the  Limited Partner  would have  a deficit Capital
Account in excess of such sum after  all other allocations provided for in  this
Section  3 have been  made as if  Section 3.3(a) hereof  and this Section 3.3(b)
were not in the Agreement.
 
     (c) Section 754 Adjustments.  To the extent an  adjustment to the  adjusted
tax  basis of any Partnership asset is required pursuant to Code Section 732(d),
Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), the Capital Accounts of the Partners
shall be adjusted pursuant to Section l.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations.
 
     3.4 Curative Allocations.
 
     The allocations set forth in Sections  3.3 and 3.5 hereof (the  'Regulatory
Allocations')   are  intended  to  comply   with  certain  requirements  of  the
Regulations. It is the intent of the Partners that, to the extent possible,  all
Regulatory  Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations
or with special allocations of other items of Partnership income, gain, loss  or
deduction  pursuant to  this Section  3.4. Therefore,  notwithstanding any other
provision of  this  Section  3  (other than  the  Regulatory  Allocations),  the
Managing  General  Partner shall  make  such offsetting  special  allocations of
Partnership income, gain,  loss or  deduction in whatever  manner it  determines
appropriate  so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Partner's
Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account
balance such Partner would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not  part
of  the Agreement and all Partnership  items were allocated pursuant to Sections
3.1 and 3.2.
 
     3.5 Loss Limitation.
 
     The Losses allocated pursuant  to Section 3.2(a) and  (b) hereof shall  not
exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be so allocated without causing the
Limited  Partner to have an  Adjusted Capital Account Deficit  at the end of any
Fiscal Year. All Losses in excess of  the limitations set forth in this  Section
3.5 shall be allocated to the General Partners in proportion to their Percentage
Interests, as provided for in Section 3.2(c) hereof.
 
     3.6 Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c).
 
     In  accordance  with Code  Section 704(c)  and the  Regulations thereunder,
income, gain, loss, and  deduction with respect to  any property contributed  to
the  capital of  the Partnership  shall, solely  for tax  purposes, be allocated
among the Partners so as to take  account of any variation between the  adjusted
basis  of such property to  the Partnership for federal  income tax purposes and
its initial Gross  Asset Value (computed  in accordance with  the definition  of
Gross Asset Value in Section 1.8).
 
     In  the event the  Gross Asset Value  of any Partnership  asset is adjusted
pursuant to subparagraph (iv) of the definition of Gross Asset Value in  Section
1.8, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to
such  asset shall take  account of any  variation between the  adjusted basis of
such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same
manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.
 
     Any elections or other decisions  relating to such allocations  (including,
if  proposed Section  1.704-3 of  the Treasury  regulations is  finalized, which
method or methods  under such proposed  Treasury regulation to  apply) shall  be
made  by the Managing General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the
purpose and intention of this Agreement.
 
                                   SECTION 4.
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     4.1 Net Cash Flow.
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
     Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.8, 10.9, 11.2 and 12.2  hereof,
Net  Cash  Flow,  if any,  shall  be  distributed annually  to  the  Partners in
proportion to and to the extent of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i)
the cumulative Profits  allocated to the  Partners for all  prior Fiscal  Years,
over (ii) the sum of (A) the cumulative Losses allocated to the Partners for all
prior  Fiscal Years  plus (B)  the Net Cash  Flow previously  distributed to the
Partners pursuant to this Section  4.1; provided, however, that the  Partnership
shall  not  make  any distribution  prior  to  the repayment  of  the Investment
Principal, any accrued but unpaid Investment Return and any payment required  by
Section 6.02 of the Purchase Agreement, except to the extent permitted under the
Purchase Agreement.
 
     4.2 Amounts Withheld.
 
     All  amounts withheld pursuant to  the Code or any  provision of any state,
local or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation
to the Partnership or  the Partners shall be  treated as amounts distributed  to
the  Partners pursuant to this Section 4  for all purposes under this Agreement.
The Managing General Partner  is authorized to  withhold from distributions,  or
with  respect to allocations of Profits, Losses, or other items of income, gain,
loss or deduction, made to the Partners  and to pay over to any federal,  state,
local  or foreign government any amounts required  to be so withheld pursuant to
the Code or any provisions  of any other federal,  state, local or foreign  law,
and  shall allocate any such amounts to  the Partners with respect to which such
amount was withheld.
 
                                   SECTION 5.
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
     5.1 Authority of the Managing General Partner.
 
     Subject to the limitations  and restrictions set  forth in this  Agreement,
the  Managing  General Partner  shall conduct  the business  and affairs  of the
Partnership and in so doing shall have all of the rights and powers which may be
possessed by general partners under the Act, including, without limitation,  the
right, power and authority to:
 
     (a) Acquire, own, maintain, sell, convey, and assign any property which may
be  necessary, related, or  incidental to the accomplishment  of the purposes of
the Partnership;
 
     (b) Execute any and  all agreements, contracts, documents,  certifications,
and  instruments  necessary or  convenient in  connection with  the acquisition,
maintenance, and conveyance of the  Partnership property, or in connection  with
managing the affairs of the Partnership;
 
     (c)  Enter  into  the Purchase  Agreement  and  comply with  all  terms and
requirements thereof;
 
     (d) Subject to the restriction in  Section 5.3(h) hereof, borrow money  and
issue  evidences of  indebtedness, and secure  the same by  mortgage, pledge, or
other lien on any property;
 
     (e) Care for and distribute funds to  the Partners by way of cash,  income,
return  of capital, or otherwise, all in  accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement;
 
     (f) Arrange for or contract on behalf of the Partnership for the employment
and services  of  employees and/or  independent  contractors, such  as  lawyers,
accountants  and appraisers, and delegate to such  Persons the duty to manage or
supervise any of the assets or operations of the Partnership;
 
     (g) Engage in any kind of activity  and perform and carry out contracts  of
any  kind  (including  contracts of  insurance  covering risks  to  property and
General Partner liability) necessary  or incidental to,  or in connection  with,
the  accomplishment  of the  purposes  of the  Partnership,  as may  be lawfully
carried on or performed by a partnership  under the laws of each state in  which
the Partnership is then formed or qualified;
 
     (h)  Make any and all  elections for federal, state,  local and foreign tax
purposes including, without limitation, any election, if permitted by applicable
law: (i) to adjust the basis  of Partnership property pursuant to Code  Sections
754, 734(b) and 743(b), or comparable provisions of state, local or foreign law,
in connection with Transfers of Interests and Partnership distributions; (ii) to
extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against the
Partners  with respect to adjustments to the Partnership's federal, state, local
or foreign tax returns; and (iii) to  the extent provided in Code Sections  6221
through 6231 (or related Code sections regarding partnership audits and judicial
proceedings), to
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
represent  the Partnership and the Partners  before taxing authorities or courts
of competent  jurisdiction in  tax  matters affecting  the Partnership  and  the
Partners  in  their capacities  as Partners,  and  to file  any tax  returns and
execute any agreements  or other  documents relating  to or  affecting such  tax
matters,  including agreements  or other documents  that bind  the Partners with
respect to such tax  matters or otherwise affect  the rights of the  Partnership
and  the Partners. It is contemplated that the Managing General Partner will not
make an election under Code  Section 754 but may,  in its sole discretion,  make
such  election upon  ten (10)  Business Days notice  to the  other Partners. The
Managing General Partner is specifically authorized  to act as the 'Tax  Matters
Partner,'  after reasonable consultation with the other Partners, under the Code
and in any similar capacity under state, local or foreign law;
 
     (i) Take, or refrain from taking, all actions, not expressly proscribed  or
limited  by this Agreement, as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the
purposes of the Partnership; and
 
     (j) Subject to Section 5.3(d) hereof, institute, prosecute, defend, settle,
compromise, and dismiss lawsuits or other judicial or administrative proceedings
brought on or  in behalf  of, or  against, the  Partnership or  the Partners  in
connection with activities arising out of, connected with, or incidental to this
Agreement, and to engage counsel or others in connection therewith.
 
     In  the event  (i) either there  is no  Managing General Partner  or of the
Bankruptcy of the  Managing General  Partner and (ii)  if there  is one  General
Partner,  such  General Partner  shall  exercise the  rights  and powers  of the
Managing General  Partner  hereunder,  or  if there  are  two  or  more  General
Partners,  the rights and powers of the Managing General Partner hereunder shall
be exercised by  such General Partners  in such  manner as they  may agree,  and
absent  an agreement among such General  Partners, no such General Partner shall
exercise any of such rights and powers without the unanimous consent of all such
General Partners.
 
     5.2 Right to Rely on the Managing General Partner.
 
     (a) Any  Person dealing  with the  Partnership may  rely (without  duty  of
further  inquiry) upon a  certificate signed by the  Managing General Partner as
to:
 
          (i) The identity of any General Partner or any Limited Partner;
 
          (ii) The  existence  or  nonexistence  of  any  fact  or  facts  which
     constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing General Partner or
     which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Partnership;
 
          (iii)  The  Persons  who are  authorized  to execute  and  deliver any
     instrument or document of the Partnership; or
 
          (iv) Any act or failure to act by the Partnership or any other  matter
     whatsoever involving the Partnership or any Partner.
 
     (b)  The signature of  the Managing General Partner  shall be necessary and
sufficient to convey title to any real  property owned by the Partnership or  to
execute  any promissory notes,  trust deeds, mortgages,  or other instruments of
hypothecation, and all of the Partners agree  that a copy of this Agreement  may
be  shown to the appropriate  parties in order to  confirm the same, and further
agree that the signature of the Managing General Partner shall be sufficient  to
execute   any  'statement  of  partnership'  or  other  documents  necessary  to
effectuate this or any other provision of this Agreement. All of the Partners do
hereby appoint the Managing  General Partner as  their attorney-in-fact for  the
execution of any or all of the documents described in this Section 5.2(b).
 
     5.3 Restrictions on Authority of the General Partners.
 
     The  General Partners shall  not have the authority  to, and each covenants
and agrees that it shall not, do  any of the following acts without the  consent
of the Limited Partner:
 
     (a)  Cause or permit the Partnership to  engage in any activity that is not
consistent with the  purposes of  the Partnership as  set forth  in Section  1.3
hereof;
 
     (b) Knowingly do any act in contravention of this Agreement;
 
     (c)  Knowingly do any  act which would  make it impossible  to carry on the
ordinary business  of the  Partnership,  except as  otherwise provided  in  this
Agreement;
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
     (d)  Confess a judgment against  the Partnership in an  amount in excess of
$25,000,000;
 
     (e) Cause  the Partnership  to possess  property, or  to assign  rights  in
specific property, for other than a Partnership purpose;
 
     (f)  Knowingly perform  any act that  would subject the  Limited Partner to
liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction;
 
     (g) Cause the Partnership to voluntarily take any action that would cause a
Bankruptcy of the Partnership;
 
     (h) Cause the Partnership to incur any  Debt prior to the repayment of  the
Investment  Principal, any accrued but unpaid  Investment Return and any payment
required by  Section  6.02  of  the  Purchase  Agreement,  except  as  otherwise
permitted under the Purchase Agreement or under Section 5.6 hereof;
 
     (i)  Cause  the Partnership  to admit  any  additional Partners  other than
pursuant to Section 10.6 hereof;
 
     (j) Cause the  Partnership to acquire  any stock, puts,  calls, options  or
warrants issued by any Person, other than Permitted Investments;
 
     (k)  Cause the  Partnership to acquire  any commercial paper  issued by any
Person or any term indebtedness issued by any Person, other than, in each  case,
Permitted Investments; or
 
     (l)  Cause the Partnership to acquire any financial instruments, other than
Permitted Investments.
 
     5.4 Duties and Obligations of the Managing General Partner.
 
     (a) The Managing General Partner shall cause the Partnership to conduct its
business and operations  separate and apart  from that of  the Managing  General
Partner or any of its Affiliates.
 
     (b)  The  Managing General  Partner  shall take  all  actions which  may be
necessary or appropriate  (i) for  the continuation of  the Partnership's  valid
existence  as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware (and
of each other jurisdiction in which  such existence is necessary to protect  the
limited liability of the Limited Partner or to enable the Partnership to conduct
the  business in  which it is  engaged) and  (ii) for the  accomplishment of the
Partnership's purposes.
 
     (c)  The  Managing  General  Partner  shall  notify  the  Partners  of  the
occurrence of any Liquidating Event described in Section 12.1 hereof (other than
the  twentieth anniversary of the formation  of the Partnership), and the action
which the Managing General  Partner has taken or  proposes to take with  respect
thereto,  promptly  but  no  later  than thirty  (30)  Business  Days  after any
responsible officer of the Managing General Partner has actual knowledge of such
occurrence.
 
     5.5 Indemnification of the Partners.
 
     (a) The  Partnership, its  receiver or  its trustee  shall indemnify,  save
harmless,  and pay  all judgments  and claims against  a General  Partner or any
officers or  directors of  such General  Partner relating  to any  liability  or
damage  incurred by reason  of any act  performed or omitted  to be performed by
such General Partner,  or any officer  or director of  such General Partner,  in
connection  with  the business  of  the Partnership,  including  attorneys' fees
incurred by such  General Partner, officer  or director in  connection with  the
defense  of any action based on any  such act or omission, which attorneys' fees
may be paid as incurred, including all such liabilities under federal and  state
securities laws as permitted by law.
 
     (b)  In the event  of any action  by the Limited  Partner against a General
Partner,  including  a  Partnership  derivative  suit,  the  Partnership   shall
indemnify,  save  harmless,  and  pay  all  expenses  of  such  General Partner,
including attorneys'  fees, incurred  in the  defense of  such action,  if  such
General Partner is successful in such action.
 
     (c)   Notwithstanding   Sections   5.5(a)  and   5.5(b)   above,   no  such
indemnification and payment shall be made until such time as the Partnership has
repaid the Investment Principal,  any accrued but  unpaid Investment Return  and
any payment required by Section 6.02 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
     (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of Sections 5.5(a) and
5.5(b) above, no  Partner shall  be indemnified  from any  liability for  fraud,
willful  misconduct,  breach of  fiduciary responsibility,  bad faith,  or gross
negligence.
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of Sections 5.5(a)  and
5.5(b)  above,  in the  event  that any  provision in  any  of such  Sections is
determined to be invalid in whole or in part, such Section shall be enforced  to
the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
     5.6 Compensation, Expenses and Loans.
 
     (a)   Compensation  and  Expenses.   A  General  Partner   may  charge  the
Partnership, and shall be reimbursed, for any reasonable, direct,  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred  in  connection with  the  Partnership's  business, provided,
however, no such reimbursement shall be made until such time as the  Partnership
has  repaid the Investment  Principal, any accrued  but unpaid Investment Return
and any payment required by Section  6.02 of the Purchase Agreement, other  than
of  expenses of the Partnership in an aggregate amount not in excess of $100,000
in any Fiscal Year. No Partner otherwise shall receive any salary, fee, or  draw
for  services rendered to or on behalf of the Partnership, nor shall any Partner
be reimbursed  for  any expenses  incurred  by such  Partner  on behalf  of  the
Partnership.
 
     (b)  Loans. If the funds of the Partnership (including any amounts required
to be contributed pursuant  to Section 2.3 hereof)  are insufficient to pay,  or
the  Partnership fails  or is  otherwise unable to  pay, in  full the Investment
Principal, the Investment Return and/or any payment required by Section 6.02  of
the Purchase Agreement when due, the General Partners shall advance funds to the
Partnership  (or shall cause the Partnership to borrow funds from other sources)
in an amount sufficient and at the  time needed to allow the Partnership to  pay
timely all such amounts in full. The obligation of the General Partners pursuant
to  the preceding  sentence shall  be joint  and several.  Such obligation  of a
General Partner shall be subordinate in right of payment to the unsecured claims
of all creditors of  such General Partner,  and a General  Partner shall not  be
required  to  advance funds  to the  extent  that, after  giving effect  to such
advance, such General  Partner would be  Insolvent. A General  Partner also  may
lend  or advance additional money to the Partnership. If a General Partner shall
make any loan or loans  to the Partnership or advance  money on its behalf,  the
amount  of  any  such  loan  or  advance  shall  not  be  treated  as  a Capital
Contribution but shall be a debt due from the Partnership, which, however, shall
be subordinate in right of payment  to the payment of the Investment  Principal,
any  accrued but unpaid  Investment Return, and any  payment required by Section
6.02 of the Purchase Agreement. The amount  of any loan or advance by a  General
Partner shall be repayable out of the Partnership's cash and shall bear interest
at a rate determined by the Managing General Partner, taking into consideration,
without  limitation,  prevailing  interest  rates and  the  interest  rates such
General Partner is required to pay in the event such General Partner has  itself
borrowed  funds  to  loan or  advance  to  the Partnership,  and  the  terms and
conditions of such loan, including the rate of interest, shall be  substantially
comparable  to those the Partnership could have  obtained if the lender had been
an independent third party,  provided, however, that  the Partnership shall  not
repay  any loan  or advance made  by a  General Partner, or  interest on either,
until such time as the Partnership has repaid in full the Investment  Principal,
any  accrued but unpaid  Investment Return, and any  payment required by Section
6.02 of the  Purchase Agreement. Except  as otherwise provided  in this  Section
5.6(b),  no  Partner shall  be  obligated to  make any  loan  or advance  to the
Partnership.
 
     5.7. Indemnification of the Limited Partner.
 
     The Partnership and each  of the General  Partners, jointly and  severally,
covenant  and agree,  unconditionally, absolutely and  irrevocably, to indemnify
and hold  harmless the  Limited Partner  from and  against any  and all  claims,
damages,   losses,  and  reasonable  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
reasonable fees and disbursements  of counsel) arising out  of or in  connection
with or by reason of any Person's assertion that the liabilities, debts or other
obligations  of the Partnership  are liabilities, debts  or other obligations of
the Limited Partner; provided,  however, that no  such indemnification shall  be
required  hereunder for any such claims, damages, losses, and expenses resulting
from (i) the gross  negligence or willful misconduct  of the Limited Partner  or
(ii)  any action taken by the Limited  Partner which exposes the Limited Partner
to liability as a general partner under  Delaware law. No payment shall be  made
by  the Partnership to  the Limited Partner  pursuant to this  Section 5.7 until
such time as the  Partnership has repaid the  Investment Principal, any  accrued
but  unpaid Investment Return  and any payment  required by Section  6.02 of the
Purchase Agreement.
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
                                   SECTION 6.
                            ROLE OF LIMITED PARTNER
 
     6.1 Rights or Powers.
 
     The Limited Partner shall not have any  right or power to take part in  the
management  or control of the Partnership or  its business and affairs or to act
for or bind the Partnership in any way.
 
     6.2 Voting Rights.
 
     The Limited  Partner shall  have the  right  to vote  only on  the  matters
specifically  reserved for  its vote  or approval  which are  set forth  in this
Agreement.
 
     6.3 Procedure for Consent.
 
     In any  circumstances requiring  the  approval or  consent of  the  Limited
Partner  as specified in this Agreement,  such approval or consent shall, except
as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, be given or withheld in
the sole and absolute discretion of the Limited Partner and conveyed in  writing
to  the Managing General Partner not later than fifteen (15) Business Days after
such approval or consent was requested  by the Managing General Partner. If  the
Managing  General  Partner receives  the necessary  approval  or consent  of the
Limited Partner to such action, the Managing General Partner shall be authorized
and empowered  to implement  such action  without further  authorization by  the
Limited Partner.
 
                                   SECTION 7.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
     7.1 In General.
 
     As  of  the date  hereof, each  of the  Partners hereby  makes each  of the
representations and  warranties applicable  to  such Partner,  as set  forth  in
Section  7.2 hereof, and  such warranties and  representations shall survive the
execution of this Agreement.
 
     7.2 Representations and Warranties.
 
     Each of the Partners hereby represents and warrants that:
 
     (a) Due  Incorporation  or  Formation;  Authorization  of  Agreement.  Such
Partner  is  a corporation  or limited  liability company  duly organized,  or a
partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the jurisdiction  of  its incorporation  or  formation and  has  the  corporate,
company  or partnership power and authority to own its property and carry on its
business as owned and carried on at the date hereof and as contemplated  hereby.
Such  Partner is duly licensed or qualified  to do business and in good standing
in each of the jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified
would have a material adverse effect  on its financial condition or its  ability
to perform its obligations hereunder. Such Partner has the corporate, company or
partnership  power and  authority to execute  and deliver this  Agreement and to
perform its obligations hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement has been duly authorized  by all necessary corporate, company  or
partnership  action.  This Agreement  constitutes the  legal, valid  and binding
obligation of such Partner.
 
     (b) No  Conflict  with Restrictions;  No  Default. Neither  the  execution,
delivery  and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation by such Partner
of the  transactions contemplated  hereby  (i) will  conflict with,  violate  or
result  in a breach  of any of the  terms, conditions or  provisions of any law,
regulation, order,  writ,  injunction, decree,  determination  or award  of  any
court,  any governmental department, board,  agency or instrumentality, domestic
or foreign, or any  arbitrator, applicable to such  Partner, (ii) will  conflict
with,  violate, result in a  breach of or constitute a  default under any of the
terms, conditions  or  provisions  of the  articles  of  incorporation,  bylaws,
limited  liability company agreement or partnership agreement of such Partner or
of any material agreement or instrument to  which such Partner is a party or  by
which such Partner is or may be bound or to which any of its material properties
or  assets is subject, (iii) will conflict with, violate, result in a breach of,
constitute a  default under  (whether with  notice or  lapse of  time or  both),
accelerate  or permit the  acceleration of the performance  required by, give to
others  any   material   interests   or   rights   or   require   any   consent,
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
authorization  or  approval under  any indenture,  mortgage, lease  agreement or
instrument to which such Partner is a party  or by which such Partner is or  may
be bound, or (iv) will result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any
of  the material properties or assets of  such Partner, in each of the foregoing
clauses (i)  through (iv),  the violation,  breach or  conflict of  which  could
reasonably  have a material  adverse effect on  such General Partner's financial
condition or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
     (c) Governmental Authorizations.  Any registration,  declaration or  filing
with,  or consent, approval, license, permit or other authorization or order by,
any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, that is  required
in  connection with the valid execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by
such Partner under  this Agreement or  the consummation by  such Partner of  any
transaction  contemplated  hereby has  been completed,  made  or obtained  on or
before the effective date of this Agreement.
 
     (d) Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or  investigations
pending  or, to the  knowledge of such Partner,  threatened against or affecting
such Partner or any  of such Partner's properties,  assets or businesses in  any
court   or  before  or   by  any  governmental   department,  board,  agency  or
instrumentality,  domestic  or  foreign,  or  any  arbitrator  which  could,  if
adversely  determined (or,  in the  case of an  investigation could  lead to any
action, suit or proceeding, which  if adversely determined could) reasonably  be
expected  to materially impair such Partner's ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or  to have a material  adverse effect on the  consolidated
financial  condition  of such  Partner; and  such Partner  has not  received any
currently effective notice of any default,  and such Partner is not in  default,
under  any applicable order, writ,  injunction, decree, permit, determination or
award  of   any   court,  any   governmental   department,  board,   agency   or
instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, or  any arbitrator which could reasonably
be  expected  to  materially  impair  such  Partner's  ability  to  perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement  or to have  a material adverse  effect on the
consolidated financial condition of such Partner.
 
     (e) Investment Company Act. Neither such Partner nor the Partnership  will,
as  a result of such Partner holding an Interest, be subject to regulation under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
     (f) Investigation. Such Partner  is acquiring its  Interest based upon  its
own  investigation,  and the  exercise by  such  Partner of  its rights  and the
performance of its obligations under this  Agreement will be based upon its  own
investigation,  analysis  and  expertise.  Such  Partner's  acquisition  of  its
Interest is being made for its own  account for investment, and not with a  view
to  the sale or  distribution thereof. Such Partner  is a sophisticated investor
possessing an  expertise in  analyzing the  benefits and  risks associated  with
acquiring investments that are similar to the acquisition of its Interest.
 
     (g) Confidentiality. Except as contemplated hereby or required by law, each
Partner  shall keep confidential and shall not  disclose to others and shall use
its reasonable  efforts  to  prevent its  Affiliates  and  any of  its,  or  its
Affiliates',  present  or  former employees,  agents,  and  representatives from
disclosing to  others without  the prior  written consent  of all  Partners  any
information  which (i) pertains  to this Agreement,  any negotiations pertaining
thereto, any of  the transactions  contemplated hereby  or the  business of  the
Partnership,  or (ii) pertains to confidential or proprietary information of any
Partner or  the Partnership  or which  any  Partner has  labeled in  writing  as
confidential  or  proprietary; provided  that any  Partner  may disclose  to its
Parent and its Parent's employees,  agents, and representatives any  information
made available to such Partner. No Partner shall use, and each Partner shall use
its  best  efforts to  prevent any  Affiliate  of such  Partner from  using, any
information which (i)  pertains to this  Agreement, any negotiations  pertaining
hereto,  any  of the  transactions contemplated  hereby or  the business  of the
Partnership, or (ii) pertains to the confidential or proprietary information  of
any  Partner or the Partnership  or which any Partner  has labeled in writing as
confidential  or  proprietary,  except  in  connection  with  the   transactions
contemplated hereby.
 
                                   SECTION 8.
                         ACCOUNTING, BOOKS AND RECORDS
 
     8.1 Accounting, Books and Records.
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
     The  Partnership shall maintain at its principal place of business separate
books of account for the Partnership which shall show a true and accurate record
of all  costs and  expenses incurred,  all charges  made, all  credits made  and
received,  and  all  income  derived  in  connection  with  the  conduct  of the
Partnership and the operation  of its business in  accordance with GAAP and,  to
the  extent  inconsistent  therewith,  in accordance  with  this  Agreement. The
Partnership shall use  the accrual method  of accounting in  preparation of  its
annual  reports  and for  tax  purposes and  shall  keep its  books  and records
accordingly and, for  purposes of federal  income tax reporting,  shall use  the
Fiscal  Year. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any Partner or its
designated representative shall have the right, at any reasonable time, to  have
access to and inspect and copy the contents of such books or records.
 
     8.2 Reports.
 
     (a)  In General. The Managing General  Partner shall be responsible for the
preparation of  financial reports  of the  Partnership and  the coordination  of
financial matters of the Partnership with the Partnership's accountants.
 
     (b)  Annual Reports. Within ninety  (90) days after the  end of each Fiscal
Year, commencing  with the  first Fiscal  Year  ending after  the date  of  this
Agreement,  and at such time as distributions  are made to the Partners pursuant
to Section 12.2  hereof following  the occurrence  of a  Liquidating Event,  the
Managing  General Partner  shall cause  to be  prepared and  each Partner  to be
furnished with the following:
 
          (i) Financial statements  accompanied by  a certificate  of the  chief
     financial  officer  of the  Managing General  Partner certifying  that such
     statements have been prepared and fairly stated in all material respects in
     accordance with GAAP, including the following:
 
             (A) A balance sheet, statement of income or loss, and statement  of
        cash flow of the Partnership as of the last day of such Fiscal Year; and
 
             (B)  A  statement of  the  Partners' Capital  Accounts  and changes
        therein for such Fiscal Year; and
 
          (ii) Written  certification  of the  chief  financial officer  of  the
     Managing  General  Partner  that  no  Liquidating  Event  (other  than  the
     twentieth anniversary of the formation of the Partnership) has occurred and
     is continuing, or  if any such  event has occurred  and is continuing,  the
     action  the Managing  General Partner  has taken  or proposes  to take with
     respect thereto.
 
     (c) Quarterly  Reports. Within  sixty (60)  days after  the close  of  each
Fiscal  Quarter commencing with the Fiscal  Quarter ending March 31, 1994 (other
than the last  Fiscal Quarter of  a Fiscal Year),  the Managing General  Partner
shall  cause  to  be  prepared  and each  Partner  furnished  with  each  of the
following:
 
          (i) Financial statements  accompanied by  a certificate  of the  chief
     financial  officer  of the  Managing General  Partner certifying  that such
     statements have been prepared and fairly stated in all material respects in
     accordance with GAAP, including the following:
 
             (A) A balance sheet of the Partnership  as of the last day of  such
        Fiscal  Quarter, statement of income and loss and statement of cash flow
        for such Fiscal Quarter; and
 
             (B) A  statement  of the  Partners'  Capital Accounts  and  changes
        therein for such Fiscal Quarter; and
 
          (ii)  Written  certification of  the  chief financial  officer  of the
     Managing General Partner with respect  to the matters described in  Section
     8.2(b)(ii) hereof.
 
     (d) Portfolio Certificates. Within fifteen (15) days following the close of
each Fiscal Quarter of the Partnership commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending
December  31, 1993, the Managing General Partner  shall cause to be prepared and
each Partner furnished with a Portfolio Certificate  as of the last day of  such
Fiscal  Quarter. In the event that a  Triggering Event occurs and is continuing,
within five (5) days following each calendar month, the Managing General Partner
shall cause  to  be  prepared  and  each  Partner  furnished  with  a  Portfolio
Certificate as of the last day of such calendar month.
 
     8.3 Tax Information.
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
     (a) All necessary tax information shall be delivered to each Partner within
ninety  (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year. Each Partner agrees that it
will report all Partnership taxable income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for
each Fiscal Year in the manner  reflected on the Partnership's U.S.  Partnership
Return  of Income (Form 1065) and related Schedule K-1 furnished to such Partner
for such year.
 
     (b) The Managing General Partner shall  give prompt notice to each  Partner
upon  the receipt of (i) written notice that the Internal Revenue Service or any
state or local taxing authority intends to examine the Partnership's income  tax
returns  for any year; (ii) written  notice of commencement of an administrative
proceeding at the  Partnership level  related to the  Partnership under  Section
6223  of the Code; (iii) written  notice or any final partnership administrative
adjustment relating to the  Partnership pursuant to  a proceeding under  Section
6223  of the  Code; (iv) any  request from  the Internal Revenue  Service or any
comparable state  or  local agency  for  waiver  of any  applicable  statute  of
limitation  with respect to the filing of any tax return by the Partnership; and
(v) any Form 5701 or comparable state or local audit adjustment notices as  soon
as  received, with copies of such notices provided to each Partner. In addition,
each Partner will be notified of and  allowed to attend any opening and  closing
conferences  regarding any  administrative proceeding  at the  Partnership level
relating to the  Partnership under Section  6223 of the  Code, and the  Managing
General  Partner will provide copies to  each Partner of any correspondence with
the Internal Revenue Service or comparable state or local agency regarding legal
positions taken on audit issues by  the Managing General Partner. Within  ninety
(90)  days  after  receipt  of  notice  of  a  final  partnership administrative
adjustment, the Managing General  Partner shall notify each  Partner if it  does
not intend to file for judicial review with respect to such adjustment.
 
                                   SECTION 9.
                              AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS
 
     9.1 Amendments.
 
     Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by any Partner. Following such
proposal,  the Managing  General Partner shall  submit to the  Partners any such
proposed amendment,  provided  that  counsel  for  the  Partnership  shall  have
approved  of the same  in writing as  to form, and  the Managing General Partner
shall include  in  any such  submission  a  recommendation as  to  the  proposed
amendment.  The  Managing General  Partner shall  seek the  written vote  of the
Partners on the proposed amendment or shall  call a meeting to vote thereon  and
to  transact  any  other  business  that it  may  deem  appropriate.  A proposed
amendment shall  be  adopted and  be  effective as  an  amendment hereto  if  it
receives  the affirmative  vote of  a majority  of the  General Partners, except
that, if such proposed amendment adversely affects the Limited Partner, it  also
must receive the affirmative vote of the Limited Partner.
 
     9.2 Meetings of the Partners.
 
     (a)  Meetings of the Partners may be called by the Managing General Partner
and shall be  called upon the  written request  of any Partner.  The call  shall
state  the nature of the  business to be transacted.  Notice of any such meeting
shall be given to all Partners not less than ten (10) Business Days or more than
thirty (30) days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in  person
or  by  proxy at  such  meeting. Whenever  the vote  or  consent of  Partners is
permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or consent may be given at
a meeting of  Partners or in  such other manner  that may be  determined by  the
Managing  General  Partner.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  in this
Agreement, the vote of a majority of the Partners shall control.
 
     (b) For the purpose of determining the Partners entitled to vote on, or  to
vote  at, any meeting of  the Partners or any  adjournment thereof, the Managing
General Partner or the  Partner requesting such meeting  may fix, in advance,  a
date  as the record date for any such determination. Such date shall not be more
than thirty  (30) days  or less  than ten  (10) Business  Days before  any  such
meeting.
 
     (c) Each Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for it by proxy
on  all matters in which a Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving
notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Every proxy must
be signed by the Partner or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid  after
the  expiration of  eleven (11)  months from  the date  thereof unless otherwise
provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall  be revocable at  the pleasure of  the
Partner executing it.
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
                                  SECTION 10.
                             TRANSFERS, RETIREMENTS
                                AND WITHDRAWALS
 
     10.1 Restriction on Transfers.
 
     Except  as provided in Section  10 or 11 hereof,  no Partner shall Transfer
all or any portion of its Interest.  Any purported Transfer of an Interest  that
is  not a Permitted  Transfer shall be null  and void and of  no force or effect
whatsoever.  Each  Partner  hereby   acknowledges  the  reasonableness  of   the
restrictions  on Transfer imposed  by this Agreement in  view of the Partnership
purposes and the relationship of the Partners. Accordingly, the restrictions  on
Transfer contained herein shall be specifically enforceable.
 
     10.2 Permitted Transfers.
 
     Subject  to  the  conditions and  restrictions  set forth  in  Section 10.3
hereof, the Limited Partner may at any  time Transfer all or any portion of  its
Interest  to (a) any other Partner or Wholly Owned Affiliate of another Partner,
(b)  any  Wholly  Owned  Affiliate  of  the  transferor,  (c)  the  transferor's
administrator  or trustee to whom such  interest is transferred involuntarily by
operation of law,  (d) any Person  exercising the purchase  option described  in
Section  10.10 hereof, or  (e) any Person  approved by all  of the Partners (any
such Transfer under this Section 10.2 being  referred to in this Agreement as  a
'Permitted Transfer').
 
     10.3 Conditions to Permitted Transfers.
 
     A  Transfer shall not be treated as a Permitted Transfer under Section 10.2
hereof unless and until the following conditions are satisfied:
 
     (a) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the
transferor and transferee shall execute and deliver to the Partnership (i)  such
documents  and instruments of  conveyance as may be  necessary or appropriate in
the opinion of counsel to the Partnership to effect such Transfer and to confirm
the agreement of the transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement,
and (ii)  a confidentiality  agreement  in a  form  acceptable to  the  Managing
General  Partner.  In  the case  of  a  Transfer of  Interests  involuntarily by
operation of  law,  the Transfer  shall  be  confirmed by  presentation  to  the
Partnership   of  legal  evidence  of  such  Transfer,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to counsel to the Partnership. In all cases, the Partnership  shall
be  reimbursed by  the transferor and/or  transferee for all  costs and expenses
that it reasonably incurs in connection with such Transfer.
 
     (b) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the
transferor shall furnish to the Partnership an opinion of counsel, which counsel
and opinion shall be  reasonably satisfactory to  the Managing General  Partner,
that the Transfer will not cause the Partnership to terminate for federal income
tax purposes under Code Section 708.
 
     (c)  The transferor and  transferee shall furnish  the Partnership with the
transferee's taxpayer identification number, sufficient information to determine
the transferee's initial tax  basis in the Interest  transferred, and any  other
information  reasonably necessary to permit the Partnership to file all required
federal and state tax returns and other legally required information  statements
or  returns. Without limiting  the generality of  the foregoing, the Partnership
shall not be required  to make any distribution  otherwise provided for in  this
Agreement  with respect to  any transferred Interest until  it has received such
information.
 
     (d) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the
transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel  shall
be  reasonably satisfactory to the Managing  General Partner, that such Transfer
will not violate any applicable laws regulating the Transfer of securities.
 
     (e) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the
transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel  shall
be  reasonably satisfactory to the Managing  General Partner, that such Transfer
will not cause the Partnership to be subject to regulation under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940.
 
     10.4 Prohibited Transfers.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
     If  the  Partnership is  required to  recognize  a Transfer  that is  not a
Permitted Transfer (or  if the partnership,  in its sole  discretion, elects  to
recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer), the Interest Transferred
shall  be  strictly  limited  to  the  transferor's  rights  to  allocations and
distributions as  provided by  this Agreement  with respect  to the  transferred
Interest,  which allocations and distributions  may be applied (without limiting
any other legal or  equitable rights of the  Partnership) to satisfy any  debts,
obligations,  or liabilities  for damages that  the transferor  or transferee of
such Interest  may  have to  the  Partnership.

     In  the  case of  a  Transfer  or
attempted  Transfer of an Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer, the parties
engaging or attempting to engage in  such Transfer shall be liable to  indemnify
and  hold  harmless  the  Partnership  and the  other  Partners  from  all cost,
liability,  and  damage  that  any  of  such  indemnified  Partners  may   incur
(including, without limitation, tax liabilities, attorneys fees and expenses) as
a  result of  such Transfer  or attempted  Transfer and  efforts to  enforce the
indemnity granted hereby.
 
     10.5 Rights of Unadmitted Assignees.
 
     A Person who acquires an Interest but who is not admitted as a  substituted
Partner  pursuant to Section  10.6 hereof shall be  entitled only to allocations
and distributions  with  respect  to  such  Interest  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement,  and shall  have no  right to  any information  or accounting  of the
affairs of  the Partnership,  shall not  be  entitled to  inspect the  books  or
records  of the Partnership, and  shall not have any of  the rights of a Partner
under the Act or this Agreement.
 
     10.6 Admission of Substituted Partners.
 
     Subject to the  other provisions  of this Section  10, a  transferee of  an
Interest  may be admitted to the Partnership  as a substituted Partner only upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 10.6:
 
     (a) The Managing General Partner consents to such admission, which  consent
may  be given or  withheld in the  sole and absolute  discretion of the Managing
General Partner;
 
     (b) The Interest with respect to which the transferee is being admitted was
acquired by means of a Permitted Transfer;
 
     (c) The  transferee becomes  a party  to this  Agreement as  a Partner  and
executes  such documents  and instruments  as the  Managing General  Partner may
reasonably  request   (including,   without  limitation,   amendments   to   the
Certificate)  as may be necessary or appropriate to confirm such transferee as a
Partner in the Partnership  and such transferee's agreement  to be bound by  the
terms and conditions hereof;
 
     (d)  The transferee pays  or reimburses the  Partnership for all reasonable
legal, filing, and publication costs  that the Partnership incurs in  connection
with  the  admission  of  the  transferee  as  a  Partner  with  respect  to the
Transferred Interest;
 
     (e) If  the  transferee is  a  partnership, limited  liability  company  or
corporation,  the transferee provides the Partnership with evidence satisfactory
to counsel  for  the Partnership  that  such transferee  has  made each  of  the
representations  and undertaken  each of the  warranties described  in Section 7
hereof; and
 
     (f) In  the event  that the  transferee of  an Interest  from the  Managing
General  Partner is  admitted as  the Managing  General Partner  hereunder, such
transferee shall be deemed admitted to  the Partnership as the Managing  General
Partner  immediately prior to  the Transfer, and  such transferee shall continue
the business of the Partnership without dissolution.
 
     10.7 Representations Regarding Transfers.
 
     Each Partner  hereby represents  and warrants  to the  Partnership and  the
Managing  General Partner that such Partner's acquisition of Interests hereunder
is made  as principal  for such  Partner's own  account and  not for  resale  or
distribution  of such  Interests.

     10.8  Partial Retirement  of Limited Partner's Interest in the Partnership.
 
     (a) In General. After  October 31, 1994, the  Managing General Partner  may
cause the Partnership to retire a portion (but not all) of the Limited Partner's
Interest  in  the Partnership  in accordance  with this  Section 10.8  by giving
written notice  of  such  retirement  to  the  Limited  Partner  (a  'Retirement
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
Notice')  and  copies  of such  Retirement  Notice  to all  other  Partners. The
Retirement Notice shall state (A) the percentage of the Interest of the  Limited
Partner that is to be retired (the 'Retirement Percentage'), and (B) the date on
which  the  portion of  the Limited  Partner's  Interest is  to be  retired (the
'Retirement Date'), which date shall not be less than five (5) Business Days  or
more than sixty (60) Business Days after the date on which the Retirement Notice
was given. The Managing General Partner may cause the retirement of a portion of
the  Limited Partner's Interest in accordance  with this Section 10.8(a) only to
the extent that the aggregate Interest of the Limited Partner in the capital and
Profits of the Partnership  is after such retirement  not less than one  percent
(1%).
 
     (b)  Retirement Adjustments and Procedures. (i) In the event that a portion
of the Limited Partner's Interest in the Partnership is retired pursuant to this
Section 10.8, (x) the value of  the Partnership's assets shall be determined  in
accordance  with Section  10.8(b)(ii) hereof and  the Gross Asset  Values of all
Partnership assets  shall  be adjusted  pursuant  to subparagraph  (ii)  of  the
definition  of Gross Asset Value  in Section 1.8 hereof  as of the day preceding
the Retirement Date,  and (y)  Profits, Losses  and other  items of  Partnership
income, gain, loss or deduction for the period beginning on the first day of the
Fiscal  Year  during which  the Retirement  Date  occurs and  ending on  the day
preceding the Retirement Date shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant  to
Section  3 hereof as  if the day preceding  the Retirement Date  were the end of
such Fiscal  Year. On  the  applicable Retirement  Date, the  Partnership  shall
distribute  to the Limited Partner an amount of cash and/or Gross Asset Value of
other property (other than property described  in clause (ix) of the  definition
of Permitted Investments in Section 1.8 hereof) (the mix of cash and/or property
to  be determined by the Managing General  Partner in its sole discretion) which
equals the product of the Retirement  Percentage and the balance in the  Limited
Partner's  Capital Account (taking into  account the adjustments and allocations
required by the first sentence of this Section 10.8(b)(i)).
 
     (ii) For purposes of determining the amount of any adjustment to the  Gross
Asset Values of Partnership assets pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) of the
definition  of Gross Asset Value in Section 1.8 hereof, the fair market value of
any stocks, securities or  other financial instruments  held by the  Partnership
shall  be determined by the Managing General Partner using principles consistent
with  any  prior  valuation  of  such  stocks,  securities  or  other  financial
instruments   and  based,  to   the  extent  possible,   on  publicly  available
information.  In   the  absence   of   publicly  available   information,   such
determination  shall  be  based  on  market  prices  as  quoted  by  a reputable
securities dealer selected by the Managing General Partner.
 
     (iii) In the event that a portion of the Limited Partner's Interest in  the
Partnership  is retired  pursuant to this  Section 10.8,  distributions shall be
made to the Limited Partner, and the Limited Partner's Interest (or such portion
thereof) in the Partnership  shall be retired, at  10:00 a.m. on the  Retirement
Date.
 
     (c)  Treatment as Partnership Distribution. The Partnership and the General
Partners agree to (1) structure the retirement of the Limited Partner's Interest
under this Section  10.8 as a  distribution under  Section 731 of  the Code  for
federal  income tax purposes,  (2) treat such  retirement as distributions under
Section 731 of the Code for federal income tax purposes, and (3) not treat  such
retirement as a purchase and sale under Sections 741 and 1001 of the Code.
 
     10.9 Requested Withdrawal and Complete Retirement.
 
     (a)  Withdrawal  Request.  At  any  time  after  the  commencement  of  the
Partnership term, the Limited Partner may request to withdraw entirely from  the
Partnership  by giving written  notice of such election  to the Managing General
Partner (a  'Limited Partner  Withdrawal  Notice') and  copies of  such  Limited
Partner  Withdrawal Notice to  all other Partners, which  notice shall state the
date on  which  the  Limited  Partner  is  to  withdraw  (the  'Limited  Partner
Withdrawal  Date'). Upon such request, the Managing General Partner, in its sole
discretion, shall decide  whether to  permit such withdrawal  and shall,  within
thirty  (30) Business Days of receipt  of the Limited Partner Withdrawal Notice,
notify all Partners of its decision;  provided, however, that if any request  to
withdraw  from the Partnership that is made  after January 31, 1997 is denied by
the Managing General Partner, the Partnership  shall be dissolved, wound up  and
liquidated in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof.
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
     (b) Complete Retirement. After April 30, 1997, the Managing General Partner
may cause the Partnership to retire all of the Limited Partner's Interest in the
Partnership  in accordance with this Section 10.9(b) by giving written notice of
such retirement  to the  Limited Partner  (a 'Complete  Retirement Notice')  and
copies  of such Complete  Retirement Notice to all  other Partners. The Complete
Retirement Notice shall state the date  on which the Limited Partner's  Interest
is  to be retired (the 'Complete Retirement Date'), which date shall not be less
than thirty (30) Business Days or more  than sixty (60) Business Days after  the
date  on which the Complete  Retirement Notice was given.  Upon the receipt of a
Complete Retirement Notice, the Limited Partner  shall have the right to give  a
Limited  Partner Withdrawal Notice to the Managing General Partner no later than
ten (10) Business Days prior to the Complete Retirement Date for the purpose  of
designating the property it wishes to receive upon a complete retirement.
 
     (c)  Distributions Upon Withdrawal or Complete Retirement. (i) In the event
that the Limited Partner's request to withdraw from the Partnership is  approved
by  the Managing General Partner or that the Limited Partner receives a Complete
Retirement Notice, (x) the value of the Partnership's assets shall be determined
in accordance with Section 10.8(b)(ii) hereof and the Gross Asset Values of  all
Partnership  assets  shall  be adjusted  pursuant  to subparagraph  (ii)  of the
definition of Gross Asset Value  in Section 1.8 hereof  as of the day  preceding
the  Limited Partner  Withdrawal Date or  the Complete Retirement  Date, and (y)
Profits, Losses and other items of  Partnership income, gain, loss or  deduction
for  the period beginning on  the first day of the  Fiscal Year during which the
Limited Partner  Withdrawal Date  or  the Complete  Retirement Date  occurs  and
ending  on the day preceding the Limited Partner Withdrawal Date or the Complete
Retirement Date shall be allocated  pursuant to Section 3  hereof as if the  day
preceding  the Limited Partner  Withdrawal Date or  the Complete Retirement Date
were the end of such Fiscal  Year. On the applicable Limited Partner  Withdrawal
Date  or the Complete Retirement Date,  the Partnership shall distribute to such
Partner an amount of cash and/or Gross Asset Value of other property (other than
property described in clause (ix) of the definition of Permitted Investments  in
Section  1.8  hereof) (the  mix  of cash  and/or  property to  be  determined in
accordance with  Section  10.9(d) hereof)  which  equals the  Limited  Partner's
Capital Account (taking into account the adjustments and allocations required by
the first sentence of this Section 10.9(c)(i)).
 
     (ii)  In  the  event  that  a  Limited  Partner  withdraws  entirely  or is
completely  retired  from  the  Partnership  pursuant  to  this  Section   10.9,
distributions  shall be made to such Limited Partner, and such Limited Partner's
Interest in  the Partnership  shall be  retired, at  10:00 a.m.  on the  Limited
Partner Withdrawal Date or the Complete Retirement Date.
 
     (d)  Property  Distributed  Upon  Withdrawal  or  Complete  Retirement. The
Limited Partner may designate  in its Limited Partner  Withdrawal Notice to  the
Managing  General Partner which property it wishes to receive upon withdrawal or
complete retirement from  the Partnership. If  the Limited Partner  fails to  so
designate, the Managing General Partner shall determine, in its sole discretion,
the  property (excluding property described in  clause (ix) of the definition of
Permitted Investments in Section  1.8 hereof) to be  distributed to the  Limited
Partner.  If the Managing General Partner  receives such designation notice from
the Limited Partner and does not reject such designation in writing within  five
(5)  Business  Days  after  receiving  notice  thereof,  such  designation shall
control. If the Managing  General Partner rejects such  designation in a  timely
fashion,  such rejection shall contain an alternate designation of property (but
excluding property  described in  clause  (ix) of  the definition  of  Permitted
Investments  in  Section  1.8  hereof).  If  the  Limited  Partner  rejects such
alternate designation within five (5) Business Days of receiving notice  thereof
then,  except to  the extent  the Managing  General Partner  accepts the Limited
Partner's original designation, or the Partners (including the Limited  Partner)
unanimously  agree otherwise, the  Partnership shall be  dissolved, wound up and
liquidated in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof.
 
     10.10 Distributions and Allocations in  Respect of Transferred and  Retired
Interests.
 
     (a)  Transferred  Interests.  If  all  or any  portion  of  an  Interest is
Transferred during any  Fiscal Year in  compliance with the  provisions of  this
Section  10, Profits, Losses, each item of  either, and all other items for such
Fiscal Year attributable to the Transferred Interest shall be allocated  between
the  transferor  and  the  transferee  by  taking  into  account  their  varying
Percentage Interests during the Fiscal Year in
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
accordance with Code Section 706(d), using any conventions permitted by law  and
selected  by the  Managing General Partner.  All distributions on  or before the
date of such  Transfer shall be  made to the  transferor, and all  distributions
thereafter  shall be made to the transferee.  Solely for purposes of making such
allocations and distributions, the Partnership shall recognize such Transfer not
later than the end of the calendar month during which it is given notice of such
Transfer, provided that,  if the Partnership  is given notice  of a Transfer  at
least  ten  (10) Business  Days  prior to  the  Transfer, the  Partnership shall
recognize such Transfer as of the day  preceding the date of such Transfer,  and
provided  further that if the Partnership does  not receive a notice stating the
date such Interest was  transferred and such other  information as the  Managing
General  Partner may reasonably require within thirty (30) days after the end of
the Fiscal Year during which the Transfer  occurs, then all such items shall  be
allocated,  and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to
the books and records of the Partnership,  was the owner of the Interest on  the
last day of such Fiscal Year.
 
     (b)  Retired Interests. If  all or any  portion of any  Interest is retired
during any Fiscal Year in accordance with  the provisions of this Section 10  or
Section  11 hereof, (i) allocations of Profits, Losses, each item of either, and
all other items for such Fiscal Year, as provided in Section 3 hereof, shall  be
modified  in accordance with Code Section 706(d)  in such manner as the Managing
General Partner deems appropriate to reflect the revised Percentage Interests of
the Partners following such retirement and (ii) distributions of Net Cash  Flow,
as  provided in  Section 4.1  hereof, shall  be modified  in such  manner as the
Managing General Partner deems appropriate to reflect such retirement.
 
     (c) No Liability.  Neither the  Partnership nor any  General Partner  shall
incur  any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 10.10, whether or not any General Partner or  the
Partnership  has knowledge  of any  Transfer or  retirement of  ownership of any
Interest.
 
                                  SECTION 11.
             GENERAL PARTNER WITHDRAWAL, TERMINATION, AND ELECTION
 
     11.1 Covenant Not to Withdraw, Transfer, or Dissolve.
 
     Except as  otherwise  permitted by  this  Agreement, each  General  Partner
hereby  covenants and agrees not to (a) take any action to file a certificate of
dissolution or its equivalent with respect to itself, (b) withdraw or attempt to
withdraw from the Partnership, (c) exercise any power under the Act to  dissolve
the  Partnership, (d) Transfer all  or any portion of  its Interest as a General
Partner, or (e) petition for  judicial dissolution of the Partnership.  Further,
each  General Partner hereby covenants  and agrees to continue  to carry out the
duties of a  General Partner hereunder  until the Partnership  is dissolved  and
liquidated pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
 
     11.2. Permitted Withdrawal.
 
     (a)  General Partner Election. A  General Partner (but no  more than two of
the General Partners  set forth  in Section 2.1  may withdraw  pursuant to  this
Section  11.2)  may  elect to  withdraw  from  the Partnership  and  require the
Partnership to  retire its  entire Interest  by giving  written notice  of  such
election  to all other  Partners (a 'General  Partner Withdrawal Notice'), which
notice shall state the date  on which such General  Partner is to withdraw  (the
'General Partner Withdrawal Date').
 
     (b)  Distributions Upon  Withdrawal. In  the event  that a  General Partner
elects to withdraw  from the  Partnership, (x)  the value  of the  Partnership's
property  shall be determined in accordance  with Section 10.8(b)(ii) hereof and
the  Gross  Asset  Values  of  the  property  shall  be  adjusted  pursuant   to
subparagraph  (ii) of the definition of Gross  Asset Value in Section 1.8 hereof
as of the day  preceding the General Partner  Withdrawal Date, and (y)  Profits,
Losses  and other items of  Partnership income, gain, loss  or deduction for the
period beginning on the first  day of the Fiscal  Year during which the  General
Partner  Withdrawal  Date occurs  and ending  on the  day preceding  the General
Partner Withdrawal Date shall be allocated pursuant  to Section 3 as if the  day
preceding  the General Partner Withdrawal Date were the end of such Fiscal Year.
On the applicable General  Partner Withdrawal Date or  as shortly thereafter  as
practicable,  the Partnership shall distribute to such General Partner an amount
of cash and/or  Gross Asset  Value of  other property  (the mix  of cash  and/or
property  to  be  determined  by  the  Managing  General  Partner  in  its  sole
discretion) which equals the balance in the
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
withdrawing  General  Partner's  Capital   Account  (taking  into  account   the
adjustments  and allocations  required by  this Section  11.2(b)). Distributions
shall be made to such General Partner, and its Interest in the Partnership shall
be retired, at 10:00 a.m. on the General Partner Withdrawal Date.
 
     (c) Admission of New General Partner.  In the event that a General  Partner
elects to withdraw from the Partnership and there is no other General Partner at
such  time, the withdrawing General Partner  shall, prior to the General Partner
Withdrawal Date,  cause a  substitute  General Partner  to  be admitted  to  the
Partnership.
 
     11.3 Termination of Status as General Partner.
 
     A  General Partner shall  cease to be  a General Partner  upon the first to
occur of (i) the  Bankruptcy  of such  Partner, (ii) the involuntary Transfer by
operation  of law of such General  Partner's entire Interest in the Partnership,
(iii) the Transfer of  such Partner's entire Interest  as a General Partner,  or
(iv) the vote of a majority of the other Partners to remove such General Partner
after  such General Partner  has attempted to  make a Transfer  of its Interest,
committed a  material  breach  of  this Agreement  or  its  representations  and
warranties hereunder, or committed any other act or suffered any other condition
that  would justify a decree of dissolution of the Partnership under the laws of
the State of  Delaware. In the  event a Person  ceases to be  a General  Partner
without having Transferred its entire Interest as a General Partner, such Person
shall  be treated as  an unadmitted transferee of  an Interest as  a result of a
Permitted Transfer of an Interest pursuant to Section 10.5 hereof.
 
     If a Person ceases to be a  General Partner for any reason hereunder,  such
Person  shall continue to be liable as  a General Partner to the extent provided
by Delaware law for all debts and obligations of the Partnership existing at the
time such Person ceases to be a General Partner, regardless of whether, at  such
time,  such debts or liabilities were known  or unknown, actual or contingent. A
Person shall  not be  liable as  a  General Partner  for Partnership  debts  and
obligations arising after such Person ceases to be a General Partner. Any debts,
obligations,  or liabilities  in damages  to the  Partnership of  any Person who
ceases to be a General Partner shall  be collectible by any legal means and  the
Partnership  is  authorized, in  addition to  any  other remedies  at law  or in
equity,  to  apply  any  amounts  otherwise  distributable  or  payable  by  the
Partnership to such Person to satisfy such debts, obligations, or liabilities.
 
     11.4 Election of New General Partners.
 
     Provided  the Partnership has one General Partner, any Partner may nominate
one or more Persons for election as additional General Partners. The election of
an additional General Partner  shall require an affirmative  vote of all of  the
Partners.
 
                                  SECTION 12.
                           DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP
 
     12.1 Liquidating Events.
 
     The  Partners hereby agree that the Partnership shall dissolve and commence
winding up and  liquidating upon  the first  to occur  of any  of the  following
('Liquidating Events'):
 
     (a) The twentieth (20th) anniversary of the formation of the Partnership;
 
     (b) The sale of all of the Partnership property;
 
     (c)  The unanimous vote of the Partners to dissolve, wind up, and liquidate
the Partnership;
 
     (d) The happening  of any  other event  that, in  the sole  opinion of  the
Managing General Partner, makes it unlawful, impossible, or impractical to carry
on the business of the Partnership;
 
     (e)  The happening of any event that  causes there to be no general partner
under the Act;
 
     (f) The Bankruptcy of any General Partner;
 
     (g) The failure of  the Partnership to repay  the Purchaser the  Investment
Principal  (along with any accrued but  unpaid Investment Return and any payment
required by Section  6.02 of the  Purchase Agreement) upon  the occurrence of  a
Mandatory    Retirement   Event    in   accordance   with    Section   6.01   of
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
the Purchase Agreement and the instructions by the Purchaser pursuant to Section
6.01(b) of the Purchase Agreement to liquidate the property of the Partnership;
 
     (h) The denial  by the Managing  General Partner of  the Limited  Partner's
request  to withdraw from the Partnership after  January 31, 1997 as provided in
Section 10.9(a) hereof; or
 
     (i) The  failure of  the  Managing General  Partner  to timely  accept  the
Limited  Partner's original designation  after the Limited  Partner has rejected
the Managing General Partner's alternate designation (and the Partners'  failure
to unanimously agree otherwise), as provided in Section 10.9(d) hereof.
 
     The  Partnership shall not be  dissolved or required to  be wound up if (x)
upon the occurrence of any event set  forth in Section 12.1(e) hereof, there  is
at  least one remaining General Partner and  that General Partner carries on the
business of the  Partnership (any  such remaining General  Partner being  hereby
authorized  to  carry on  the  business of  the  Partnership), or  (y)  upon the
occurrence of  any event  set forth  in Section  12.1(e) or  (f) hereof,  within
ninety  (90) days after  such event all  remaining Partners agree  in writing to
continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of
the date of such event, of one or more additional General Partners.
 
     12.2 Winding Up.
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall  continue
solely  for  the  purposes of  winding  up  its affairs  in  an  orderly manner,
liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and  Partners
and no Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary
to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership's business and affairs.
To the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, all covenants and obligations
in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the
Partnership  property has been distributed pursuant to this Section 12.2 and the
Certificate has been cancelled in accordance with the Act. The Managing  General
Partner or, in the event there is no Managing General Partner or of a Bankruptcy
of the Managing General Partner, a General Partner (or, in the event there is no
remaining  General Partner  or in  the event  of a  Bankruptcy of  the remaining
General Partner, any Person elected by the Limited Partner) shall be responsible
for overseeing the  winding up and  dissolution of the  Partnership, shall  take
full  account of  the Partnership's  liabilities and  property, shall  cause the
Partnership property  to  be  liquidated  as  promptly  as  is  consistent  with
obtaining the fair market value thereof and shall cause the Partnership property
or  the proceeds therefrom, to the extent sufficient therefor, to be applied and
distributed in the following order:
 
     (a) First, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership's  debts,
obligations  and liabilities (including under the Purchase Agreement) other than
those owing the Partners;
 
     (b) Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership's  debts
and liabilities to the Partners; and
 
     (c)  The balance, if any, to the Partners in accordance with their positive
Capital Accounts, after giving effect  to all contributions, distributions,  and
allocations for all periods.
 
     No  Partner  shall receive  any  additional compensation  for  any services
performed pursuant  to this  Section 12.  Each General  Partner understands  and
agrees  that by accepting the provisions of  this Section 12.2 setting forth the
priority of the distribution of  the assets of the  Partnership to be made  upon
its  liquidation, such General Partner expressly waives any right which it, as a
creditor of  the Partnership,  might otherwise  have under  the Act  to  receive
distributions  of assets pari passu with  the other creditors of the Partnership
in connection with a distribution of  assets of the Partnership in  satisfaction
of  any liability of the Partnership,  and hereby subordinates to said creditors
any such right.
 
     12.3 Compliance With Certain Requirements of Regulations Concerning Deficit
Capital Accounts.
 
     In the event the Partnership is 'liquidated' within the meaning of  Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)  of  the  Regulations,  (a)  distributions  shall  be  made
pursuant to this Section 12 to  the Partners who have positive Capital  Accounts
in  compliance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2)  of the Regulations, and (b)
if any General  Partner's Capital Account  has a deficit  balance (after  giving
effect  to  all contributions,  distributions, and  allocations for  all taxable
years, including the year  during which such  liquidation occurs), such  General
Partner  shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership the amount necessary
to  restore  such   deficit  balance   to  zero  in   compliance  with   Section
1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Regulations.
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
Such obligation of a General Partner to contribute shall be subordinate in right
of payment to the unsecured claims of all creditors of such General Partner, and
a  General Partner shall not be required  to contribute funds to the Partnership
pursuant to this Section 12.3  to the extent that,  after giving effect to  such
contribution,  such General Partner would be Insolvent. In the discretion of the
Managing General Partner,  a pro rata  portion of the  distributions that  would
otherwise  be made  to the  Partners pursuant to  Section 12.2(c)  hereof may be
withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent
or  otherwise)  and  to  reflect  the  unrealized  portion  of  any  installment
obligations  owed to the Partnership, provided  that such withheld amounts shall
be distributed to the Partners as soon as practicable.
 
     12.4 Deemed Distribution and Recontribution.
 
     Notwithstanding any other provision  of this Section 12,  in the event  the
Partnership  is liquidated within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of
the Regulations but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership  property
shall  not be  liquidated, the  Partnership's liabilities  shall not  be paid or
discharged, and the Partnership's affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, solely
for federal  income  tax purposes,  the  Partnership  shall be  deemed  to  have
distributed  the Partnership  property in  kind to the  Partners (on  a pro rata
basis), who shall be deemed to have assumed and taken subject to all Partnership
liabilities, all in accordance  with their respective  Capital Accounts and,  if
any General Partner's Capital Account has a deficit balance (after giving effect
to  all  contributions, distributions,  and  allocations for  all  Fiscal Years,
including the Fiscal Year  during which such  liquidation occurs), such  General
Partner  shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership the amount necessary
to  restore  such   deficit  balance   to  zero  in   compliance  with   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Regulations. Such obligation of a General Partner
to  contribute shall be subordinate in right  of payment to the unsecured claims
of all creditors of  such General Partner,  and a General  Partner shall not  be
required to contribute funds to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 12.4 to
the  extent that, after giving effect to such contribution, such General Partner
would be Insolvent. Immediately thereafter, the Partners shall be deemed to have
recontributed the Property in kind to the Partnership, which shall be deemed  to
have assumed and taken subject to all such liabilities.
 
     12.5 Rights of Partners.
 
     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (a) each Partner shall look
solely  to  the  assets  of  the  Partnership  for  the  return  of  its Capital
Contribution and shall  have no  right or power  to demand  or receive  property
other  than cash from  the Partnership, and  (b) no Partner  shall have priority
over any other Partner  as to the  return of its  Capital Contributions. In  the
event  the Limited Partner believes that  the Managing General Partner is unduly
delaying the  winding  up  and  liquidation of  the  Partnership  following  the
occurrence  of  a  Liquidating  Event,  the  Limited  Partner  may  compel  such
liquidation using  any appropriate  means, including  seeking a  court order  or
other judicial relief with respect thereto.
 
     12.6 Notice of Dissolution.
 
     In  the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that results in
a dissolution of  the Partnership,  the Managing General  Partner shall,  within
thirty  (30)  days thereafter,  provide written  notice thereof  to each  of the
Partners and to all other parties  with whom the Partnership regularly  conducts
business (as determined in the discretion of the Managing General Partner).
 
     12.7 Form of Liquidating Distributions.
 
     For  purposes of making distributions required  by Section 12.2 hereof, the
Managing General Partner may determine whether to distribute all or any  portion
of  the  Partnership property  in-kind  or to  sell all  or  any portion  of the
Partnership property to any Person,  including the Managing General Partner  and
its Affiliates, and distribute the proceeds therefrom.
 
                                  SECTION 13.
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     13.1 Managing General Partner as Attorney-In-Fact.
 
     Each  Partner hereby makes, constitutes,  and appoints the Managing General
Partner and  each  successor  Managing  General  Partner,  with  full  power  of
substitution and resubstitution, its true and
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
lawful attorney-in-fact for it and in its name, place, and stead and for its use
and  benefit, to sign, execute, certify, acknowledge, swear to, file, and record
(a)  all  certificates   of  limited  partnership,   amended  name  or   similar
certificates,  and other certificates and instruments (including counterparts of
this Agreement)  which  the  Managing  General Partner  may  deem  necessary  or
appropriate  to  be filed  by the  Partnership under  the laws  of the  State of
Delaware or any other state or jurisdiction in which the Partnership is doing or
intends  to  do  business;  (b)  all  certificates  of  cancellation  and  other
instruments which the Managing General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate
to  effect the  dissolution and termination  of the Partnership  pursuant to the
terms of  this Agreement;  and (c)  any other  instrument which  is now  or  may
hereafter  be required  by law to  be filed on  behalf of the  Partnership or is
deemed necessary or  appropriate by the  Managing General Partner  to carry  out
fully  the  provisions of  this  Agreement in  accordance  with its  terms. Each
Partner authorizes each such attorney-in-fact  to take any further action  which
such  attorney-in-fact shall consider necessary  or advisable in connection with
any of the foregoing,  hereby giving each such  attorney-in-fact full power  and
authority  to do and perform each and every act or thing whatsoever requisite or
advisable to be done in connection with  the foregoing as fully as such  Partner
might  or could do personally, and hereby  ratifying and confirming all that any
such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof or
hereof.
 
     13.2 Nature as Special Power.
 
     The power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 13:
 
     (a) Is  a  special  power of  attorney  coupled  with an  interest  and  is
irrevocable;
 
     (b)  May be exercised by any  such attorney-in-fact by listing the Partners
executing any agreement,  certificate, instrument,  or other  document with  the
single  signature of  any such  attorney-in-fact acting  as attorney-in-fact for
such Partners; and
 
     (c) Shall survive the Bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, or cessation  of
existence  of a  Partner and shall  survive the  delivery of an  assignment by a
Partner of  the whole  or  a portion  of its  Interest,  except that  where  the
assignment  is  of such  Partner's entire  Interest and  the assignee,  with the
consent of the Managing General Partner,  is admitted as a substituted  Partner,
the power of attorney shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole
purpose of enabling any such attorney-in-fact to effect such substitution.
 
                                  SECTION 14.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
 
     14.1 Notices.
 
     Any  notice, payment, demand, or communication  required or permitted to be
given by  any provision  of  this Agreement  shall be  in  writing and  sent  by
overnight  courier, or by telephone or facsimile, if such telephone conversation
or facsimile  is  followed by  a  hard copy  of  the telephone  conversation  or
facsimiled   communication  sent  by  overnight  courier,  charges  prepaid  and
addressed as follows, or to such other  address as such Person may from time  to
time specify by notice to the Partners:
 
     (a)  If to the Partnership, to the  Partnership at the address set forth in
Section 1.4 hereof.
 
     (b) If to RHDC, to the address set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
 
     (c) If to DBI, to the address set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
 
     (d) If to IMS, to the address set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
 
     (e) If to RBDB, to  the address set forth in  Section 2.2 hereof. Any  such
notice  shall be deemed to be delivered, given, and received for all purposes as
of the date so delivered. Any Person  may from time to time specify a  different
address by notice to the Partnership and the Partners.
 
     14.2 Binding Effect.
 
     Except  as otherwise provided in this  Agreement, every covenant, term, and
provision of this Agreement shall  be binding upon and  inure to the benefit  of
the Partners and their respective successors, transferees, and assigns.
 
     14.3 Construction.
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
     Every  covenant, term, and  provision of this  Agreement shall be construed
according to its fair meaning and not  strictly for or against any Partner.  The
terms  of this Agreement are intended  to embody the economic relationship among
the Partners and shall not be subject to modification by, or be conformed  with,
any  actions by  the Internal  Revenue Service except  as this  Agreement may be
explicitly so amended.
 
     14.4 Time.
 
     Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement.
 
     14.5 Headings.
 
     Section and other headings  contained in this  Agreement are for  reference
purposes  only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the
scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
     14.6 Severability.
 
     Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any  term
or  provision  hereof is  illegal  or invalid  for  any reason  whatsoever, such
illegality or  invalidity shall  not  affect the  validity  or legality  of  the
remainder of this Agreement.
 
     14.7 Incorporation by Reference.
 
     Every  exhibit, schedule, and other appendix attached to this Agreement and
referred to herein is  incorporated in this Agreement  by reference unless  this
Agreement expressly otherwise provides.
 
     14.8 Further Action.
 
     Each  Partner, upon the  request of the General  Partner, agrees to perform
all further acts and  execute, acknowledge, and to  deliver any documents  which
may  be  reasonably  necessary,  appropriate,  or  desirable  to  carry  out the
provisions of this Agreement.
 
     14.9 Variation of Pronouns.
 
     All pronouns  and  any variations  thereof  shall  be deemed  to  refer  to
masculine,  feminine,  or neuter,  singular or  plural, as  the identity  of the
Person or Persons may require.
 
     14.10 Governing Law.
 
     The laws  of  the State  of  Delaware shall  govern  the validity  of  this
Agreement,  the construction of its terms,  and the interpretation of the rights
and duties of the Partners.
 
     14.11 Waiver of Action for Partition; No Bill For Partnership Accounting.
 
     Each Partner irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain  any
action  for partition with  respect to any  of the Partnership  property. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, each Partner covenants that it will not (except
with the consent of  the Managing General Partner)  file a bill for  Partnership
accounting.
 
     14.12 Counterpart Execution.
 
     This  Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same
effect as if  all the Partners  had signed the  same document. All  counterparts
shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
 
     14.13 Sole and Absolute Discretion.
 
     Except  as  otherwise provided  in this  Agreement,  all actions  which the
Managing Partner  may take  and all  determinations which  the Managing  General
Partner  may make pursuant to  this Agreement may be taken  and made at the sole
and absolute discretion of the Managing General Partner.
 
     14.14 No Third-Party Rights.
 
     This Agreement will  not confer  or be construed  as conferring  (directly,
indirectly,  contingently or otherwise),  any rights or  benefits in any Person,
including any third-party beneficiary rights,  other than rights conferred  upon
(i)  a Partner  of the Partnership  and (ii)  a transferee in  connection with a
Permitted Transfer.
 
     14.15 Entire Agreement.
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
     This Agreement,  together with  all Exhibits  hereto, contains  the  entire
agreement  between  the  parties  hereto  relative  to  the  operations  of  the
Partnership.
 
     14.16 Specific Performance.
 
     Each Partner agrees with the other  Partners that the other Partners  would
be  irreparably  damaged if  any of  the  provisions of  this Agreement  are not
performed in  accordance with  their specific  terms and  that monetary  damages
would  not provide an adequate  remedy in such event.  Accordingly, it is agreed
that, in addition to any other remedy to which the nonbreaching Partners may  be
entitled,  at law or in  equity, the nonbreaching Partners  shall be entitled to
injunctive relief to prevent  breaches of the provisions  of this Agreement  and
specifically to enforce the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted
in  any court of  the United States  or any state  thereof having subject matter
jurisdiction thereof.
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement of Limited
Partnership as of the day first above set forth.
 
     [signatures follow on separate pages]
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
                               GENERAL PARTNERS:
 
                                          THE REUBEN H. DONNELLY CORPORATION
 
                                          By:     /s/ WILLIAM H. BUCHANAN, JR.
                                                ................................
                                           Title:    Senior Vice President
 
                                          DUN & BRADSTREET, INC.
 
                                          By:          /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                                ................................
                                           Title:         Vice President
 
                                          IMS AMERICA, LTD.
 
                                          By:          /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                                ................................
                                           Title:         Vice President
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
     THIS IS A  SIGNATURE PAGE TO  THE AGREEMENT OF  LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF  D&B
INVESTORS L.P.
 
                                          LIMITED PARTNER:
 
                                          RBDB, LLC
 
                                          By:          /s/ D. G. ZIENGS
                                                ................................
                                           Title:          President
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
     THIS  IS A SIGNATURE  PAGE TO THE  AGREEMENT OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP OF D&B
INVESTORS L.P.
 
                                       32






<PAGE>
                          CONFORMED COPY INCORPORATING
                         AMENDMENT DATED AS OF 10/14/93
 
                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
     THIS  PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this  'Agreement') is made  and entered into this
14th day of October  1993 by and  among Merrill Lynch  Capital Services Inc.,  a
Delaware   corporation  (the   'Purchaser'),  D&B  Investors   L.P.,  a  limited
partnership organized under the laws of Delaware (the 'Partnership'), The Reuben
H. Donnelley Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation ('RHDC'),  Dun &  Bradstreet,
Inc.,  a  Delaware corporation  ('DBI'),  and IMS  America,  Ltd., a  New Jersey
corporation ('IMS';  and  together  with  RHDC  and  DBI  the  'Initial  General
Partners').
 
                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
 
     The  Partnership has been  formed to acquire  certain stocks, bonds, notes,
debentures, puts, calls,  options, warrants and  other financial instruments  or
securities as described in the Partnership Agreement, and to manage, protect and
conserve  the assets of the Partnership, and to engage in any and all activities
related or incidental thereto. The Purchaser has agreed to advance funds to  the
Partnership totalling up to U.S.$500 million to be used in connection with these
purposes.
 
     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  of  the mutual
covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
                                   SECTION 1.
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
     Capitalized words and  phrases used  in this Agreement  have the  following
meanings:
 
     'Affiliate'  means, with respect to any  Person, (i) any Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such  Person,
(ii)  any Person  owning or  controlling 10% or  more of  the outstanding voting
interests of such Person, (iii) any officer, director or general partner of such
Person, or  (iv)  any Person  who  is  an officer,  director,  general  partner,
trustee,  or  holder  of 10%  or  more of  the  voting interests  of  any Person
described in clauses (i)  through (iii) of this  sentence. For purposes of  this
definition, the term 'control,' (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
'controlling,'  'controlled  by'  and  'under common  control  with')  means the
possession, directly  or  indirectly,  of  the power  to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of  the management  and  policies of  a  Person, whether  through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
     'Agreement' means this Purchase Agreement made and entered into on  October
14, 1993 among the Purchaser, the Partnership and the Initial General Partners.
 
     'Applicable  LIBOR Rate' means, with respect to any Reference Period, (i) a
rate per annum (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest one-hundredth of  a percentage point)  equal to the  amount obtained  by
dividing  (a) the sum  of the offered  rate per annum  for six-month deposits in
United States dollars in  a principal amount of  not less than $5,000,000  which
appears  on the display  designated as 'Page  3750' on the  Telerate Service (or
such other page as may  replace 'Page 3750' on that  service for the purpose  of
displaying  London interbank  offered rates of  major banks)  for each Wednesday
(or, if such Wednesday is not a London Banking Day, the first London Banking Day
thereafter) during such Reference Period divided by (b) the number of Wednesdays
during such  Reference Period,  or (ii)  if a  rate cannot  be determined  under
clause  (i) above, a rate per annum equal to the amount obtained by dividing (a)
the  sum  of  the  average  (rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to  the  nearest
one-hundredth  of  a  percentage point)  rate  per annum  offered  for six-month
deposits in United  States dollars, as  set forth on  the display designated  as
page 'LIBO' on the Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may
replace  the  LIBO page  on the  service  for the  purpose of  displaying London
interbank offered rates of  major banks) as  of 11:00 A.M.  (London Time) for  a
principal  amount of not  less than $5,000,000  for each Wednesday  (or, if such
Wednesday is not a London Banking Day, the first London Banking Day  thereafter)
during such Reference Period divided by (b) the number of Wednesdays during such
Reference  Period, or (iii) if  a rate cannot be  determined under clause (i) or
(ii) above, a rate per annum equal to the amount
 
<PAGE>
obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the average (rounded upwards, if  necessary,
to  the nearest one-hundredth of  a percentage point) of  the rates per annum at
which six-month deposits in amounts of not less than U.S. $5,000,000 are offered
by three London banks mutually agreeable  between the Purchaser and the  Company
for each Wednesday (or, if such Wednesday is not a London Banking Day, the first
London Banking Day thereafter) during such Reference Period by (b) the number of
Wednesdays during such Reference Period.
 
     'Bankruptcy'  means, with respect to any  Person, a Voluntary Bankruptcy or
an Involuntary Bankruptcy.
 
     'Business Day' means  any day  except a Saturday,  Sunday or  other day  on
which  commercial banks in  New York City  are authorized or  required by law to
close.
 
     'Capital Stock' means,  with respect  to any  Person, any  and all  shares,
interests,  participations  or  other equivalents  (however  designated, whether
voting or non-voting) of  such Person, whether now  outstanding or issued  after
the  date of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all common stock and
preferred stock.
 
     'Code' means the  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as  amended from time  to
time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'Compliance  Certificate'  has  the meaning  specified  in  Section 7.02(b)
hereof.
 
     'Cure Period' has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a) hereof.
 
     'Currency Agreement'  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any  foreign
exchange  contract,  currency  swap  agreement  or  other  similar  agreement or
arrangement designed to  protect such  Person against  fluctuations in  currency
values.
 
     'Debt'  means,  with respect  to any  Person, (i)  all obligations  of such
Person for borrowed  money, (ii)  all obligations  of such  Person evidenced  by
bonds,  debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of
such Person  in  respect of  letters  of  credit or  other  similar  instruments
(including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (iv) all obligations
of  such Person to pay the deferred  purchase price of property or services, (v)
all obligations of  such Person  arising from any  short sales,  the writing  of
options, forward contracts or similar transactions, (vi) all obligations of such
Person  as lessee which would be capitalized  in accordance with GAAP, (vii) all
obligations secured  by any  mortgage, pledge,  security interest,  encumbrance,
lien  or charge of any kind on any asset of such Person, whether or not any such
obligation is otherwise an obligation of  such Person, (viii) to the extent  not
otherwise  included in the definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and
Interest Rate  Agreements,  and  (ix)  all obligations  of  others,  of  a  type
described  in  (i)  through  (viii)  above,  that  are  directly  or  indirectly
guaranteed (whether contingently  or otherwise)  by such  Person; provided  that
Debt shall not include Trade Payables of such Person or any indebtedness of such
Person  to Parent  incurred in the  ordinary course of  business consistent with
past practice resulting from the cash management system maintained by Parent.
 
     'ERISA' means  the Employee  Retirement  Income Security  Act of  1974,  as
amended (and any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'Exchange  Act' means the  Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended (or
any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'Fair Market Value' means as  to any date (i)  if a security is  registered
under  the Exchange Act and listed on a national securities exchange or included
on the National  Association of Securities  Dealers Automated Quotation  System,
National  Market ('NASDAQ'),  the closing  sales price on  such date  (or in the
event such date is  not a Business Day,  the Business Day immediately  preceding
such  date),  and (ii)  if a  security is  not traded  on a  national securities
exchange or listed on NASDAQ or  the value otherwise cannot be determined  under
clause  (i), the average of  the firm prices bid for  such date quoted by Morgan
Stanley  &  Co.  Incorporated,  Salomon  Brothers  Inc.  and  The  First  Boston
Corporation, in each case for the full amount of the specific security for which
the Fair Market Value is being determined.
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
     'Fiscal  Quarter' means (i) the period  commencing on the effective date of
this Agreement  and  ending  on  December  31,  1993  and  (ii)  any  subsequent
three-month  period commencing on each of January 1, April 1, July 1, or October
1.
 
     'Fiscal Year' means (i) the period commencing on the effective date of this
Agreement and  ending on  December 31,  1993, (ii)  any subsequent  twelve-month
period  commencing on January 1 and ending  on December 31, or (iii) any portion
of the period described in clause (ii)  that is considered a short taxable  year
of the Partnership under the Code and the Regulations.
 
     'GAAP'  means United States generally  accepted accounting principles as in
effect from time to time, applied on a consistent basis.
 
     'General Partners' means collectively the Initial General Partners and  any
Person who hereafter becomes a general partner in the Partnership.
 
     'Initial  General Partners'  has the meaning  specified in  the preamble to
this Agreement.
 
     'Insolvent' means, with respect to any Person at any time, the fair  market
value  of the assets and properties of such  Person at such time being less than
the liabilities of such Person at such time.
 
     'Interest Rate Agreement' means, with  respect to any Person, any  interest
rate  protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option
agreement, interest rate swap agreement,  interest rate cap agreement,  interest
rate  collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement
or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in  interest
rates.
 
     'Investment'  means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension
of credit  (other than  (i) advances  to  customers in  the ordinary  course  of
business  that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet, in
accordance with GAAP, of a  General Partner or any  of its subsidiaries or  (ii)
advances, loans or other extensions of credit resulting from the cash management
system  maintained by Parent, provided such advances, loans and other extensions
of  credit  constitute  unsubordinated   indebtedness  of  Parent)  or   capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or
any  payment for property or services for the  account or use of others), or any
purchase or  acquisition of  capital stock,  bonds, notes,  debentures or  other
similar  instruments  issued  by  any other  Person  (other  than  bonds, notes,
debentures or other similar instruments issued  by Parent or by an Affiliate  of
Parent if such debt is unconditionally guaranteed by Parent on an unsubordinated
basis).
 
     'Investment  Advance' means an advance by  the Purchaser to the Partnership
pursuant to Section 2.01(b) hereof.
 
     'Investment  Principal'  means  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  Investment
Advances.
 
     'Investment  Rate' means, with respect to  any Reference Period, the sum of
(i) 1.42%  per annum  plus (ii)  the Applicable  LIBOR Rate  for such  Reference
Period.
 
     'Investment Return' has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a) hereof.
 
     'Involuntary  Bankruptcy' means,  with respect  to any  Person, without the
consent or acquiescence of such Person, the  entering of an order for relief  or
approving  a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition seeking
any  reorganization,   arrangement,  composition,   readjustment,   liquidation,
dissolution  or other  similar relief  under any  present or  future bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar  statute, law  or regulation, or  the filing  of any  such
petition against such Person which petition shall not be dismissed within thirty
(30)  days, or, without the consent or acquiescence of such Person, the entering
of an order  appointing a  trustee, custodian,  receiver or  liquidator of  such
Person  or of all or  any substantial part of the  property of such Person which
order shall not be dismissed within thirty (30) days.
 
     'Lien'  means  any  lien,  mortgage,  pledge,  charge,  security  interest,
security  agreement, conditional sale  or trust receipt  or other encumbrance of
any kind.
 
     'London Banking Day' means a day of the year on which dealings are  carried
on in the London interbank market.
 
     'Liquidating  Event'  has  the meaning  specified  in Section  12.1  of the
Partnership Agreement.
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
     'Managing General Partner' means RHDC, or in the event RHDC shall no longer
be the managing general partner under the Partnership Agreement, such Person who
is the managing general partner under the Partnership Agreement.
 
     'Mandatory Retirement Event' has the  meaning specified in Section  6.01(a)
hereof.

     'Net Cash Flow' means  the gross cash proceeds  of the Partnership less
the portion  thereof used  to  pay or  establish  reserves for  all  Partnership
expenses,  debt payments, capital  investments, replacements, and contingencies,
all as determined by the Managing  General Partner in its sole discretion.  'Net
Cash  Flow' shall  not be reduced  by depreciation,  amortization, cost recovery
deductions, or similar allowances, but shall  be increased by any reductions  of
reserves   previously  established  pursuant  to  the  first  sentence  of  this
definition.

     'Parent' means The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.
 
     'Parent Agreement' means  the agreement  dated the date  of this  Agreement
between Parent and the Purchaser.
 
     'Parent Debt' has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c) hereof.
 
     'Parent Stock' has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c) hereof.
 
     'Partners'  means the  Initial General  Partners and  RBDB, LLC,  a limited
partner in the Partnership  and any Person who  hereafter acquires a general  or
limited partnership interest in the Partnership.
 
     'Partnership' has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
     'Partnership  Agreement' means the Agreement  of Limited Partnership of D&B
Investors L.P., dated  October 14,  1993, among RHDC,  DBI and  IMS, as  general
partners  and RBDB, LLC, a  Delaware limited liability company,  as in effect on
the date of this Agreement.
 
     'Permitted Investments' means any of the following:
 
          (i) cash;
 
          (ii) direct  obligations  of the  United  States of  America  for  the
     payment  of which its full  faith and credit is  pledged, Federal Home Loan
     Mortgage Corporation participation certificates, Federal National  Mortgage
     Association  mortgage  pass-through  certificates  or  Government  National
     Mortgage Association mortgage pass-through certificates;
 
          (iii) short-term commercial paper issued by any corporation  organized
     under  the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, rated
     at least 'A-1' by S&P; provided that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all
     commercial paper issued by any Person shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate
     Fair  Market  Value  of  all  Property  (other  than  cash)  owned  by  the
     Partnership;
 
          (iv) indebtedness of any Person organized under the laws of the United
     States  of America or any state thereof that is not an Affiliate of Parent,
     rated at least 'AA' by S&P; provided, that the aggregate Fair Market  Value
     of  all such indebtedness issued by any  Person shall not exceed 10% of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Property (other than cash) owned by  the
     Partnership;
 
          (v) unsubordinated debt issued by Parent or unsubordinated debt issued
     by  an Affiliate of  Parent if (and  only if) such  debt is unconditionally
     guaranteed by Parent on an unsubordinated basis; provided, that Parent  has
     agreed  to register such debt under the  Securities Act upon the request of
     the holder of such  debt and such  agreement inures to  the benefit of  any
     subsequent holder of such debt;
 
          (vi)  common stock or  preferred stock issued  by Parent; provided (A)
     the ownership of such stock (when taken together with any other  securities
     owned  by  the Partnership)  would not  require the  Partnership to  file a
     Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act  and (B) Parent has agreed to  register
     such  stock under the Securities Act upon the request of the holder of such
     stock and such agreement inures to the benefit of any subsequent holder  of
     such  stock; or

          (vii) puts, calls, options  or warrants to purchase or sell
     common stock of  Parent; provided  that (A)  such puts,  calls, options  or
     warrants do not, in the aggregate, at the time of their acquisition, exceed
     10%  of the Fair Market Value of  all Property then held by the Partnership
     and (B) the ownership of such puts, calls, options or warrants (when  taken
     together  with any  other securities  owned by  the Partnership)  would not
     require the Partnership to file a Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
     'Permitted Liens' means  with respect to  any Person (i)  Liens for  taxes,
assessments,  governmental charges or claims that are not yet due and payable or
that are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate
provision, if any, as would be required in conformity with GAAP shall have  been
made;  (ii) statutory Liens of  landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics,
suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
course of  business and  with respect  to amounts  not yet  delinquent or  being
contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently  conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if
any, as would be required  in conformity with GAAP  shall have been made;  (iii)
Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection
with  workers' compensation,  unemployment insurance  and other  types of social
security; (iv) Liens  incurred or  deposits made  to secure  the performance  of
tenders,   bids,   leases,   statutory  or   regulatory   obligations,  bankers'
acceptances, surety  and appeal  bonds,  government contracts,  performance  and
return-of-money  bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the
ordinary course of  business of such  Person (exclusive of  obligations for  the
payment  of borrowed money); (v)  easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning
ordinances  and   similar  charges,   encumbrances,  title   defects  or   other
irregularities  that do  not materially  interfere with  the ordinary  course of
business of such Person; (vi) Liens (including extensions and renewals  thereof)
upon  real or personal property  acquired by such Person  after the date of this
Agreement; provided that  (a) such  Lien is created  solely for  the purpose  of
securing  Debt  incurred  (1)  to  finance  the  cost  (including  the  cost  of
improvement or construction) of the item  of property or assets subject  thereto
and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the
later  of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of
full operation  of such  property or  (2) to  refinance any  Debt previously  so
secured,  (b) the  principal amount of  the Debt  secured by such  Lien does not
exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover  any
property  or  assets  other  than  such  item  of  property  or  assets  and any
improvements on such item; (vii) leases  or subleases granted to others that  do
not  materially interfere with  the ordinary course of  business of such Person;
(viii) any  interest  or title  of  a lessor  in  the property  subject  to  any
capitalized lease or operating lease; and (ix) Liens arising from filing Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases.
 
     'Person'  means  any individual,  partnership, corporation,  trust, limited
liability company,  association or  other entity  or organization,  including  a
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
     'Portfolio Certificate' means a written certificate of the Managing General
Partner  signed by the  chief financial officer of  the Managing General Partner
delivered in accordance with Section  7.02 hereof, that certifies the  aggregate
Fair Market Value of the Property held by the Partnership as of a given date.
 
     'Property'  means  all  property  acquired by  the  Partnership,  and shall
include both tangible and intangible Property.
 
     'Purchaser' has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement and
its successors and assigns.
 
     'Rating Category' means (i) with respect to short-term ratings, A-1+,  A-1,
A-2,  A-3, B, C and D (or  equivalent successor categories) or (ii) with respect
to long-term ratings, AAA, AA,  A, BBB, BB, B, CCC,  CC, C and D (or  equivalent
successor categories).
 
     'Redeemable Stock' means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person
that  by its terms or otherwise is  (i) required to be redeemed, (ii) redeemable
at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time
or (iii)  convertible into  or exchangeable  for capital  stock referred  to  in
clause (i) or (ii) above or Debt.
 
     'Reference Period' means the six month period beginning on the date of this
Agreement  and each successive six month period thereafter; provided that in the
event a Mandatory Retirement Event occurs during any Reference Period, the  last
day  of such Reference Period shall be  the date the Partnership shall repay the
Investment Principal pursuant to Section 6.01(b) hereof.
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
     'Regulations'  means  the  Income  Tax  Regulations,  including   Temporary
Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from
time to time (including any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
 
     'Securities  Act'  means the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (or any
corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
 
     'S&P' means Standard & Poor's Corporation and its successors.
 
     'Trade Payables' of any  Person means indebtedness owed  by such Person  to
trade  creditors incurred in the ordinary  course of business in connection with
the acquisition  of  goods or  services  by such  Person  and paid  on  ordinary
commercial  terms; provided  that Trade Payables  shall not  include any payment
made by the  Partnership in reimbursement  of reasonable, direct,  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred by  a General  Partner in  connection with  the Partnership's
business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 per fiscal year.
 
     'Triggering Event' means  either (i) the  occurrence of a  decrease of  the
short-term  rating  of the  Parent  by S&P  by  one or  more  rating gradations;
provided, that, in  the event Parent  shall at  any time not  have a  short-term
rating,  Triggering  Event  shall  mean  the occurrence  of  a  decrease  of the
long-term rating of the Parent by S&P  by one or more rating gradations or  (ii)
Parent  not at  any time having  either a  short-term or a  long-term rating. In
determining whether  the  rating  has  decreased  by  one  or  more  gradations,
gradations  within Rating Categories (e.g., + and - for  S&P long-term ratings),
shall be taken into account (e.g., a decline in a rating from AA+ to AA, as well
as from AA to A+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation).
 
     'Voluntary Bankruptcy' means, with respect to any Person, the inability  of
such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or an admission
in  writing by  such Person  of its inability  to pay  its debts  generally or a
general assignment by such  Person for the benefit  of creditors; the filing  of
any  petition or answer  by such Person  seeking to adjudicate  it a bankrupt or
insolvent, or seeking  for itself any  liquidation, winding up,  reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment, protection, relief,  or composition of  such Person or
its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization  or
relief  of debtors, or seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the entry of an
order for relief or the appointment  of a receiver, trustee, custodian or  other
similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property; or
partnership  or corporate action  taken by such  Person to authorize  any of the
actions set forth above.
 
     'Weighted Average  Investment Principal  Amount' means,  for any  Reference
Period,  the amount obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the amount of Investment
Principal outstanding at the opening of  business on each day in such  Reference
Period by (ii) the number of days in such Reference Period.
 
                                   SECTION 2.
                   INVESTMENT PRINCIPAL AND INVESTMENT RETURN
 
     2.01. The Investment Principal.
 
     (a)  Maximum Investment Principal Amount. The Purchaser shall, on the terms
and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  transfer  to the  Partnership,  at  the
address  specified in Section 7.01 hereof, up to an aggregate amount of U.S.$500
million.
 
     (b) Investment Advances. Each Investment  Advance shall be made on  notice,
given  not later than  the third Business Day  prior to the  requested date of a
proposed Investment Advance (or  such shorter period of  time acceptable to  the
Purchaser),  by the Partnership to the Purchaser specifying therein the Business
Day on  which such  Investment Advance  is to  be made  and the  amount of  such
Investment Advance; provided, that each Investment Advance shall be in an amount
at  least equal to $50  million or an integral multiple  of $1 million in excess
thereof. If the Partnership shall request  in such notice an Investment  Advance
which  the  Purchaser determines  is available  hereunder, the  Purchaser shall,
before 11:00 a.m.  (New York  City time)  on the  date of  each such  Investment
Advance  and upon fulfillment  of the conditions in  this Agreement, transfer to
the Partnership at  the address specified  in Section 7.01,  the amount of  such
Investment Advance in immediately available funds.
 
     2.02. Investment Return.
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
     (a)  Determination  of  Investment  Return. The  return  on  the Investment
Principal for each Reference  Period (the 'Investment  Return') shall equal  the
product  obtained  by multiplying  (i) the  Investment  Rate for  such Reference
Period by (ii) the Weighted Average  Investment Principal Amount and by (iii)  a
fraction  the numerator of which is the  number of days in such Reference Period
and the denominator of which is 360.
 
     (b) Payment of Investment Return. The Partnership shall pay the  Investment
Return  for  each Reference  Period to  the Purchaser  on the  last day  of such
Reference Period; provided  that, in  the event the  last day  of any  Reference
Period  is not a  Business Day, the last  day of such  Reference Period shall be
extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day; provided further that  if
such extension would cause the last day of such Reference Period to occur in the
next following calendar month, the last day of such Reference Period shall occur
on  the next preceding Business  Day. Payment shall be  made to the Purchaser in
immediately available funds at its address specified in Section 7.01 hereof.
 
     (c) Insufficient Partnership Funds. To the extent the Partnership fails  or
is  otherwise unable to pay the Investment  Return with respect to any Reference
Period when due, each  of the General Partners  jointly and severally agrees  to
advance  funds  to  the  Partnership  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  permit the
Partnership to pay the Investment Return (but only to the extent the  Investment
Return  accrued  while  such  General  Partner  was  a  general  partner  of the
Partnership) in accordance with Section 2.02(b), and shall cause the Partnership
to make such payment;  provided, however, that  the Partnership's obligation  to
repay  any  such  advances shall  be  subordinate  in right  of  payment  to the
repayment of the Investment Principal, any accrued and unpaid Investment  Return
and  any payment required pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof and no such advance or
any interest thereon  may be  repaid prior to  the repayment  of the  Investment
Principal,  any accrued  and unpaid Investment  Return and  any payment required
pursuant to  Section  6.02  hereof;  provided further,  however,  that  (i)  the
obligations  of  each  General  Partner  under  this  Section  2.02(c)  shall be
subordinate in right of payment to the unsecured claims of all creditors of such
General Partner and (ii) no General  Partner shall be required to advance  funds
to  the Partnership under this Section 2.02(c)  to the extent that, after giving
effect to such advance, such General Partner would be Insolvent.
 
     2.03. Withholding.
 
     Notwithstanding anything  to the  contrary in  this Agreement,  unless  the
Partnership  has received  from the Purchaser  an Internal  Revenue Service Form
4224 or other applicable form, certificate  or document prescribed from time  to
time  by  the Internal  Revenue  Service of  the  United States  certifying that
payments hereunder to the Purchaser are not subject to or are exempt from United
States withholding tax, the Partnership (i) shall withhold the applicable  taxes
from  payments made  to the  Purchaser prior to  such receipt  at the applicable
statutory rate, and (ii) shall treat all amounts so withheld as a payment to the
Purchaser under this Agreement.
 
                                   SECTION 3
                       CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT ADVANCES
 
     3.01. Condition Precedent to Initial Investment Advance.
 
     The obligation of the Purchaser to  make its initial Investment Advance  is
subject  to the condition precedent that the Purchaser shall have received on or
before the date of the initial Investment Advance the following, each dated such
day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser:
 
          (a) An executed copy of this Agreement.
 
          (b) Certified copies of the resolutions  of the Board of Directors  of
     each  of the Initial General Partners  approving this Agreement, and of all
     documents evidencing  other  necessary corporate  action  and  governmental
     approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement.
 
          (c)  A certificate of the Secretary  or an Assistant Secretary of each
     of the Initial General Partners certifying the names and true signatures of
     the officers  of  such Initial  General  Partner authorized  to  sign  this
     Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
          (d)  A certificate of  the Secretary or an  Assistant Secretary of the
     Managing General Partner certifying that the representations and warranties
     of the Partnership contained in Section 4.01 hereof are true and correct on
     such date.
 
          (e) A certificate of the Secretary  or an Assistant Secretary of  each
     of  the  Initial General  Partnerscertifying  that the  representations and
     warranties of such Initial General Partner contained in Section 4.03 hereof
     are true and correct on such date.
 
          (f) A certified copy  of the Partnership  Agreement and evidence  that
     the   Original  Capital  Contributions  (as   defined  in  the  Partnership
     Agreement) have been made.
 
          (g) An executed copy of the Parent Agreement.
 
          (h) Certified copies of the resolutions  of the Board of Directors  of
     Parent  approving  the Parent  Agreement, and  of all  documents evidencing
     other necessary corporate action and  governmental approvals, if any,  with
     respect to the Parent Agreement.
 
          (i) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Parent
     certifying  the  names  and  true  signatures  of  the  officers  of Parent
     authorized to  sign the  Parent Agreement  and the  other documents  to  be
     delivered thereunder.
 
          (j)  A request for  the initial Investment  Advance in accordance with
     Section 2.01(b) hereof.
 
          (k) a favorable opinion  of Skadden, Arps, Slate,  Meagher & Flom,  in
     form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.
 
          (l)  a favorable opinion  of Stephen J. Boatti,  in form and substance
     reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.
 
          (m) such other approvals, opinions  or documents as the Purchaser  may
     reasonably request.
 
     3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Investment Advance.
 
     The  obligation of the Purchaser to make each Investment Advance (including
the initial  Investment Advance)  shall  be subject  to the  further  conditions
precedent  that  on  the  date  of such  Investment  Advance  (a)  the following
statements shall be true (and each of (i) the giving of the applicable notice by
the Partnership to the Purchaser requesting such Investment Advance and (ii) the
acceptance by the Partnership of the proceeds of such Investment Advance,  shall
constitute  a representation  and warranty  by the  Partnership and  each of the
General Partners that on the date of such Investment Advance such statements are
true):
 
          (i) The representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 (with
     respect to the Partnership) and Section  4.03 (with respect to the  General
     Partners)  are correct on  and as of  the date of  such Investment Advance,
     before and  after giving  effect  to such  Investment  Advance and  to  the
     application  of the proceeds  therefrom, as though  made on and  as of such
     date; and

          (ii)  No event has  occurred and is  continuing, or would  result
     from  such  Investment  Advance or  from  the application  of  the proceeds
     therefrom,  which  constitutes  a  Mandatory  Retirement  Event  or   would
     constitute a Mandatory Retirement Event but for the requirement that notice
     be given or time elapse or both;
 
and  (b) the  Purchaser shall  have received  such other  approvals, opinions or
documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request.
 
                                   SECTION 4.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
     4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Partnership.
 
     The Partnership represents and warrants as follows:
 
     (a) Due Authorization. It  is a partnership  duly formed, validly  existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has
the  power and authority to own its property  and carry on its business as owned
and carried on at the date hereof and as contemplated hereby. The Partnership is
duly licensed or qualified to  do business and in good  standing in each of  the
jurisdictions  in which the failure to be  so licensed or qualified would have a
material adverse effect on its financial
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
condition or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder. It has the  power
and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and  to  perform its
obligations hereunder  and  the  execution, delivery  and  performance  of  this
Agreement  has been  duly authorized by  all necessary  partnership action. This
Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Partnership
enforceable against it in accordance with  its terms, except to the extent  that
the  enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors' rights
and by  equitable principles  (regardless of  whether enforcement  is sought  in
equity or at law).
 
     (b)  No  Conflict with  Restrictions;  No Default.  Neither  the execution,
delivery  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  nor  the  consummation  by  the
Partnership  of  the transactions  contemplated hereby  (i) will  conflict with,
violate or result in a breach of  any of the terms, conditions or provisions  of
any  law, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of
any court,  any  governmental  department,  board,  agency  or  instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, applicable to the Partnership, (ii) will
conflict  with, violate, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any
of the terms, conditions  or provisions of the  Partnership Agreement or of  any
agreement  or instrument  to which the  Partnership is  a party or  by which the
Partnership is bound or  to which any  of its properties  or assets is  subject,
(iii)  will conflict with, violate, result in  a breach of, constitute a default
under (whether with notice or lapse of  time or both), accelerate or permit  the
acceleration   of  the  performance   required  by,  or   require  any  consent,
authorization or  approval under  any indenture,  mortgage, lease  agreement  or
instrument  to which the Partnership  is a party or  by which the Partnership is
bound, or (iv) will result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of
the properties or assets  of the Partnership, in  each of the foregoing  clauses
(i)  through (iv), the  violation, breach or conflict  of which could reasonably
have a material adverse effect on  the Partnership's financial condition or  its
ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
     (c)  Governmental  Authorizations.  No order,  consent,  approval, license,
authorization or  validation  of,  or filing,  recording  or  registration  with
(except  as have been obtained or made) or exemption by, any court, governmental
or public  body  or  authority,  or any  subdivision  thereof,  is  required  to
authorize  the  execution, delivery  or performance  of this  Agreement or  as a
condition to the legality,  validity, binding effect  or enforceability of  this
Agreement.
 
     (d)  Litigation.  There is  no  action, suit,  proceeding  or investigation
pending or, to the knowledge of the Partnership, threatened against or affecting
the Partnership or any of its properties,  assets or businesses in any court  or
before  or  by any  governmental department,  board, agency  or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator which could, if adversely determined (or,
in the case of an  investigation could lead to  any action, suit or  proceeding,
which if adversely determined could) reasonably be expected to materially impair
its  ability  to perform  its  obligations under  this  Agreement or  to  have a
material adverse effect on the financial  condition of the Partnership; and  the
Partnership  has not received any currently effective notice of any default, and
the Partnership is not in default, under any applicable order, writ, injunction,
decree, permit, determination  or award of  any court, governmental  department,
board,  agency or instrumentality, domestic or  foreign, or any arbitrator which
could reasonably be expected to  materially impair the Partnership's ability  to
perform  its  obligations under  this Agreement  or to  have a  material adverse
effect on the financial condition of the Partnership.
 
     (e) Investment Company Act. The Partnership is not an 'investment  company'
or  an 'affiliated person'  of, or 'promoter' or  'principal underwriter' for an
'investment company,'  as  defined  in,  or subject  to  regulation  under,  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
     (f)  Margin  Regulations.  Neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement nor the  use of the  proceeds by  the Partnership will  violate or  be
inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X.
 
     4.02. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.
 
     The Purchaser represents and warrants as follows:
 
     (a)  Due  Authorization. It  is  a corporation  duly  incorporated, validly
existing and  in  good  standing under  the  laws  of the  jurisdiction  of  its
incorporation,    and    has   the    power   and    authority   to    own   its
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
property and carry on its business as  owned and carried on at the date  hereof.
The  Purchaser  is duly  licensed to  or qualified  to do  business and  in good
standing in each of the jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed  or
qualified would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or its
ability  to perform its obligations hereunder. It has the power and authority to
execute and deliver  this Agreement  and to perform  its obligations  hereunder.
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser
and  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of  the Purchaser
enforceable against it in accordance with  its terms, except to the extent  that
the  enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors' rights
and by  equitable principles  (regardless of  whether enforcement  is sought  in
equity or at law).
 
     (b)  Litigation.  There is  no  action, suit,  proceeding  or investigation
pending or, to the knowledge of  the Purchaser, threatened against or  affecting
the  Purchaser which seeks to question, delay or prevent the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.
 
     (c) No  Conflict  with Restrictions;  No  Default. Neither  the  execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation by the Purchaser
of  the  transactions contemplated  hereby (i)  will  conflict with,  violate or
result in a breach  of any of  the terms, conditions or  provisions of any  law,
regulation,  order,  writ, injunction,  decree,  determination or  award  of any
court, any governmental department,  board, agency or instrumentality,  domestic
or  foreign, or any arbitrator, applicable  to the Purchaser, (ii) will conflict
with, violate, result in a  breach of or constitute a  default under any of  the
terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of
the  Purchaser or  of any agreement  or instrument  to which the  Purchaser is a
party or by which the  Purchaser is bound or to  which any of its properties  or
assets  is subject or (iii) will conflict  with, violate, result in a breach of,
constitute a  default under  (whether with  notice or  lapse of  time or  both),
accelerate or permit the acceleration of the performance required by, or require
any  consent,  authorization or  approval under  any indenture,  mortgage, lease
agreement or  instrument to  which the  Purchaser is  a party  or by  which  the
Purchaser  is bound,  in each  of the foregoing  clauses (i)  through (iii), the
violation, breach or conflict of which could reasonably have a material  adverse
effect on the Purchaser's ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
     (d)  Governmental  Authorizations.  No order,  consent,  approval, license,
authorization or  validation  of,  or filing,  recording  or  registration  with
(except  as have been obtained or made) or exemption by, any court, governmental
or public  body  or  authority,  or any  subdivision  thereof,  is  required  to
authorize  the  execution, delivery  or performance  of this  Agreement or  as a
condition to the legality,  validity, binding effect  or enforceability of  this
Agreement.
 
     (e)  Availability of Funds. Purchaser has  or will have all funds necessary
to consummate the transactions contemplated by  this Agreement. No part of  such
funds  constitutes assets  allocated to any  qualified trust  which contains the
assets of any employee pension benefit plan with respect to which the  Purchaser
or its subsidiaries or any corporation considered an affiliate of any of them is
a  party  in  interest or  disqualified  person.  For purposes  of  this Section
4.02(e), the terms 'employee pension benefit plan' and 'party in interest' shall
have the  meanings assigned  to  such terms  in Section  3  of ERISA,  the  term
'disqualified  person' shall have  the meaning assigned to  such term in Section
4975 of the Code and the term  'qualified trust' shall mean any trust  qualified
under  Section 401(a) of  the Code in which  is held the  assets of any employee
pension benefit plan and the term 'affiliate' shall have the meaning assigned to
it in Section 407(d)(7) of ERISA.
 
     (f) QIB. Purchaser is a 'qualified institutional buyer' within the  meaning
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and acknowledges that it has received such
information  regarding  the  Partnership  and the  General  Partners  as  it has
requested  pursuant  to  Rule  144A  or  has  determined  not  to  request  such
information.
 
     (g)  Non Broker Dealer. Purchaser  is not a broker  or dealer as defined in
Section 3(a)(4)  and  3(a)(5)  of the  Exchange  Act,  a member  of  a  national
securities  exchange or a person associated with  a broker or dealer (as defined
in  section  3(a)(18)  of  the  Exchange  Act),  except  for  business  entities
controlling or under common control with the Purchaser.
 
     4.03. Representations and Warranties of the General Partners.
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
     Each of the General Partners hereby represents and warrants that:
 
     (a)  Due  Authorization. It  is  a corporation  duly  incorporated, validly
existing and  in  good  standing under  the  laws  of the  jurisdiction  of  its
incorporation  or formation and has the corporate power and authority to own its
property and carry on its  business as owned and carried  on at the date  hereof
and  as contemplated hereby. It is duly licensed or qualified to do business and
in good standing  in each of  the jurisdictions in  which the failure  to be  so
licensed  or qualified  would have  a material  adverse effect  on its financial
condition or  its ability  to  perform its  obligations  hereunder. It  has  the
corporate  power  and authority  to execute  and deliver  this Agreement  and to
perform its obligations hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.  This
Agreement  constitutes the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of such General
Partner enforceable  against it  in accordance  with its  terms, except  to  the
extent  that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium  or  similar  laws  generally  affecting
creditors' rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement
is sought in equity or at law).
 
     (b)  No  Conflict with  Restrictions;  No Default.  Neither  the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation by such  General
Partner  of the transactions contemplated hereby (i) will conflict with, violate
or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any  law,
regulation,  order,  writ, injunction,  decree,  determination or  award  of any
court, any governmental department,  board, agency or instrumentality,  domestic
or  foreign, or  any arbitrator, applicable  to such General  Partner, (ii) will
conflict with, violate, result in a breach of or constitute a default under  any
of  the  terms, conditions  or provisions  of the  articles of  incorporation or
bylaws of such General Partner, or of any agreement or instrument to which  such
General Partner is a party or by which such General Partner is bound or to which
any  of its properties or assets is  subject, (iii) will conflict with, violate,
result in a breach of, constitute a default under (whether with notice or  lapse
of  time  or both),  accelerate or  permit the  acceleration of  the performance
required by,  or  require  any  consent, authorization  or  approval  under  any
indenture, mortgage, lease agreement or instrument to which such General Partner
is a party or by which such General Partner is bound, or (iv) will result in the
creation  or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of such
General Partner,  in  each  of  the foregoing  clauses  (i)  through  (iv),  the
violation,  breach or conflict of which could reasonably have a material adverse
effect on such General Partner's financial  condition or its ability to  perform
its obligations hereunder.
 
     (c)  Governmental  Authorizations.  No order,  consent,  approval, license,
authorization or  validation  of,  or filing,  recording  or  registration  with
(except  as have been obtained or made) or exemption by, any court, governmental
or public  body  or  authority,  or any  subdivision  thereof,  is  required  to
authorize  the  execution, delivery  or performance  of this  Agreement or  as a
condition to the legality,  validity, binding effect  or enforceability of  this
Agreement.
 
     (d)  Litigation.  There is  no  action, suit,  proceeding  or investigation
pending or, to  the knowledge  of such  General Partner,  threatened against  or
affecting such General Partner or any of its properties, assets or businesses in
any  court  or  before  or  by any  governmental  department,  board,  agency or
instrumentality,  domestic  or  foreign,  or  any  arbitrator  which  could,  if
adversely  determined (or,  in the  case of an  investigation could  lead to any
action, suit or proceeding, which  if adversely determined could) reasonably  be
expected  to materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or to  have a material  adverse effect on  the financial condition  of
such  General Partner; and  such General Partner has  not received any currently
effective notice of  any default, and  such General Partner  is not in  default,
under  any applicable order, writ,  injunction, decree, permit, determination or
award  of   any   court,  any   governmental   department,  board,   agency   or
instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, or  any arbitrator which could reasonably
be expected to materially impair such  General Partner's ability to perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement  or to have  a material adverse  effect on the
financial condition of such General Partner.
 
     (e) Investment Company  Act. Neither such  General Partner nor  any of  its
subsidiaries  is  an  'investment  company' or  an  'affiliated  person'  of, or
'promoter' or 'principal underwriter' for,  an 'investment company', as  defined
in,  or is subject to  regulation under, the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
     (f) Ownership of Property; Liens. Such  General Partner has good and  valid
title  to all of its  properties and assets free and  clear of Liens, except for
Permitted Liens  or to  the extent  the  lack of  good and  valid title  or  the
existence  of any such Lien reasonably could  not have a material adverse effect
on the ability of such General Partner  to run its business as conducted on  the
date  of this Agreement. The General Partner is not a party to or subject to any
agreement,  contract  or  commitment  which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to
materially  impair  such General  Partner's ability  to perform  its obligations
under this  Agreement  or  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial
condition of such General Partner.
 
     (g)  Financial  Information.  The  balance sheets  of  RHDC  and  DBI dated
December 31, 1992 and  June 30, 1993  and the related  statements of income  and
cash flow for the 12-month and 6-month periods then ended and the balance sheets
of  IMS dated November 30,  1993 and May 31, 1993  and the related statements of
income  and  cash  flow  for  the  12-month  and  6-month  periods  then   ended
(collectively, the 'Partners' Statements'), copies of which will be delivered to
the  Purchaser by October 22, 1993 have  been prepared from each Initial General
Partner's books and records,  on a basis consistent  with their presentation  in
the Parent's consolidated financial statements. Such Partners' Statements fairly
present  in all material respects the financial  position of each of the Initial
General Partners as of such date and its results of operations and cash flow for
such period. As of  the date hereof,  none of the  Initial General Partners  has
outstanding  Debt in excess of $10 million  in the aggregate (not including Debt
owed by an Initial General Partner to Parent or to a wholly owned subsidiary  of
Parent).  Since June 30, 1993  (with respect to RHDC and  DBI), and May 31, 1993
(with respect  to  IMS),  there has  been  no  material adverse  change  in  the
business,  financial position or  results of operations  of such Initial General
Partner.
 
     (h) Ownership  by Parent.  All of  the outstanding  Capital Stock  of  such
General  Partner is  owned directly  by Parent or  a wholly  owned subsidiary of
Parent.
 
     (i)  Margin  Regulations.  Neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement  nor the  use of the  proceeds by  the Partnership will  violate or be
inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X.
 
                                   SECTION 5.
                                   COVENANTS
 
     5.01. Covenants of the Partnership.
 
     For so long as the Investment  Principal and any accrued Investment  Return
shall remain unpaid, the Partnership agrees as follows:
 
     (a)  Debt Limitations. The  Partnership shall not,  directly or indirectly,
create, authorize, issue, incur, assume or  otherwise become liable for or  with
respect  to,  or  become responsible  for  any  Debt (other  than  Debt incurred
pursuant to and in accordance with  Section 2.02(c) and Section 6.01(d) of  this
Agreement) or Trade Payables.
 
     (b)  No Liens. The Partnership shall not create, incur, or suffer to exist,
or agree to create, incur or suffer to  exist, or consent to cause or permit  in
the  future (upon  the happening  of a  contingency or  otherwise) the creation,
incurrence or existence of, any Lien upon any of its Property.
 
     (c) Separate Affairs. The Partnership shall  at all times (1) maintain  and
keep  its assets separate and  apart from any Affiliate  of the Partnership, and
under separate registration, and (2) maintain its books and records separate and
apart from those of any Affiliate of the Partnership.
 
     (d) No Distributions. The Partnership  shall not make any distributions  to
the  Partners, except to the extent provided  in Sections 10.8, 10.9 and 11.2 of
the Partnership  Agreement;  provided that  the  Partnership shall  not  make  a
distribution  pursuant to Sections 10.8, 10.9 or 11.2 at a time when any accrued
Investment Return remains unpaid unless the Partnership reserves for payment  to
the  Purchaser the amount of any  accrued but unpaid Investment Return; provided
further that in  no event  may the Partnership  make any  distribution if  after
giving  effect  thereto  the Fair  Market  Value  of the  Property  held  by the
Partnership at  such time  would be  less  than the  outstanding amount  of  the
Investment  Principal plus  any accrued and  unpaid Investment Return  and, if a
Triggering Event has occurred, plus $50 million.
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
     (e) Property. The  Partnership shall not  make any loan  or advance to  any
Person,  purchase  or  acquire  any capital  stock,  warrants,  rights, options,
obligations or other  securities of any  Person or any  other investment in  any
Person, or acquire or hold any assets, other than Permitted Investments.
 
     (f) Additional General Partners. The Partnership shall cause any Person who
becomes a general partner in the Partnership after the date of this Agreement to
expressly  assume, by  a supplemental  agreement executed  and delivered  to the
Purchaser, all of the obligations of a General Partner under this Agreement.
 
     5.02. Covenants of the General Partners.
 
     For so long as the Investment  Principal and any accrued Investment  Return
shall remain unpaid, each of the General Partners agrees as follows:
 
     (a)  Transactions with Affiliates. No General Partner shall, and no General
Partner shall permit the Partnership or any subsidiary of a General Partner  to,
directly  or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction with Parent
or any other Affiliates except upon fair and reasonable terms no less  favorable
to such General Partner, the Partnership or such subsidiary, as the case may be,
than  could be obtained  at the time of  such transaction or at  the time of the
execution of  the agreement  providing therefor,  in a  comparable  arm's-length
transaction  with a  Person that  is not  such an  Affiliate; provided  that the
foregoing limitation shall not apply to  transactions in the ordinary course  of
business consistent with past practice.
 
     (b)  Debt Limitations. Except  as otherwise provided  in this Agreement, no
General  Partner  shall,  and  no  General  Partner  shall  permit  any  of  its
subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, authorize, issue, incur, assume
or  otherwise  become liable  for any  Debt  (other than  Debt owing  to another
General  Partner   or   to  its   wholly   owned  subsidiary);   provided   that
notwithstanding  the  foregoing  a  General  Partner  may,  and  may  permit its
subsidiaries to, incur each of the following: (i) Debt owing to Parent, provided
that the aggregate Debt owing to Parent of all General Partners at any time that
is not subordinate to the General Partners' obligations hereunder may not exceed
$100 million, (ii) Debt in respect of overdrafts of zero balance bank  accounts,
(iii) Debt to the extent such Debt is secured by a purchase money lien that is a
Permitted Lien, (iv) obligations to pay rent or other amounts under a lease that
would  be  required  to  be  capitalized  for  financial  reporting  purposes in
accordance with GAAP,  incurred in  the ordinary course  of business  consistent
with past practice, (v) Debt incurred as the result of the acquisition of assets
or the stock of any Person in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in
excess  of $75 million for all General  Partners, provided that the value of the
assets or  stock  acquired  exceeds the  amount  of  such Debt,  and  (vi)  Debt
outstanding at any time that does not exceed $10 million in the aggregate.
 
     (c) No Liens. No General Partner shall, and no General Partner shall permit
its  subsidiaries to,  create, incur,  or suffer to  exist, or  agree to create,
incur or suffer to exist, or consent to cause or permit in the future (upon  the
happening  of a contingency or otherwise)  the creation, incurrence or existence
of, any Lien upon any  of its assets or  properties other than Permitted  Liens,
except  to the extent the existence of any such Lien could not reasonably have a
material adverse  effect on  the ability  of  such General  Partner to  run  its
business as conducted on the date of this Agreement.
 
     (d) Separate Affairs. Each General Partner shall at all times maintain such
General  Partner's  books  and records  separate  and  apart from  those  of any
Affiliate of  such General  Partner.  The Board  of  Directors of  each  General
Partner shall hold appropriate meetings, or act by written consent, to authorize
such  General Partner's corporate actions, and  records of all such meetings and
written consents shall be maintained.
 
     (e) Management of Partnership Assets. Each General Partner shall cause  the
Managing  General Partner  to use its  best efforts to  manage the Partnership's
assets so as to produce Net Cash Flow sufficient to pay the Investment Return in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof.
 
     (f) Portfolio Certificates. Each General  Partner shall cause the  Managing
General  Partner to deliver to the Purchaser the Portfolio Certificates required
pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof  and in the event the  Fair Market Value of  the
Property  held by the Partnership as reflected in any such Portfolio Certificate
is less than (I) in the event a Triggering Event has not occurred, the amount of
(x) Investment Principal plus  (y) all accrued but  unpaid Investment Return  or
(II) in the event a Triggering
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
Event  has occurred, the amount of (x) Investment Principal plus (y) all accrued
but unpaid Investment Return plus (z) $50 million, each General Partner  jointly
and severally agrees for so long as such General Partner is a general partner in
the Partnership, within five (5) Business Days following the date such Portfolio
Certificate  is required  to be  delivered pursuant to  Section 7.02,  to make a
capital contribution in cash to the Partnership  in an amount at least equal  to
such deficit; provided, that (i) the obligations of each of the General Partners
under  this Section  5.02(f) shall  be subordinate  in right  of payment  to the
unsecured claims of all  general creditors of such  General Partner and (ii)  no
General  Partner shall  be required  to make  a capital  contribution under this
Section 5.02(f) to the  extent that, after giving  effect to such  contribution,
such General Partner would be Insolvent.
 
     (g)  Issuance of Redeemable Stock. No General Partner shall, and no General
Partner shall permit any of its  subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  issue
or sell any shares of its Redeemable Stock (including options, warrants or other
rights to purchase shares of such Redeemable Stock).
 
     (h)  Restricted Payments. No General Partner  shall, and no General Partner
shall permit any of its subsidiaries  to, directly or indirectly (i) declare  or
pay  any dividend or make any distribution  on its capital stock (other than (x)
dividends by a General Partner not in excess of such General Partner's  earnings
and profits (excluding capital gains and extraordinary items) from June 30, 1993
for RHDC and DBI and from May 31, 1993 for IMS and (y) dividends by a subsidiary
of  a General Partner  on capital stock  held by the  General Partner or another
wholly owned subsidiary of such General Partner), (ii) purchase, redeem,  retire
or  otherwise  acquire for  value  any shares  of  its Capital  Stock (including
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock)  held
by  Persons other than the  General Partner or a  wholly owned subsidiary of the
General Partner,  provided  that a  General  Partner  may, and  may  permit  its
subsidiaries  to (x)  purchase, redeem,  retire or  otherwise acquire  for value
shares of Capital Stock of foreign subsidiaries which were required to be issued
to foreign nationals or directors under applicable law and (y) purchase, redeem,
retire or otherwise acquire for value any  interest in a joint venture to  which
such General Partner or its subsidiary is a party if such interest is owned by a
Person  who is not  an Affiliate of Parent  and if such  interest is acquired on
terms which the General Partner in good faith determines is fair and  reasonable
or  (iii) make any  Investment in Parent  or any of  its other Affiliates (other
than Permitted Investments and Investments of a General Partner in wholly  owned
subsidiaries of such General Partner).
 
     (i) Deficiency Payments. Each of the General Partners jointly and severally
agrees  to make  the advances to  the Partnership required  pursuant to Sections
2.02(c) and 6.01(d) hereof; provided, however, that (i) the obligations of  each
of the General Partners under this Section 5.02(i) shall be subordinate in right
of  payment to  the unsecured  claims of all  general creditors  of such General
Partner and (ii) no General  Partner shall be required  to advance funds to  the
Partnership  under this Section 5.02(i) to  the extent that, after giving effect
to such advance, such General Partner would be Insolvent.
 
     (j) Merger, Consolidation, Etc. No General Partner shall consolidate  with,
merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially
an  entirety in  one transaction  or a series  of related  transactions) to, any
Person; provided, that a  General Partner may sell  all or substantially all  of
its  assets if  the proceeds of  such sale are  held by such  General Partner or
loaned to Parent on an unsubordinated basis.
 
     (k) Existence. Each General Partner will do or cause to be done all  things
necessary  to preserve and keep  in full force and  effect its existence and the
existence of the Partnership  and each of its  other subsidiaries in  accordance
with  the  respective  organizational  documents of  such  General  Partner, the
Partnership and each such other subsidiary  and the rights (whether pursuant  to
charter,  partnership  certificate, agreement,  statute or  otherwise), material
licenses and franchises of such General  Partner, the Partnership and each  such
other subsidiary; provided that no General Partner shall be required to preserve
any  such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any subsidiary (other
than the Partnership), if the maintenance  or preservation thereof is no  longer
desirable  in  the conduct  of  the business  of  such General  Partner  and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
                                   SECTION 6.
                               RETIREMENT EVENTS
 
     6.01. Mandatory Retirement.
 
          (a) Mandatory Retirement  Events. Each of  the following events  shall
     constitute a 'Mandatory Retirement Event':
 
          (i) the failure of the Managing General Partner to deliver a Portfolio
     Certificate  or the  failure of the  Managing General Partner  or any other
     General Partner to deliver any other report or certificate to the Purchaser
     as required under Section 7.02 hereof  (and, if a Triggering Event has  not
     occurred, such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days);
 
          (ii)  the failure  of the  Partnership to  pay any  accrued Investment
     Return to the Purchaser in accordance with Section 2.02(b) hereof (and such
     failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days);
 
          (iii)  the  failure  of  the  General  Partners  to  make  a   capital
     contribution to the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.02(f) hereof;
 
          (iv) any default on any securities held by the Partnership if the Fair
     Market  Value  of such  securities (and  any other  securities held  by the
     Partnership that were issued by the issuer of the securities on which there
     has been a default), in  the aggregate, is more  than ten percent (10%)  of
     the Fair Market Value of all of the Property then held by the Partnership;
 
          (v)  the Bankruptcy of (1) the Partnership, (2) any General Partner or
     (3) any issuer or  guarantor of any securities  held by the Partnership  if
     the  Fair Market Value of such securities (and any other securities held by
     the Partnership that were issued or  guaranteed by such bankrupt issuer  or
     bankrupt  guarantor), in the  aggregate, is more than  ten percent (10%) of
     the Fair Market Value of all of the Property then held by the Partnership;
 
          (vi) the failure by the Partnership or the General Partners to observe
     or perform any  covenant or  agreement contained in  this Agreement  (other
     than  those covered by clause  (i), (ii) or (iii)  above) (and such failure
     continues for a period of thirty (30) days);
 
          (vii)  the  occurrence  of  any  Liquidating  Event;  and

          (viii)  the occurrence of October 15, 1996;
 
provided,  that if, within five (5) Business Days of the Partnership's discovery
of a  Mandatory  Retirement  Event  (other than  a  Mandatory  Retirement  Event
specified  in clauses (ii) or (viii) above, which  shall have a Cure Period of 0
Business Days) (the 'Cure Period'), the Partnership or the General Partners,  as
the  case may  be, cures  the failure, breach  or default  which constituted the
Mandatory Retirement  Event,  such  failure,  breach or  default  shall  not  be
considered  a Mandatory  Retirement Event.  In no  event shall  the date  of the
Partnership's discovery of a Mandatory Retirement  Event be later than the  date
it receives notice of the Mandatory Retirement Event from the Purchaser.
 
     (b)  Repayment by  Partnership. In the  event a  Mandatory Retirement Event
occurs and is not cured by the end of the Cure Period, the Partnership shall (i)
notify the Purchaser, on the day  immediately following the Cure Period, of  the
occurrence  of such Mandatory Retirement Event and (ii) within five (5) Business
Days after the Cure Period, repay to the Purchaser the Investment Principal  and
any  accrued  but unpaid  Investment Return  through the  date of  repayment. In
addition, in the event the Investment Principal is not repaid within such  time,
the  Purchaser may instruct  the Managing General Partner  (or such other Person
who is  responsible  for  overseeing  the winding  up  and  dissolution  of  the
Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2 of the Partnership Agreement) to, and if so
instructed  the Managing General Partner (or such other Person) shall, liquidate
the Partnership's assets and properties.
 
     (c) Assets Used for Repayment. The  payment to the Purchaser under  Section
6.01(b)  hereof shall  be made in  cash; provided  that, at the  election of the
Managing General Partner, all or a portion  of such cash payment may be made  by
the  delivery  of publicly  traded  common stock  or  preferred stock  of Parent
('Parent Stock') or unsubordinated  debt of Parent ('Parent  Debt') held by  the
Partnership  which has a  delivery date value (as  determined under this Section
6.01(c)) equal to the cash  not being paid; provided  that Parent has agreed  to
cause such Parent Stock or Parent Debt to be registered under the Securities Act
upon  the request of the holder thereof pursuant to an agreement satisfactory to
the
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
Purchaser. For purposes of  this Section 6.01(c), the  'delivery date value'  of
the  Parent Stock or Parent  Debt used for such repayment  shall be equal to the
firm price bid for the date of delivery by the Partnership quoted by a reputable
securities dealer mutually agreeable  to the Purchaser  and the Partnership  for
the  full amount  of the  specific Parent  Stock and/or  the full  amount of the
specific Parent Debt to be delivered by the Partnership pursuant to this Section
6.01(c); provided, however, that in the event the Purchaser and the  Partnership
can not agree on a reputable securities dealer, the 'delivery date value' of the
Parent  Stock  or Parent  Debt used  for such  repayment shall  be equal  to the
highest of the  firm prices  bid for  the date  of delivery  by the  Partnership
quoted by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Salomon Brothers Inc. and The First
Boston  Corporation, in each  case, for the  full amount of  the specific Parent
Stock and/or the full amount of the specific Parent Debt to be delivered by  the
Partnership pursuant to this Section 6.01(c).
 
     (d)  Insufficient Partnership Funds. To the extent the Partnership fails or
is otherwise unable to repay the amounts required by Section 6.01(b) and Section
6.02 hereof,  each of  the  General Partners  jointly  and severally  agrees  to
advance  funds to the Partnership (or cause the Partnership to borrow funds from
other sources) in an  amount sufficient to permit  the Partnership to repay  the
amounts  required  by Section  6.01(b)  hereof (and  with  respect to  a General
Partner who was a general partner in the Partnership at the time the  Retirement
Event  occurred, any amount due under Section  6.02 hereof), and shall cause the
Partnership to make  such repayment; provided,  however, that the  Partnership's
obligation  to repay any such  advance shall be subordinate  to the repayment of
the Investment  Principal, any  accrued  but unpaid  Investment Return  and  any
payment required by Section 6.02 hereof; provided further, however, that (i) the
obligations  of  each  General  Partner  under  this  Section  6.01(d)  shall be
subordinate in right of payment to the unsecured claims of all creditors of such
General Partner and (ii) no General  Partner shall be required to advance  funds
to  the Partnership under this Section 6.01(d)  to the extent that, after giving
effect to such advance, such General Partner would be Insolvent.
 
     (e) Enforcement  of Performance.  In  the event  the Partnership  fails  to
comply  with its obligations under Section  2.02(b) or Sections 6.01(b) and 6.02
hereof or  the General  Partners fail  to comply  with their  obligations  under
Section  2.02(c) or Section 6.01(d)  hereof, the Purchaser may  use any legal or
equitable remedy to enforce such  obligations, including maintaining a cause  of
action  against  the Partnership  or  any General  Partner  (whether or  not the
General Partner is a partner in the  Partnership at the time of such failure  or
at  the time such cause of action  is commenced) for specific performance and/or
money damages, or other appropriate judicial relief.
 
     6.02. Additional Payment on Mandatory Retirement Event.
 
     If the Investment Principal is retired or is required to be retired by  the
Partnership  pursuant  to  Section  6.01 hereof  before  October  15,  1996, the
Partnership shall,  in  addition to  the  amounts payable  pursuant  to  Section
6.01(b)  hereof, pay the  Purchaser an amount  equal to the  product obtained by
multiplying (I)  0.95% per  annum by  (II) the  aggregate amount  of  Investment
Principal  to be  retired by  (III) a  fraction, the  numerator of  which is the
number of days from the retirement date to October 15, 1996 and the  denominator
of  which is 360,  and dividing the result  by (IV) (1+R)D.  For purposes of the
preceding clause (IV),  'D' equals  a fraction, the  numerator of  which is  the
number  of days from the retirement date to October 15, 1996 and the denominator
of which is 365; and  'R' equals the midmarket fixed  swap rate for LIBOR  based
swaps of equivalent maturity.
 
                                   SECTION 7.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
 
     7.01. Notices, Etc.
 
     All  notices and  other communications provided  for hereunder  shall be in
writing (including  facsimile, telegraphic,  telex or  cable communication)  and
mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered as follows:
 
     If to the Partnership:
 
           c/o The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
           200 Nyala Farms Road
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
           Westport, CT 06880
           Attention: Vice President -- Financial Planning
 
     If to the Purchaser:
 
           Merrill Lynch Capital Services Inc.
           World Financial Center
           North Tower
           New York, NY 10281
           Attention: Macauley R. Taylor
 
     If to RHDC, DBI or IMS:
 
           c/o The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
           200 Nyala Farms Road
           Westport, CT 06880
           Attention: Vice President -- Financial Planning
 
or  at such other address as shall be  designated by any such party in a written
notice to the other parties given  in accordance with this Section 7.01.  Except
as  otherwise specified in  this Agreement, all  such notices and communications
shall, when  sent  by registered  or  certified mail,  telecopied,  telegraphed,
telexed, cabled or sent by overnight courier, be effective when deposited in the
mails,  transmitted by telecopier (followed by  delivery of the original of such
notice or communication), delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex
answerback, delivered to the cable company or delivered to the courier  company,
respectively.
 
     7.02. Reports.
 
     (a)  Annual and  Quarterly Reports.  Within the  periods specified  in this
Section 7.02, the Partnership and each of the General Partners shall provide the
Purchaser with the following reports:
 
          (i) Partnership Annual Reports. Within ninety (90) days after the  end
     of  each Fiscal  Year commencing with  the Fiscal Year  ending December 31,
     1993 and at such time as distributions are made to the Partners pursuant to
     Section 12.2 of  the Partnership  Agreement following the  occurrence of  a
     Liquidating  Event, the Managing General Partner shall cause to be prepared
     and furnished to the Purchaser each of the following:
 
             (1) financial statements accompanied by a certificate of the  chief
        financial  officer of the Managing  General Partner certifying that such
        statements have  been prepared  and are  fairly stated  in all  material
        respects  in accordance with GAAP, including: a balance sheet, statement
        of income or loss, and statement of  cash flow of the Partnership as  of
        the  last day of such Fiscal Year  prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
        

             (2) a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Managing
        General Partner certifying  that  no  Liquidating  Event  has  occurred
        and is continuing, or if any such event has occurred and is continuing,
        the action the Managing General Partner has  taken or proposes to take
        with respect thereto.
 
          (ii) General Partner Annual Reports. Within ninety (90) days after the
     end  of its fiscal year commencing with  the first fiscal year ending after
     the date of this Agreement, each General Partner shall cause to be prepared
     and furnished to the Purchaser consolidated financial statements (including
     a balance sheet as of the last day of such fiscal year, and a statement  of
     income  or  loss,  and  statement  of  cash  flow  for  such  fiscal  year)
     accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of such General
     Partner certifying  that  such  statements have  been  prepared  from  such
     General  Partner's  books  and records  on  a basis  consistent  with their
     presentation in  the Parent's  consolidated financial  statements and  that
     such  financial  statements fairly  present  in all  material  respects the
     financial position of such General Partner as of such date and its  results
     of operations and cash flow for such period.
 
          (iii)  Partnership Quarterly Reports. Within sixty (60) days after the
     close of  each Fiscal  Quarter commencing  with the  Fiscal Quarter  ending
     March  31, 1994 (other than the last  Fiscal Quarter of a Fiscal Year), the
     Managing General Partner shall  cause to be prepared  and furnished to  the
     Purchaser each of the following:
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
             (1)  a balance sheet of the Partnership  as of the last day of such
        Fiscal Quarter and statements of income and loss and cash flow for  such
        Fiscal  Quarter,  together with  a  certificate of  the  chief financial
        officer of the Managing General Partner certifying that such  statements
        have been prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

             (2) a certificate of the chief  financial officer of  the  Managing
        General Partner with respect to the matters described in Section 7.02(a)
        (i)(2) hereof.
 
          (iv) General Partner Quarterly Reports.  Within sixty (60) days  after
     the  close of each of its fiscal  quarters commencing with the first fiscal
     quarter ending after the date of this Agreement (other than the last fiscal
     quarter of a fiscal year), each General Partner shall cause to be  prepared
     and furnished to the Purchaser consolidated financial statements (including
     a  balance sheet as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, and a statement
     of income or  loss, and  statement of cash  flow for  such fiscal  quarter)
     accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of such General
     Partner  certifying  that  such  statements have  been  prepared  from such
     General Partner's  books  and records  on  a basis  consistent  with  their
     presentation  in the  Parent's consolidated  financial statements  and that
     such financial statements  fairly present  the financial  position of  such
     General Partner as of such date and its results of operations and cash flow
     for such period.
 
     (b) Quarterly Certificates. Within fifteen (15) days following the close of
each Fiscal Quarter of the Partnership commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending
December 31, 1993, the Managing General Partner shall furnish the Purchaser with
(i)  a certificate (a 'Compliance Certificate')  prepared by the chief financial
officer of the Managing  General Partner certifying whether  or not the  General
Partners  have complied  with their  obligations under  Section 5.02  hereof and
attaching the  arithmetic computations  or financial  statements to  demonstrate
compliance therewith and (ii) a Portfolio Certificate as of the last day of such
Fiscal Quarter.
 
     (c)  Monthly Certificates.  In the event  a Triggering Event  occurs and is
continuing, within five  (5) days  following each calendar  month, the  Managing
General  Partner shall furnish  the Purchaser with  (i) a Compliance Certificate
certifying whether  or  not  the  General  Partners  have  complied  with  their
obligations  under Section 5.02 hereof and attaching the arithmetic computations
or financial statements to demonstrate compliance therewith and (ii) a Portfolio
Certificate as of the last day of such month.
 
     7.03. Transfers and Assignments.
 
     (a) This Agreement shall be  binding upon and inure  to the benefit of  the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
 
     (b) The Purchaser may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under  this Agreement, upon not less than three (3) Business Days' notice to the
Partnership (which notice shall specify the name and address of the assignee and
the amount  of  Investment Principal  assigned);  provided that  the  amount  of
Investment  Principal being assigned pursuant to any such assignment shall in no
event be less than $25 million (unless  such assignment is an assignment of  all
of  the Purchaser's remaining  rights and obligations  under this Agreement) and
shall be an  integral multiple  of $1 million;  provided further  that any  such
assignee  expressly assumes, by a  supplemental agreement executed and delivered
to the Partnership, the obligations of  the Purchaser under this Agreement  that
are the subject of such assignment; provided further, that the Purchaser may not
assign  its rights and  obligations under this Agreement  without the consent of
the Partnership (which consent  shall not be  unreasonably withheld) unless  the
assignee  makes  representations and  warranties  in substantially  the  form of
Exhibit A hereto. In the event the  Purchaser assigns all or any portion of  its
rights  and obligations under this Agreement, any notice or communication to the
Purchaser hereunder shall  also be made  to each of  the Purchaser's  assignees;
provided,  that no notices or communications need  be made to any Person who has
assigned all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.
 
     (c) The Purchaser has entered into  this Agreement with the expectation  of
assigning  all of its rights and obligations  hereunder to one or more customers
and not for the  purpose of earning  the Investment Return  or profiting from  a
possible  increase  in  the  value  of  the  rights  under  this  Agreement. Any
communication of information  by the  Purchaser to a  prospective transferee  in
connection  with a sale, pledge or other  transfer (or an attempted sale, pledge
or other transfer) of the Investment Principal or a portion thereof pursuant  to
this  Section 7.03 shall  not be considered  a violation of  Section 7.07 hereof
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
provided the  prospective transferee  executed  a confidentiality  agreement  in
substantially the form of Section 7.07(b).
 
     (d) Neither the Partnership nor any General Partner shall have the right to
assign  its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of
the Purchaser; provided, that one (and only one) of the Initial General Partners
may terminate its obligations under this Agreement if (and only if) Parent (or a
wholly owned subsidiary  of Parent that  is acceptable to  the Purchaser in  the
Purchaser's  sole  discretion) executes  an  agreement reasonably  acceptable to
Purchaser  whereby  Parent  (or  such   acceptable  subsidiary)  agrees  on   an
unsubordinated  basis  to  pay  Purchaser any  Investment  Return  or Investment
Principal or any other payment  required to be paid  hereunder in the event  the
Partnership fails or is otherwise unable to make such payment.
 
     7.04. No Waiver; Remedies.
 
     No failure on the part of the Purchaser or the Partnership to exercise, and
no  delay in exercising, any right hereunder  shall operate as a waiver thereof;
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
     7.05. Status of Purchaser.
 
     The parties intend the  Investment Principal to be  classified as debt  and
the  Investment Return and payments pursuant to Section 6.02 to be classified as
interest for U.S. federal,  state and local income  and franchise and all  other
tax purposes, and each party agrees to file its income and franchise tax returns
in  a manner consistent therewith  and to not take  a contrary position with any
tax authority.  The  parties intend  that  the  Purchaser have  no  interest  in
Partnership profits, losses or distributions. In all events, the Purchaser shall
possess  no  voting, management,  inspection or  other  rights possessed  by the
Partners of the Partnership except as otherwise expressly provided for herein.
 
     7.06. Indemnification of Purchaser.
 
     (a)  The  Partnership  and  each  of  the  General  Partners,  jointly  and
severally,  covenant and agree, unconditionally,  absolutely and irrevocably, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser  from and against any and all  claims,
damages,   losses,  and  reasonable  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
reasonable fees and disbursements  of counsel) arising out  of or in  connection
with or by reason of any Person's assertion that the liabilities, debts or other
obligations  of the Partnership  are liabilities, debts  or other obligations of
the Purchaser; provided, however, that no such indemnification shall be required
hereunder for any such claims, damages, losses, and expenses resulting from  the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Purchaser.
 
     (b)  The Partnership and each of the General Partners jointly and severally
agrees to indemnify  the Purchaser's assignees  and their respective  directors,
officers,  employees, agents and controlling persons  (each such person being an
'Indemnified Party') from and  against any and all  losses, claims, damages  and
liabilities,  joint  or  several, to  which  such Indemnified  Party  may become
subject under any applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, and related  to
or arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (excluding any
such  losses, claims, damages  and liabilities under the  Code or any applicable
state, local,  foreign or  other  tax laws  related to  or  arising out  of  the
transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement;  provided, however,  that no such
exclusion shall  apply  to any  such  losses, claims,  damages  and  liabilities
resulting  from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Partnership or
General Partner)  and will  reimburse  any Indemnified  Party for  all  expenses
(including  counsel fees and  expenses) as they are  incurred in connection with
the investigation of, preparation  for or defense of  any pending or  threatened
claim  or  any  action or  proceeding  arising  therefrom, whether  or  not such
Indemnified Party is a party and whether or not such claim, action or proceeding
is initiated or  brought by  or on  behalf of  the Partnership  or such  General
Partner.  Neither the Partnership  nor any General Partner  will be liable under
the foregoing  indemnification provision  to the  extent that  any loss,  claim,
damage,  liability or expense  is found in a  final judgment by  a court to have
resulted from such assignee's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
     7.07. Confidentiality.
 
     Until October 31, 1995:
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
     (a) Except as contemplated hereby or  required by law, the Partnership  and
the  General  Partners shall  keep confidential  and shall  not disclose  to any
Person (other than Parent or employees, agents and representatives to the extent
required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and who agree to  be
bound by the terms of this Section 7.07(a)) without the prior written consent of
the   Purchaser  any  information  which  pertains  to  this  Agreement  or  the
Partnership Agreement,  any  negotiations  pertaining  thereto  or  any  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby. Neither the Partnership, the General Partners
nor any of  their Affiliates shall  use any information  which pertains to  this
Agreement  or the Partnership  Agreement, any negotiations  pertaining hereto or
any of  the transactions  contemplated  hereby, except  in connection  with  the
transactions contemplated hereby.
 
     (b)  Subject to Section  7.03(b), the Purchaser agrees  that, (i) except as
contemplated hereby or required  by law, the  Purchaser shall keep  confidential
and  shall  not  disclose  to  any  Person  (other  than  employees,  agents and
representatives  to  the   extent  required  to   consummate  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby and  who agree  to be  bound by  the terms  of this Section
7.07(b)) without the prior  written consent of  the Partnership any  information
which  (x)  pertains  to  this  Agreement  or  the  Partnership  Agreement,  any
negotiations pertaining thereto, any of the transactions contemplated hereby  or
the  business of the Partnership, or (y) pertains to confidential or proprietary
information of the  Partnership and (ii)  neither the Purchaser  nor any of  its
Affiliates  shall use, any  information which (x) pertains  to this Agreement or
the Partnership  Agreement,  any  negotiations pertaining  hereto,  any  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby  or the  business of  the Partnership,  or (y)
pertains to  the confidential  or proprietary  information of  the  Partnership,
except in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
     7.08. Amendments; Actions.
 
     (a)  No amendment  or waiver  of any provision  of this  Agreement, nor any
consent to any departure  by the Partnership or  any General Partner  therefrom,
shall  in any event be effective unless the  same shall be in writing and signed
by the Purchaser, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing, in  the event the  Purchaser assigns  all or any  portion of its
rights and obligations  under this  Agreement, the Partnership  and the  General
Partners  may  amend this  Agreement  with the  written  consent of  the Persons
entitled to a  majority of  the Investment  Principal amount  hereunder and  the
Persons entitled to a majority of the Investment Principal amount hereunder may,
by  written notice  to each  other Person  entitled to  any Investment Principal
hereunder, waive compliance by the Partnership  or any General Partner with  any
provision  of this Agreement;  provided that without the  consent of each Person
entitled to any Investment Principal hereunder affected, an amendment or  waiver
may  not: (i) amend, modify, supplement, alter or waive any provision of Section
2, Section  5.01 or  Sections 6  or  (ii) reduce  the percentage  in  Investment
Principal  amount the consent of whose holders  is required for any amendment or
waiver under this Section 7.08.
 
     (b) Actions by  Purchaser. In the  event the Purchaser  assigns all or  any
portion  of its  rights and  obligations under  this Agreement,  any decision or
action required to be made by the  Purchaser under this Agreement shall be  made
by  the  Persons  entitled to  a  majority  of the  Investment  Principal amount
hereunder.
 
     7.09. Binding Effect; Governing Law.
 
     This Agreement shall become effective when  it shall have been executed  by
the  Partnership, the General Partners and the Purchaser and thereafter shall be
binding upon and inure to the  benefit of the Partnership, the General  Partners
and  the  Purchasers. This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by, and  construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State  of New York applicable to contracts  and
instruments executed and to be performed entirely in such state.
 
     7.10. Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue.
 
     Any  and all suits,  legal actions or proceedings  against any party hereto
arising out of  this Agreement shall  be brought in  the United States  District
Court  for the Southern  District of New York  or, if such  court shall not have
jurisdiction, the court of appropriate jurisdiction sitting in New York  County,
New   York,  and  each  party  hereby  submits  to  and  accepts  the  exclusive
jurisdiction of  such courts  for the  purpose of  such suits,  legal action  or
proceedings. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
waives  any objection which it may now or  hereafter have to the laying of venue
of any  such suit,  legal action  or proceeding  in any  such court  and  hereby
further waives right for a jury trial, and any claim that any suit, legal action
or  proceeding brought  in any  such court has  been brought  in an inconvenient
forum.
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto  have caused this  Agreement to  be
executed  by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.
 
                                          MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL SERVICES INC.
 
                                          By        /s/ MACAULEY R. TAYLOR
                                             ...................................
                                                    Authorized Signatory
 
                                          D&B INVESTORS L.P.
 
                                          By THE REUBEN H. DONNELLEY
                                          CORPORATION,
                                            its managing general partner
 
                                          By     /s/ WILLIAM H. BUCHANAN JR.
                                             ...................................
                                              Sr. Vice President and Secretary
 
                                          THE REUBEN H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                                          By     /s/ WILLIAM H. BUCHANAN JR.
                                             ...................................
                                              Sr. Vice President and Secretary
 
                                          IMS AMERICA, LTD.
 
                                          By          /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                             ...................................
                                                       Vice President
 
                                          DUN & BRADSTREET, INC.
 
                                          By          /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                             ...................................
                                                       Vice President
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A
 
     Pursuant to Section  7.03(b) of  the Purchase Agreement  dated October  14,
1993  (the 'Purchase Agreement', terms used herein as therein defined) among D&B
Investors L.P., Merrill  Lynch Capital  Services Inc., The  Reuben H.  Donnelley
Corporation,  Dun & Bradstreet, Inc. and IMS America, Ltd., the undersigned (the
'Assignee') hereby  represents  and  warrants  to [name  of  assignor]  and  D&B
Investors  L.P. that each of the following  statements is true and correct as of
the date hereof:
 
          (i) Assignee was not  formed and is not  being utilized primarily  for
     the  purpose of making an investment in  the Partnership and either (x) the
     value of all securities owned by the Assignee of all issuers which would be
     investment companies (as defined under the Investment Company Act of  1940,
     as  amended), but for the fact  that the outstanding securities (other than
     short-term paper) of such companies are beneficially owned by not more than
     one hundred persons  and were  not issued in  a public  offering, does  not
     exceed  ten percent of the  value of the Assignee's  total assets or (y) in
     the event the Assignee  cannot satisfy clause (x)  above and the  aggregate
     amount of Investment Principal being assigned to Assignee equals or exceeds
     $25  million, the aggregate  number of securityholders  of Assignee is less
     than 4  and each  holder  of more  than 10%  of  the voting  securities  of
     Assignee can satisfy clause (x) above.
 
          (ii)  Assignee  does  not  rely on  the  'private  investment company'
     exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940
     to avoid registration and regulation under such Act.
 
          (iii) The assignment of the rights and obligations under the  Purchase
     Agreement to Assignee is (x) pursuant to a registration statement under the
     Securities  Act,  (y)  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from  the  registration
     requirements of the Securities Act, or (z) if such act does not apply.
 
                                          [Name of Assignee]
 
                                          By:  .................................
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
 
                                       22



<PAGE>
                          PURCHASE AGREEMENT AMENDMENT
 
     PURCHASE  AGREEMENT AMENDMENT, dated  as of October 14,  1993, by and among
D&B Investors L.P.  (the 'Partnership'),  Dun & Bradstreet,  Inc., IMS  America,
Ltd., The Reuben H. Donnelley Corporation (collectively, the 'General Partners')
and Merrill Lynch Capital Services Inc. ('MLCS').
 
     WHEREAS,  the parties hereto  are also the parties  to a Purchase Agreement
dated October 14, 1993 (the 'Purchase Agreement'),
 
     NOW, THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
          1.  Section 6.01(c) of the Purchase  Agreement is, effective as of the
     date hereof, hereby amended by deleting the word 'average' as it appears in
     the proviso to the  second sentence thereof  and substituting therefor  the
     word 'highest'.
 
          2.  On  and after  the  date hereof,  each  reference in  the Purchase
     Agreement to  'this  Agreement', 'hereunder',  'hereof'  or words  of  like
     import referring to the Purchase Agreement shall mean and be a reference to
     the  Purchase  Agreement  as  amended hereby.  The  Purchase  Agreement, as
     amended hereby, is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is
     hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto  have caused this  Agreement to  be
executed  by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.
 
                                          D&B INVESTORS L.P.
                                          by THE REUBEN H. DONNELLEY
                                          CORPORATION,
                                          its managing general partner
 
                                          By      /s/ WILLIAM H. BUCHANAN, JR.
                                             ..................................
                                            Title:   Senior Vice President
 
                                          THE REUBEN H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                                          By    /s/ WILLIAM H. BUCHANAN, JR.
                                             ..................................
                                            Title:
 
                                          IMS AMERICA, LTD.
 
                                          By         /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                             ..................................
                                            Title:     Vice President
 
                                          DUN & BRADSTREET, INC.
 
                                          By       /s/ ALAN J. KLUTCH
                                             ..................................
                                            Title:  Vice President
 
                                          MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL SERVICES INC.
 
                                          By     /s/ MACAULEY R. TAYLOR
                                             ..................................
                                            Title:




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission